Naac Imtnagpu

NAAC Self Study Report IMT Nagpur

Self-Study Report (SSR)

For the purpose of accreditation from


PREFACE


CONTENTS

PREFACE ................................................................................................................................................. 2

INSTITUTIONAL PROFILE ................................................................................................................... 1

Profile ........................................................................................................................................................ 5

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ..................................................................................................................... 15

CRITERION I: CURRICULAR ASPECTS ........................................................................................... 23

1.1 Curriculum Design and Development ........................................................................................... 23

1.2 Academic Flexibility ..................................................................................................................... 26

1.3 Curriculum Enrichment ................................................................................................................. 41

1.4 Feedback System ........................................................................................................................... 44

CRITERION II: TEACHING-LEARNING AND EVALUATION ....................................................... 46

2.1 Student Enrolment and Profile ...................................................................................................... 46

2.2 Catering to Student Diversity ........................................................................................................ 49

2.3 Teaching-Learning Process ........................................................................................................... 52

2.4 Teacher Quality ............................................................................................................................. 59

2.5 Evaluation Process and Reforms ................................................................................................... 73

2.6 Student Performance and Learning Outcomes .............................................................................. 75

CRITERION III: RESEARCH, CONSULTANCY AND EXTENSION ............................................... 76

3.1 Promotion of Research .................................................................................................................. 76

3.2 Resource Mobilization for Research ............................................................................................. 82

3.3 Research Facilities ......................................................................................................................... 84

3.4 Research Publications and Awards ............................................................................................... 86

3.5 Consultancy ................................................................................................................................... 92

3.6 Extension Activities and Institutional Social Responsibility (ISR) ............................................... 94

3.7 Collaboration ................................................................................................................................. 98

Criterion IV: Infrastructure and learning Resources ............................................................................. 101

4.1 Physical Facilities ........................................................................................................................ 101

4.2 Library as a Learning Resource ................................................................................................... 110

4.3 IT Infrastructure ........................................................................................................................... 114

4.4 Maintenance of Campus Facilities ............................................................................................... 122

CRITERION V: STUDENT SUPPORT AND PROGRESSION ......................................................... 124

5.1 Student Mentoring and Support ............................................................................................... 124

5.2 Student Progression ..................................................................................................................... 149


5.3 Student Participation and Activities ............................................................................................ 150

CRITERION VI: GOVERNANCE, LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT ..................................... 163

6.2 Strategy Development and Deployment ...................................................................................... 171

6.3 Faculty Empowerment Strategies ................................................................................................ 180

6.4 Financial Management and Resource Mobilization .................................................................... 184

6.5 Internal Quality Assurance System ............................................................................................. 187

Criterion VII: INNOVATIONS AND BEST PRACTICES.................................................................. 190

7.1 Environment Consciousness.................................................................................................. 190

7.2 Innovations ............................................................................................................................ 192

7.3 Best Practices ......................................................................................................................... 193

Evaluative Report of the Departments .................................................................................................. 202

ANNEXURES ................................................................................................................................... 225

Annexure I ......................................................................................................................................... 225

Annexure II........................................................................................................................................ 231

Annexure -III ..................................................................................................................................... 250


Page 1

INSTITUTIONAL PROFILE

Institute of Management Technology, Nagpur (IMT Nagpur) was set up by Shri Mahendra

Nath, a great patriot, an eminent industrialist & educationist with the objective of making a

difference to Management Education in Central India.

Shri Mahendra Nath established a trust named "Dr K. Nath Public Trust" which created and

nurtured various institutions of vocational, professional and higher learning. The trust has been

running libraries and helping the poor students to undertake higher education at a large number

of institutions, including Indian Institutes of Technology and Indian Institutes of Management1.

The trust also established Institute of Management Technology (IMT), Ghaziabad under the

aegis of Lajpat Rai Educational Society in the year 1980 with the objective to provide high

quality management education in India2. The institution currently ranks among the best

institutions providing management education in the country.

IMT Nagpur, with its sprawling campus of 27 acres and recently acquired another 31 acres

adjacent to the campus in Mouza Dorli (outskirts of Nagpur), became operational in July 2004.

Its state-of-the-art campus set in picturesque surroundings with faculty and staff of highest

quality is a testimony of its commitment to be a top-of-the-line B-school in India. IMT Nagpur

today boasts of one of the best infrastructures in the country with excellent facilities for

management education. Within a decade, the testimony of the quality can be seen - as IMT

Nagpur has made rapid progress in quality, based on various recognitions and ranks it has been

awarded with.

The Chairman of IMT Nagpur Mr. Kamal Nath, with his vision of global environment of

business and management practices, encourages the Institute to adopt global management

practices. Appreciating the need for such practices, especially in view of the shrinking

distances due to advancement in IT, the Institute started collaborating in a big way with

universities and business schools across the world. During the past 6 to 7 years, the Institute

has established collaborative arrangements with more than 30 Institutes of repute and

universities world over for sharing of knowledge and expertise by continuous exchange of

students and faculty. These arrangements have helped the students of IMT Nagpur, to acquire

wider perspective of management practices. These arrangements have also helped the faculty

to train themselves in a better way to impart management education, which is essential in the

growing multinational culture of the corporate world. The Industry appreciated the changes

implemented in the curriculum of IMT Nagpur, and proved their confidence by constantly

recruiting students of this Institute, in their executive and managerial cadre.

IMT Nagpur in spite of being only a decade old, has already been able to make a distinct mark

among the crowded B-School environment in India. IMT Nagpur probably is the youngest to

consistently feature among top B-schools, in various B-school ranks in India, over the years.

This speaks volumes about the rapid strides that IMT Nagpur, has made in a decade3.

1 Indian Institute of Management, Calcutta, http://programslive.iimcal.ac.in/scholarships-prizesawards, Accessed

on 21st February, 2014

2 Institute of Management Technology, Ghaziabad, http://www.imt.edu/AboutIMT/FounderChairman.aspx,

Accessed on 21st February, 2014

3 As per various surveys in India of B-Schools. Business India (Nov 11-14), 2013, which shows year of

foundation of a B-School against rank, make IMT Nagpur unique as the only one, with AICTE approval, to be

http://programslive.iimcal.ac.in/scholarships-prizesawards

http://programslive.iimcal.ac.in/scholarships-prizesawards

http://www.imt.edu/AboutIMT/FounderChairman.aspx

http://www.imt.edu/AboutIMT/FounderChairman.aspx


Page 2

IMT Nagpur stands tall in central India with top of the line faculty, managerial skill

development labs, unmatched infrastructure, inspiring learning resources and forward-looking

pedagogy. Consistent placement record, a vibrant campus life and a pool of academic experts

make it ideal for a lifetime learning experience. Students, through smaller groups, manage

much of their extracurricular and administrative responsibilities themselves; and also make a

small difference in the quality of life to the local community.

The programs/services offered by IMT, Nagpur

Offering two-year full time residential programs, aimed primarily at fresh graduates, or

those with a few years of experience.

Short term Management Development Programs to cater to the needs of working

executives and professionals.

Training Programs for Faculty Members

Research & Ph. D. programs (offered presently in association with National Law

University through a -memorandum of understanding signed with IMT group of

institutions) Consultancy Services.

Full time long duration residential program:

The flagship program of the Institute, Post Graduate Diploma in Management, is offered in the

variants of PGDM, PGDM (Finance), and PGDM (Marketing). This fully residential program

is offered at the campus located at 35 Km Milestone, Katol Road, Nagpur. The structure of the

program provides flexibility to accommodate changing dynamics of business environment and

facilitates students‟ overall development.

Short term „Management Development Programs for working executives:

These programs, also known as Executive Development Program, are offered as short duration

refresher courses at the campus and off site in-company locations. Over the years the numbers

of corporate clients have increased for the Institute. MDP clients‟ feedback, regarding quality

of MDPs provided by IMT Nagpur has been positive and encouraging.

Research:

Research and publications form an integral part of IMT Nagpur. Apart from faculty members,

students are also encouraged to attend conferences, seminars, present papers and publish them

in reputed journals. The Institute provides excellent facilities in terms of access to databases,

monetary support and faculty research associates assistance, etc for research endeavors.

Consultancy:

The Institute encourages faculty members to engage with industry, government, non-profit

organizations and provide consultancy services in areas of management. Although presently

this practice is limited with less number of faculty members individually, the Institute

encourages each faculty member to take up individual consultancy assignment, or on behalf of

the Institute.

among the top within a decade. A copy can be accessed at IMT Nagpur website

(http://www.imtnagpur.ac.in/pdf/Business%20India%202013.pdf)

http://www.imtnagpur.ac.in/pdf/Business%20India%202013.pdf


Page 3

Some of the milestones achieved by IMT, Nagpur in last ten years

2004

IMT Nagpur, established with a vision to be a premier Management and Technology

Institution.

2005

First national level cultural event with participation from major B-Schools was

organized.

2006

First batch of students successfully placed.

Full time AICTE-approved PGDM program launched, which replaced MBA (Global).

2007

PGDM Full Time intake had increased from 60 to 120.

Construction work of 890 Sq. m "Learning Resources" Centre completed.

First national conference on IT and soft computing organized.

First issue of The Indian Journal of Management Technology published.

2008

C-fore survey: IMT Nagpur, ranked amongst top 20 private B-school in India

Five open and one in-company MDP conducted

MOU's with 5 business schools in Canada, Europe and Asia signed for collaboration in

areas of faculty exchange, student exchange and joint research.

2009

PGDM-Finance intake had increased from 60 to 120

Business India Survey: IMT Nagpur, ranked Eighteenth amongst Private B-Schools in

India.

2010

Hostel capacity had increased to accommodate 918 students and number of fully

equipped classrooms had increased to 17 from the previous level.

2011

PGDM-Marketing program started

IMT Case Journal launched

Training Programs, for small and medium enterprise (SMEs), was conducted in

collaboration with SIDBI

Ph.D. program in collaboration with National Law University, Jodhpur launched


Page 4

2012

Received Association of Indian Universities MBA (AIU) equivalence for two-year full-

time PGDM program.

2013

In the year 2013, IMT Nagpur, has been ranked in the Super League 2 Category (Top

20) of Business Schools in the country by All India Management Association (AIMA)

and published in Indian Management Journal in May, 2013.


Page 5

Profile

1. Name and Address of the College:

Name : Institute of Management Technology, Nagpur

Address : Campus : Institute of Management Technology - Nagpur,

35 Kms milestone, Mouza Dorli, Katol Road, Nagpur.

Co-ordination office: 603, Khullar Apartments, Byramji Town,

Nagpur-440013.

City Pin : 440013 State : Maharashtra

Website http://imtnagpur.ac.in

2. For Communication:

Designation Name Telephone

with STD

code

Mobile Fax Email

Principal Dr. Ranjit

Goswami

O :0712-

280137

R :

8007388669 0712-

280591

[email protected]

Steering

Committee

Co-ordinator

Dr. Sarbjit

Singh

O :0712-

280144

R :

9225667841 0712-

280591

[email protected]

3. Status of the Autonomous College by management

I. Government

II. Private √

III. Constituent College of the University

4. Name of University to which the College is affiliated – Not Applicable

5. a. Date of establishment, prior to the grant of „Autonomy‟ - 01/06/2004

b. Date of grant of „Autonomy‟ to the College by UGC: (dd/mm/yyyy) –

Not Applicable

6. Type of Institution:

a. By Gender

i. For Men

ii. For Women

iii. Co-education √

http://imtnagpur.ac.in/

mailto:[email protected]

mailto:[email protected]


Page 6

b. By Shift

i. Regular √

ii. Day

iii. Evening

c. Source of funding

i. Government

i. Grant-in-aid

ii. Self-financing √

iii. Any other (Please specify)

7. It is a recognized minority institution? Yes No √

If yes specify the minority status (Religious/linguistic/ any other) and provide documentary

evidence. : Not Applicable

8. a. Details of UGC recognition: Not Applicable

Under Section

Date, Month & Year

(dd-mm-yyyy) Remarks(If any)

i. 2 (f)

ii. 12 (B)

(Enclose the Certificate of recognition u/s 2 (f) and 12 (B) of the UGC Act)

b. Details of recognition/approval by statutory/regulatory bodies other than UGC

(AICTE, NCTE, MCI, DCI, PCI, RCI etc.)

Under

Section/clause

Day, Month and

Year

(dd-mm-yyyy)

Validity Programme/

Institution Remarks

AICTE Act, 1987

(1.4.3 Clause

10(k)

11-Mar-2014 One Year PGDM Renewed

every Year

AICTE Act, 1987

(1.4.3 Clause

10(k)

11-Mar-2014 One Year PGDM– Finance Renewed

every Year

AICTE Act, 1987

(1.4.3 Clause

10(k)

11-Mar-2014 One Year PGDM– Marketing Renewed

every Year

(Enclose the Certificate of recognition/approval) –Annexure No – IV

9. Has the college recognized

a. By UGC as a College with Potential for Excellence (CPE)?

Yes No √

If yes, date of recognition: …………………… (dd/mm/yyyy) : Not Applicable


Page 7

b. For its contributions / performance by any other governmental agency?

Yes No √

If yes, Name of the agency …………………… and Not Applicable

Date of recognition: …………………… (dd/mm/yyyy)

10. Location of the campus and area :

Location * = Rural Area

Campus area in sq. Mts. or acres = 27 Acres

Built up area in sq. Mts. = 25677 Sq. m

(* Urban, Semi-urban, Rural, Tribal, Hilly Area, Any others specify)

11. Does the College have the following facilities on the campus (Tick the available

facility)? In case the College has an agreement with other agencies in using such facilities

provide information on the facilities covered under the agreement.

Auditorium/seminar complex √

Sports facilities √

play ground √

Swimming pool

Gymnasium √

Hostel

∗ Boys‟ hostels √

∗ Girls‟ hostels √

Residential facilities ∗ for teaching staff √

∗ For non teaching staff √

Cafeteria √

Health centre –

* First aid facility √

* Inpatient facility √

* Outpatient facility √

* Ambulance facility √

* Emergency care facility √

Health centre staff –

* Qualified doctor Full time √ Part-time

* Qualified Nurse Full time √ Part-time


Page 8

* Other facilities

o Bank

o ATM √

o post office

o book shops

Transport facilities * for students √

* for staff √

Power house √

Waste management facility √

12. Details of programmes offered by the institution : (Give data for current

academic year)

SI.

No.

Programme

Level

Name of the

Programme/

Course Duration

Entry

Qualification

Medium of

instruction

Sanctioned/

approved

Student

intake

No. of

students

admitted

1. UG Not Applicable

2. PG Not Applicable

3. Integrated Not Applicable

Masters

4. M.Phil. Not Applicable

5. Ph. D. Not Applicable

6. Integrated Ph.D. Not Applicable

7. Certificate Not Applicable

8. Diploma Not Applicable

9. PG Diploma

1. PGDM

2. PGDM –

Finance

3. PGDM –

Marketing 2 Years

Any

Graduate English 360 674


Page 9

13. Does the institution offer self-financed Programmes?

Yes √ No

If yes, how many? All programs

14. Whether new programmes have been introduced during the last five years?

Yes No √

If yes -

Number -

15. List the departments: ( Do not list facilities like library, Physical Education as

departments

unless these are teaching departments and offer programmes to students)

Particulars Number Number of Students

Science

Not Applicable

Under Graduate

Post Graduate

Research centre(s)

Arts

Not Applicable

Under Graduate

Post Graduate

Research centre(s)

Commerce

Not Applicable

Under Graduate

Post Graduate

Research centre(s)

Any Other (please specify)

Under Graduate - -

Post Graduate 01 674

Research centre(s) - -


Page 10

16. Are there any UG and/or PG programmes offered by the College, which are not covered

under Autonomous status of UGC? Give details. –

Not Applicable

17. Number of Programmes offered under (Programme means a degree course like BA, MA,

BSc, MSc, B.Com etc.)

a. annual system

b. semester system

a. trimester system √

19. Number of Programmes with

a. Choice Based Credit System √

b. Inter/Multidisciplinary Approach

c. Any other ( specify )

19. Unit Cost of Education

(Unit cost = total annual recurring expenditure (actual) divided by total number of students

enrolled )

(a) including the salary component Rs.3,73,397 (Approx)

(b) excluding the salary component

Rs.,2,76,175 (Approx)

20. Does the College have a department of Teacher Education offering NCTE recognized

degree programmes in Education?

Yes No√

If yes,

a. How many years of standing does the department have? ……… years : Not Applicable

b. NCTE recognition details (if applicable) Notification No.: Not Applicable

Date: …………………………… (dd/mm/yyyy)


Page 11

c. Is the department opting for assessment and accreditation separately?

Yes No √

21. Does the College have a teaching department of Physical Education offeringNCTE

recognized degree programmes in Physical Education?

Yes No√

If yes,

a. How many years of standing does the department have? ……… years : Not Applicable

b. NCTE recognition details (if applicable) Notification No.: ………… : Not Applicable

Date: …………………………… (dd/mm/yyyy)

c. Is the department opting for assessment and accreditation separately? Not Applicable

Yes No

22. Whether the College is offering professional programme?

Yes √ No

If yes, please enclose approval / recognition details issued by the statutory body governing the

programme. – Kindly refer to Annexure No – IV (Approval letter from AICTE)

23. Has the College been reviewed by any regulatory authority? If so, furnish a copy of the

report and action taken there upon.

The college is reviewed by AICTE every year for renewal of its approval. Kindly refer to

Annexure No – IV (Approval letter from AICTE)


Page 12

24. Number of teaching and non-teaching positions in the College

Positions

Teaching faculty Non-

teaching

Staff

Technical

staff Professor Associate

Professor

Assistant

Professor

*M *F *M *F *M *F *M *F *M *F

Sanctioned by the

UGC / University /

State Government

Recruited

Yet to recruit

Not Applicable

Sanctioned by the

Management/society

or other authorized

bodies

Recruited Yet to

recruit

9 1 14 1 17 3 4 2 0 4

*M - Male *F – Female

25. Qualifications of the teaching staff

Highest

Qualification

Professor Associate Professor Assistant Professor Total

Male Female Male Female Male Female

Permanent teachers

D.Sc./D.Litt.

Ph.D. 8 1 7 1 10 1 28

M. Phil.

PG 1 7 8 1 17

Temporary teachers- Not Applicable

Ph.D.

M.Phil.

PG

Part Time teachers

Ph.D.

M.Phil.

PG

26. Number of Visiting Faculty/ Guest Faculty engaged by the College. = 09


Page 13

27. Students enrolled in the College during the current academic year, with the following

details:

Students

UG PG

Integrat

ed

M.Phil. Ph.D.

Integrate

d

D.Litt./

Certifica

te

Diplom

a PG

Masters Ph.D.

D.Sc. Diploma

M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F

From the state

where the 45 18

College is

located

From other

states of India 413 197

NRI students

Total 458 215

* M - Male * F - Female

28. Dropout rate in UG and PG (average for the last two batches)

UG N.A. PG 6 % (Approx)

29. Number of working days during the last academic year.

0 0 2 3 8

30. Number of teaching days during the last academic year

0 0 2 2 2

31. Is the College registered as a study centre for offering distance education

programmes for any university : Yes No√

If yes, provide the

a. Name of the University


Page 14

b. Is it recognized by the Distance Education Council?

Yes No

c. Indicate the number of programmes offered.

32. Provide Teacher-student ratio for each of the programme/course offered

PGDM : 1:15

33. Is the College applying for?

Accreditation : Cycle 1 √ Cycle 2 Cycle 3 Cycle 4

Re-Assessment:

34. Date of accreditation* (applicable for Cycle 2, Cycle 3, Cycle 4 and re-assessment only)

- Not Applicable

Cycle 1: …………………… (dd/mm/yyyy) Accreditation outcome/results Cycle 2:

…………………… (dd/mm/yyyy) Accreditation outcome/results Cycle 3: ……………………

(dd/mm/yyyy) Accreditation outcome/results * kindly enclose copy of accreditation

certificate(s) and peer team report(s)

Cycle 1 refers to first accreditation; Cycle 2 and beyond refers to reaccreditation

35. a. Date of establishment of Internal Quality Assurance Cell (IQAC) ………………

(Dd/mm/yyyy) - Not Applicable

b. Dates of submission of Annual Quality Assurance Reports (AQARs).

(i) AQAR for year …………… on ………(dd/mm/yyyy)

(ii) AQAR for year …………… on ……… (dd/mm/yyyy)

(iii) AQAR for year …………… on ……… (dd/mm/yyyy)

(iv) AQAR for year …………… on……… (dd/mm/yyyy)

36. Any other relevant data, the College would like to include. (Not exceeding one page)


Page 15

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The state-of-the-art campus of IMT Nagpur, set in picturesque surroundings, is a testimony of

its commitment to be a top-of-the-line B-school in India. Established in 2004 by Late Shri

Mahendra Nath, IMT Nagpur is spread over a lush green sprawling campus of 27 acres (and

recently acquired another 31 acres of land adjacent to the campus) at Mouza Dorli in the

outskirts of Nagpur and became operational in July 2004. In the year 2013, IMT Nagpur, has

been ranked in the Super League 2 Category (Top 20) of Business Schools in the country by

All India Management Association (AIMA) and published in Indian Management Journal in

May, 2013.

Criterion I - CURRICULAR ASPECTS

IMT NAGPUR has been conceptualized as a centre for managerial excellence with global

academic standards. To achieve its goals, IMT NAGPUR provides its students with academic,

extracurricular and other necessary facilities to groom them into business leaders. The flagship

program of the Institute is Post Graduate Diploma in Management (PGDM). This fully

residential program is offered at the campus located at 35 Km Milestone, Katol Road, Nagpur.

The structure of the program provides flexibility to accommodate changing dynamics of

business environment and facilitates students‟ overall development. The program has come a

long way and rightfully boasts of application oriented curricula with significant industry

relevance. IMT NAGPUR emphasizes on originality, creativity and holistic approach towards

the development and delivery of the program. The program is carefully crafted to integrate

diverse aspects of management with a focus on strong foundation and core learning.

PGDM at IMT, Nagpur facilitates a comprehensive framework for creating and imparting

friendly and congenial learning environment. The program creates a variety of learning

opportunities for the purpose of adding value to the learning experience of the learners. IMT

Nagpur follows a teaching pedagogy that bridges the proverbial gap between industry and

Institute with learning opportunities which is mutually productive and beneficial. A

methodology where students and faculty are more involved, which encourages learners to be

more active and responsible while at the same time faculty to be more pro-active and

innovative.

Criterion II - TEACHING-LEARNING AND EVALUATION

IMT Nagpur follows a transparent and merit based admission system that involves careful

selection of students for the program. Students are selected on the basis of their performance in

national and international level admission tests (CAT , XAT , GMAT etc.) , followed by group

discussion and personal interview. Candidates, with prior working experience, are given

preference in order to maintain a good mix of fresh graduates and experience students in the

classroom.

Every year, prior to commencement of the program, Institute prepares the academic calendar

detailing the critical academic activities with the timeline. Then the academic calendar is

appended to the Students Handbook, which provides the details of academic requirements and

processes, and the same is distributed to all the admitted students.


Page 16

The classes are conducted as per the schedule prepared and released by Academic Program

Office. Class schedules are prepared taking into consideration the requests of faculty and

involving Program Chairperson.

IMT Nagpur follows continuous evaluation scheme to evaluate the student‟s performance.

Detailed course outline along with evaluation components and its weightages are distributed to

the students in the beginning of the terms. IMT Nagpur has a commendable mix of faculty

who comes from both pure academic background and corporate world with significant number

of years of experience. Majority of the faculty members have doctoral degree in various fields

of management and other related areas of management. Some faculty members are in the

process of getting their doctoral degree. The faculty members regularly publish in various

journals and magazines of national and international repute. Faculty members are also involved

in writing cases, attending and presenting papers in international and national conferences/

seminars. Few faculty members have written textbooks or engaged in writing textbooks in the

field relevant to the management education.

Criterion III - RESEARCH, CONSULTANCY AND EXTENSION

IMT Nagpur believes that research plays a pivotal role in fostering the quality of thinking and

the rigor of scholarship in its delivery of management education.

As an institution with a mission to become a leading global business school, IMT Nagpur

focuses its research and scholarly inquiry to enhance the conceptual understanding of

management principles and theories and enable their applications.

The faculty members are encouraged to publish in various journals and magazines of national

and international repute. The Institute sponsors and takes care of all related expenses of

faculty members for participating and presenting papers in international/national

conferences/seminars and as well as for attending various faculty developments

programs/trainings/workshops.. IMT, Nagpur allocates a substantial amount of fund in the

budget for faculty development initiatives. It has subscription to various reputed national/

international journals besides access to various databases like Science Direct, EBSCO etc.

Faculty members are provided with laptop and other necessary facilities for carrying out

research. The Institute has recruited 6 full-time faculty research associates to assist faculty

members in their research work. Research contribution is one of the important components in

the faculty performance appraisal. IMT, Nagpur has well defined policy for faculty‟s

involvement in consultancy assignments and the Institute encourages faculty members to

actively participate in this activity.IMT, Nagpur encourages and supports faculty members to

establish the centres of excellence. The Institute has established two such centres of excellence

namely: Centre for Corporate Governance, which focuses on producing and encouraging

academic research and to promote dialogue in the academic and business communities on

corporate governance issues. These centre activities are managed by faculty members, research

associate and student volunteers.

The Institute is well aware of its obligations and responsibilities towards its larger stakeholder,

which is society in general and the underprivileged section of it in particular. The endeavor for

betterment of the weaker and the marginal section of society is implemented by the Institute

through one of its cell namely, KILKARI. Kilkari is a self-sufficient group whose volunteers


Page 17

work for the upliftment of the under privileged and physically challenged students in and

around Nagpur. The cell has group of student volunteers currently working in it, with active

participation and guidance from the faculty.

Criterion IV - INFRASTRUCTURE AND LEARNING RESOURCES

The Institute is spread across 27 acres (and recently acquired close to 31 acres of land adjacent

to the campus), approximately 60% of which is open. The Institute is located in peaceful

environment with no residential or commercial activity around the campus. The campus is

green and has approximately 4,500 trees and plants. It has regular shaped classrooms, as well

as tiered classrooms, tutorial rooms, one auditorium, one library with reading hall and three

computer labs. All rooms, auditorium, library and IT labs are well furnished, air-conditioned,

and equipped with good quality furniture and fixtures with audio – video facility. All rooms are

equipped with LED projectors, black and white board and quality sound systems. The Institute

has video conferencing facility that can be connected in any of the above rooms. The entire

campus is Wi-Fi enabled with 24-hour internet availability in all rooms and hostels. The

Library of the Institute is one of the best in central India. It has a seating capacity for 175

persons. The library carries approximately 22,000 titles and subscribes to various national and

international journals and newspapers. The Institute has one cafeteria, student mess, faculty &

staff mess, co-operative store, dispensary and sports clubroom. Apart from this, the Institute

has a football ground, basketball court, two badminton courts, lawn tennis court, golf course,

table tennis facility, cricket ground, and a multi-gym with all sports kits. A separate faculty

bloc has faculty chambers, Director‟s chamber, Director‟s boardroom, and faculty meeting

room.

Criterion V - STUDENT SUPPORT AND PROGRESSION

The Institute is dedicated and committed towards student‟s welfare and their progression as

they are the primary stakeholders of the organization. After joining the program, all students

are provided with an orientation session, which gives them a clear idea about the program and

its expectations, as well as various challenges that they will face. As a part of the orientation

program students are exposed to the outbound program wherein which they attend the off

campus program for a day which trains them on team building, group dynamics etc through the

various activities like trekking, rope climbing etc.

For all students, before the placement session begins, the Institute organizes a comprehensive

viva-voice and mock interviews involving industry experts that help them to prepare for the

selection process. IMT Nagpur involves all its faculty members and external experts in this

process and a detail feedback is provided to the students about their areas of improvement.

Student‟s performance in the program is constantly monitored and those, who fail to meet the

academic standards, are provided with additional assignments or projects to meet the minimum

requirements. Students are also informally counseled by the faculty to help them cope with the

various challenges of the program.

The Institute has an official committee to deal with student‟s grievances and redresses. The

committee is comprised of faculty members of IMT, Nagpur.


Page 18

Criterion VI - GOVERNANCE, LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT

IMT Nagpur has clear mission and vision that it has set for itself. The Institute has developed a

set of strategic objectives in order to meet the mission and goals. The entire process is

undertaken with active participation of the faculty members. IMT, Nagpur is a firm believer of

faculty empowerment; the faculty body takes most of the decisions related to the Institute. The

Institute follows a fair, transparent and evolving process for all matters pertaining to faculty

performance appraisal, recruitment and promotion. The top management, the Director, the

Dean (academics) and faculty members have clear delineation of their responsibilities and

authority. The service rulebook of the Institute is distributed to all the faculty members

wherein the Institute clearly communicates policies, guidelines and the expectations from each

one of them. The Dean (academics), Program Chair and faculty members of the Institute carry

out the academic and academic-administrative activities.

Criterion VII: INNOVATIONS AND BEST PRACTICES

IMT Nagpur as an Institute is well aware of its responsibilities and obligation not only towards

its immediate stakeholders, but also of others who are indirectly or in a remote fashion may be

affected and influenced by the Institute and its activities. One of them is the physical

environment of the campus and community that surrounds the Institute.

IMT Nagpur follows policy of conservation of nature, minimizes the utilization of natural

resources and re-cycles available resources. The use of alternative sources of energy and

innovation in administrative matters help Institute follow an environment friendly operation

and executing development projects. Innovation is part and parcel of Institute‟s policy and

practices, in terms of course content and offering elective courses, the Institute experiments

with innovations. In preparing students for their corporate world responsibilities and exposing

them to the real business world practices, the Institute takes help of the corporate practitioners

and entrepreneur.

IMT Nagpur follows a practice of inviting practitioners from corporate sector, policy-makers

or people from NGOs, in 10% of sessions, in every course of the program. The idea behind

implementing such practice is to bridge the gap between classroom learning with real business

scenario and thereby provide students with a comprehensive learning experience. Around 200

practitioners visited IMT Nagpur in the year 2013-14 to address students, be it in course

specific industry-practices; or through sessions beyond courses, through Corporate Interaction

Committee (CIC).

Another important practice that the Institute has implemented is the activity of curriculum and

pedagogy review. This process aims at standardization and regulation of the periodic review of

core courses as well as the electives offered to the students. Electives, by their very nature,

represent the dynamism as expected from market requirements. Over the last one year, the

Institute has established a Curriculum and Pedagogy Review Committee (CPRC) to review

core courses, along with finding and standardizing structure of course outlines.


Page 19

IMT NAGPUR: SWOC

Assessment of Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Challenges:

Strengths:

Established and proven faculty members from various regions of India, with diverse

background

Value (Quality of Program v/s Price) business education in the region

Use of technology in classroom, learning resource centre and student spaces for

collaborative learning

World class infrastructure facilities

Innovative Teaching Methods and integrating learning assessment pertinent to Industry

requirements

Experiential learning in the classes and sharing of experience by Industry Guest

Lectures

Application oriented curricula that is relevant to the industry

Continuous faculty development initiatives to augment the skills and knowledge of the

faculty members

Committed Alumni relationship and strong community networks.

Weaknesses:

Geographic location – Far from the corporate head quarters (that are usually located in

bigger cities)

Young institute (just a decade old) and doesn‟t have built strong alumini fraternity due

to short span of existence.

Limited marketing leverage on accomplishments and excellence

Tryst to create specialists in specific functional area and comparatively less focus on

holistic understanding

Most students lack basic statistics, accounting, soft skills that are essential pre-

requisites

Students‟ non-exposure to participative based learning before joining the program

Opportunities:

Introduction to entrepreneurial thought and critical inquiry

Continuous improvement through pedagogy and curriculum change

Synergy through partnering with internationally reputed business schools for faculty-

student exchange

Increasing youth population and need for higher education

Alignment of academic calendar with most (inter)national universities keeping the

timing in view

Potential for leadership and consulting roles in the region for businesses and individuals

Challenges:

Economic slowdown which led to decrease in demand for business graduates

Competition for quality intake from national level B-schools and newer IIMs

Future faculty turnover and suitable recruitments


Page 20

With increasing cost of operation institute may be force to revise its fees upward

Technology pace affecting learning process

Government involvement with educational standards

Action towards the Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Challenges:

Building on Strengths:

Establishing stringent faculty selection process at whole faculty body level and external

experts. Existing faculty has a healthy mix of members who are from pure academic

background and from corporate world, with deep experience. Majority of faculty

members are doctorates and many are in the process of getting their doctoral degree.

Faculty members regularly publish in various (inter)national journals and magazines,

develop business management cases and write textbooks relevant to business

management education. The institute believes in following a fair, transparent and

evolving process for all academic and faculty related matters, such as, recruitment,

appraisal and promotion. The service rulebook of the institute clearly delineates faculty

members‟ responsibility and authority.

Alumni relationship meets at various regions across India and keeping networks alive

through events. Alumni Relations chairperson initiates the meets on a regular basis.

Comprehensive business education that fosters immediate benefits to students at their

workplace. Institute also organizes off-campus outbound program to train students on

team building in the first year and comprehensive viva-voce and mock interviews to

prepare them for job interviews in the second year.

Making technology ubiquitous to further collaborative and independent learning within

a friendly and collegial learning environment. Students can meet each other and faculty

members anytime. The campus is green with more than 4500 trees and plants that are

tended regularly, that is in line with the institute‟s belief of nature conservation and re-

cycling where-ever possible. All rooms, including class rooms, library, IT labs are well

furnished with air-conditioned, wi-fi connectivity and audio-visual facility. The

cafeteria, mess, cooperative store, dispensary, and sports clubroom allow interaction.

Further, football ground, mini-golf course, basketball court, badminton courts, lawn

tennis court, table tennis facility, cricket ground and a multi-gym allows students to

meet. Faculty tea-room, guest meeting room and Director‟s boardroom also allow

academic formal and informal interactions amongst faculty members.

Creating teaching approaches that is driven by business concerns not just concepts. The

two centers of excellence, Centre for Corporate Governance and Centre for Sustainable

Development, are created to bring in a meaningful convergence of academia and

industry. Responsibility to the local community is addressed by the cell, Kilkari, where

student volunteers work for the amelioration of the under privileged and physically

challenged. There are three more cells, the Entrepreneurship Cell, The Supply Chain

Management Cell and the Case Study and Research Cell; that augment the application

of learning to business concerns.

Experience sharing by Industry experts in classroom is mandatory for each subject.

About 10 percent of the sessions in each course is dedicated to industry guest lecture

with the effect that around 200 practitioners visited the campus to address the students,

last year. Prior to the commencement of program every year, the detailed academic

calendar is prepared that outlines critical academic activities with the timeline.


Page 21

Curriculum and Pedagogy Review Committee (CPRC) and Area Chairs work closely

with industry experts in designing the curriculum; having the flexibility to change to be

pertinent and relevant. The program follows a continuous evaluation method, which are

outlined in each course outline (wherein specific evaluation components and their

respective weights are given).

Substantial funds are allocated for faculty development initiatives that include

conferences, seminars, workshops, research and publications. Working paper series and

seminars are also conducted from time-to-time.

Overcoming Weaknesses:

Reach the corporate at their head quarters through our placement Corporate

Relationship Managers (CRM) and students. CRM are posted in all the five regions of

India who touch the existing and prospect companies on a regular basis.

Usage of communications technology such as (video) conferencing for summer

internship. Continuous follow-up on the student is done by the faculty guide in

consultation with the company guide.

Highlight our achievements through our dynamic website and social media, keeping the

buzz active. The Corporate Communications Committee chairperson manages the

institution content on a continual basis.

Experience of students augmented through the deep experience of faculty members and

industry experts. Institute maintains a good mix of fresh graduates and experienced

students that also brings in diversity to the class. Through this sharing of experience,

each management theory is questioned and understanding refined.

Six more core course that are holistic (comprehensive) to business are introduced. As

the courses are multi-disciplinary, faculty members are co-developing the courses for

effective delivery.

Preparatory and tutorials given to those many students who are weak in statistics,

accounting, and soft skills. Further, the weak students are mentored based on

requirement.

Students are exposed to case-based pedagogy right from the first term, PBL exposure

also given during preparatory. At least one assignment in each course is earmarked to

test the performance of student on participative based learning.

Leveraging Opportunities:

Entrepreneurial activities are encouraged, various events through Kushagra

(Entrepreneurship Cell) are conducted, projects and case development are encouraged.

Curriculum and Pedagogy Review Committee (CPRC) reviews change in pedagogy

and curriculum with the external experts on a regular basis (each term wise) to keep the

curriculum and its delivery relevant. CPRC revisits the benchmarks on a continual

basis.

Strong International Relations Committee that not only develops new partners across

the world but also is involved in international exchange of faculty and students. About

10% of students are expected to avail the international exchange. Attending National

events by students are encouraged and faculty members also attend at least two national

events each on a yearly basis.


Page 22

Flexibility is woven in our academic calendar so that it is in-sync with most

(inter)national universities. The Program Chairperson (through the institution‟s

Academic Program Office) supports this.

Talks are on with some Indian companies who intend to hire our consulting services,

and opportunities are sought with potential companies through our Management

Development Program (MDP). Numerous MDPs are conducted throughout the year.

Apart from comprehensive business simulation game, six new core courses are

introduced that is expected to bring business and management wisdom to our students.

Introduction of cases and simulation as pedagogy prepares our students to run the

business better as they understand the management concerns of each function of

business.

Meeting Challenges:

Engage students through participant-based learning that will essentially hold their

attention, and make learning interesting. Results are encouraging.

By having a healthier placement and value course delivery, competition is made

superfluous. The quality of students and our batch strength proves this.

By providing a career plan for faculty members and a collegial place to work, faculty

turnover is low. Moreover, new recruits are primarily called through strong references.

Rationalization of program fees done year on year, with itemized break-up to explain

inflation.

Learning process is made central and technology is seen as an enabler only. The various

choices of pedagogy, delivery styles and exam modes exemplify this.

Accreditation and regulatory bodies interact with our informed faculty members who

provide a rationale for each of our action, thus negating any regressive practices.

Further, the institute believes in transparent, fair and good practices.

CAT scores are used only for short-listing candidates to call for admission interview.

Admission process ignores the CAT scores and focuses more on suitability of the

student in a business program. The admission process follows a transparent and merit-

based admission system.

Academic rigor and real projects are given to students where hard work makes their

learning more pronounced. Each student‟s work is passed through anti-plagiarism

software and evaluated thoroughly.


Page 23

CRITERION I: CURRICULAR ASPECTS

1.1 Curriculum Design and Development

1.1.1 How are the institutional vision / mission reflected in the academic programmes of the

College?

Linkage of Learning Outcomes to Course Objectives and Mission: Faculty members

teaching any course adhere to the following:

i. The Course outline clearly states the course objectives which are linked to the Mission

and Vision of the Institute.

ii. The Course outline clearly states the learning outcomes from the student‟s perspective

and which is linked to the course objectives.

iii. These learning outcomes are mapped with the evaluation components (measurement

process) i.e., which of the learning outcomes are achieved by which evaluation

component. This is an important prerequisite for aligning all courses with the mission

of the Institute.

1.1.2 Describe the mechanism used in the design and development of the curriculum? Give

details on the process. (Need Assessment, Feedback, etc)

At IMT Nagpur, the curriculum is designed and offered to address the challenges and

opportunities of dynamic needs of industry.

Faculty members are encouraged to participate in various national and international level

faculty development programs/ conferences/ workshops/training programs. Members of IMT

Nagpur, faculty had attended many such programmes like Harvard Case method of teaching

workshop, IBM‟s Analytics training program, IVEY‟s Case development workshop apart from

other national and international level conferences. This has resulted in witnessing the latest

development and changes in the management arena, which facilitated faculty in curriculum

development and adopting better pedagogy. Apart from attending these programs, faculty

had also conducted few international /national conferences/ workshops and the outcomes of the

same were used in modifying the curriculum.

Course Outlines: Before the commencement of each term faculty members teaching

the courses provide detailed course outlines for their respective courses as per the

standard format. All course outlines contain the course objectives, session plan, reading

material, pedagogy, evaluation pattern and learning outcomes.

Uniformity in Course Content and Structure: In cases where same course is taught

by multiple faculty members for different sections or a single faculty member teaching

the same course for multiple sections, uniformity is maintained by all faculty members

in respect of the following:

i. Common Course Outline by all faculty members teaching different sections

ii. Common Term-end examination with the same question paper for all sections


Page 24

Program office under the supervision of Program Chairperson ensures that the course

outline and its structure are designed as per the proposed standard format. Also,

Program office ensures that the course is delivered and evaluated as per the proposed

plan.

Pedagogy: IMT Nagpur follows various methods and styles of pedagogy to deliver the

course, like class room teaching, term projects, role plays, case discussions etc for

integrating academic and industry flavor to the course.

1.1.3 How does the College involve industry, research bodies, and civil society in the

curriculum design and development process? How did the College benefit through the

involvement of the stakeholders?

Institute always makes an attempt to involve its stakeholders in designing and development of

curriculum. Industry involvement in curriculum design and development is as discussed

below.

Feedback from Corporate Guests: As per IMT Nagpur‟s academic policy, each and

every course instructor is expected to have at-least two sessions (per course) involving

executives from the corporate world. During their course of visit area member and the

concern faculty usually have an informal discussion on the course outline, and the

curriculum, with the guest. Their inputs are taken into consideration for reviewing the

course outline.

Feedback from Recruiters: The Placecom office takes a regular feedback from the

recruiters and their representatives on the curriculum and course outline pertaining to

courses belonging to that sector of industry. The feedback and their inputs are then

shared with the concern area to update and revise as per the requirements of the

industry depending on the relevance of their comments.

Feedback from Research bodies: Faculty members are encouraged to participate in

various national/international level conferences, workshops and faculty development

programs. Inputs received by the faculty from different participants (researchers) of

these programmes are always used in designing and developing curriculum.

1.1.4 How are the following aspects ensured through curriculum design and development?

Employability

Innovation

Research

Employable and life skills:

Mock Interview & Comprehensive Viva Voce (MICVV)

Mock interviews were started for second year students from session 2010-11 and the sole

purpose of this process is to provide students with a self evaluation and test platform. To

extend its reach and bring more sincerity in students, MICVV was proposed in last AFBM

(Annual Faculty Body Meeting) and accepted as a half credit compulsory course for second

year students. Students will be tested on each of his/her specialization area hence; he/she needs

to revisit courses from Ist to IVth term before appearing in the interview. The video recording

of the mock interview and written feedback on their performance help them to evaluate

themselves.


Page 25

Innovation:

Business education requires a constant update and modification that best describe, analyze and

make students understand the changing scenario which every business should be aware for

successful operations. Keeping this philosophy in mind, Faculty members at IMT, Nagpur

continually update and modify the contents and delivery of the courses. The Institute

encourages the faculty members to offer the new courses in areas that are yet to become part of

the traditional business school learning. In the last academic year (2013-14) students were

provided with option of choosing a course on Digital Economy, a course that combines varied

field of management education and innovation with an objective of preparing them for doing

business in the „new economy‟. Another course in finance (simulation on portfolio

management) was offered to the students in the finance area that is completely based on

simulation method and use of real time data that could be accessed from Bloomberg terminal

that Institute has installed in the learning resource centre (the Library). A course titled Business

Analytics was also offered which prepared students for Data Analytics, a comparatively new

area in India.

Research:

In the changing global and national scenario of business, it is of utmost importance that the

Institute prepares students with most relevant and latest of the skills and knowledge to become

a successful manager, business leader or entrepreneur. This may not be possible if the faculty

members themselves are not upgrading and updating their own knowledge and skill set. IMT

Nagpur, therefore, provides its faculty with best of the support and opportunities to enhance

and sharpen their intellectual prowess through a series of endeavor all of which aim at greater

flexibility, academic freedom and privileges extended to them. One of the most important ways

in which faculty remain relevant in their respective fields is through research work and

participations in various academic seminar, conferences as well as faculty development

programs.

1.1.5 How does College ensure that the curriculum developed addresses the needs of the

society and have relevance to the regional / national developmental needs?

The institute offers majority of the courses as part of its programme which address the needs of

the society and have relevance to the regional /national developmental needs. To name a few:

Corporate Governance, Values and Business Ethics

Mergers and Acquisitions

Compensation Management

Business Analytics

Simulation on Portfolio Management (Using Bloomberg Terminal)

Business Communication etc.

1.1.6 To what extent does the College use the guidelines of the regulatory bodies for

developing or restructuring the curricula? Has the College been instrumental in leading any

curricular reform which has created a national impact?

As per AICTE norms, the institute adheres to the policy of minimum teaching hours and

credits. As the institute being an autonomous one, curriculum is restructured on regular basis.


Page 26

1.2 Academic Flexibility

1.2.1 Give details on the following provisions with reference to academic flexibility

a) Core / Elective options

b) Enrichment courses

c) Courses offered in modular form

d) Credit transfer and accumulation facility

e) Lateral and vertical mobility within and across programmes and courses

The curriculum is designed and offered to students in such a manner that provides varied

options to choose from, as a function of their interests, ability and scope. First year courses are

offered to address the fundamentals of all functions of management discipline and form the

basis for deciding their specialization for second year courses.

IMT Nagpur, allows students to either pursue PGDM in general management with

specialization in any area (Marketing, Finance, Human Resources, Operations, Economics and

Information Technology) or specialize in one/two functional areas (Finance and Marketing).

As the choice is given to specialize in more than one functional area, it gives a scope for

students to not only to gain the in-depth knowledge in two areas, but also helps in increasing

their chances of employability.

I) Number of Courses and Credits: Students undergoing PGDM programs are required to

successfully complete studies of a minimum of 112.5 credits or a maximum of 121.5 credits of

work load spread over two years and a summer internship project. Each student is required to

undertake Summer Internship Program (SIP) at the end of First Year. This is undertaken in an

organizational setting. The duration of the SIP varies from eight to ten weeks. Other rules

relating to SIP will be notified from time to time by the APO (Academic Program Office). SIP

offered through Placecom shall be accepted by the students failing which disciplinary action

will be initiated. The academic program is divided into 6 terms of 10 -12 weeks each. Term-

wise distribution of credits is given below:

Term No. of Courses No. of Credits

I 7 19.5

II 8 22.5

III 7 21

Total 22 63

Summer Internship Between III & IV 3

II) Core (Compulsory) Courses: The following is the term-wise list of Core courses offered

at IMT Nagpur, which are mandatory (compulsory) for students pursuing PGDM program

under every stream/specialization


Page 27

Compulsory Courses Year-I

Term-1 Term-II Term-III

Managerial Economics Macro Economics -

Principles and Policies

Economic

Environment of

Business

Financial Accounting for

Managers Corporate Finance

Advanced Corporate

Finance

Business Communication Management Accounting

and Control

Business Research

Methods

Individual Behavior in

Organizations

Managerial

Communication

Legal Environment

of Business

IT Applications in

Management

Dynamics of Group

Behavior

Human Resource

Management

Marketing Strategy Marketing Mix Management

Information Systems

Statistics for Business

Decisions

Designing and Planning

Operations

Managing Value

Chain through

Operations

Managerial Economics Management Science

Models

Economic

Environment of

Business

Compulsory Courses Year-II

Term-IV Term-V Term-VI

Strategic

Framework

Strategic

Implementation

Corporate Governance,

Values and Ethics

III) Number of Elective Courses: In the second year of the Program, each student is required

to opt for elective courses across the Fourth, Fifth and Sixth Terms based on his/her aptitude

and/or interest. The number of elective courses (on credit basis) to be chosen by the students

across the three terms is as following:

Number of Electives and Credits

Term Core

Course

Electives to be

chosen No. of Credits

#

Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum

IV 1 6 7 21 24

V 1 4 5 15 18

VI 1 2 3 9 12

Total 3 12 15 45 54


Page 28

# 1 Credit means 10 hours of classroom teaching, which includes case analysis, role plays and

discussions etc.

Those who opt for minimum number of courses in any term are not eligible for choosing half-

credit course and those who wish to go beyond the minimum courses in any term may choose

either 1 full-credit course OR 1 or 2 half-credit course(s).

The Institute ensures offering minimum and maximum number of full courses in all the three

terms. However it is not obligatory on the part of the Institute to offer half-credit courses in the

term as it is a function of faculty offering courses. Every student has to choose a range of

electives out of the elective courses offered by the Institute, with 12 being minimum and 15

maximum, during these terms.

IV) Area-Wise Elective Courses: Area-wise elective courses offered in the last four

academic year are listed in the Table I. However, elective courses that actually run in an

academic year vary in accordance with requisite minimum student subscription for electives

and operational issues of scheduling. Also the new electives offered, apart from the electives

offered before, are listed in the Table II.

Table I List of Elective for last four years

Institute of Management Technology, Nagpur

PGDM 2010-2012

Term-IV(Elective)

Sr.

No Subject Name Credit

1 Money, Banking and Finance 3

2 Commercial Bank Management 3

3 Corporate Taxation for Business Decisions 3

4 Financial Markets & Institutions 3

5 Financial Services & Merchant Banking 3

6 International Financial Management 3

7 Investment Management 3

8 Entrepreneurship Development 3

9 Legal Aspects of Employment 3

10 Organizational Structure & Design 3

11 Performance Management 3

12 Digital Enterprises ERP 3

13 I. T. Business Analysis 3

14 Software Project Management 3

15 Brand Management 3

16 Integrated Marketing Communication 3

17 Rural Marketing 3

18 Sales & Distribution Management 3

19 Services Marketing 3


Page 29

20 Project Management 3

21 Quality Management Systems & Six Sigma 3

22 Design and Analysis of Supply Chain Systems - I 3

Term-V(Elective)

Sr.


1 Financial Economics 3

2 Derivatives 3

3 Enterprise Risk Management 3

4 Financial Planning & Wealth Management 3

5 Financial Statement Analysis & Reporting 3

6 Mergers Acquisitions and Corporate Restructuring 3

7 Compensation Strategies & Management 3

8 Training & Development 3

9 Human Resource Selection 3

10 IT Strategy 3

11 Business Marketing 3

12 Consumer Behavior 3

13 International Marketing 3

14 Marketing Research 3

15 Pricing Strategies 3

16 Retail Management 3

17 Strategic Marketing 3

18 Revenue Management - II 3

19 Supply Chain Management 3

20 Design and Analysis of Supply Chain Systems - II 3

Term-VI(Elective)

Sr.


1 Financial Modeling Using Excel 3

2 Fixed Income Securities 3

3 Strategic HRM 3

4 IT Marketing 3

5 Customer Relationship Management 3

6 Service Operations Management 3


Page 30


PGDM 2011-2013

Term-IV(Elective)

Sr.

No. Subject Name Credit

1 Economics of Globalization and Multinational Corporations 3




5 Financial Services 3


7 Mergers & Acquisitions 3

8 Money Banking and Finance 3

9 Project Appraisal & Financing 3



12 Organization Development 3

13 Organizational Structure & Design 3










Term V

Sr.


1 Financial Economics 3

2 Industrial Economics and Competitive Strategy 3


4 Derivatives 3

5 Enterprise Valuation 3


7 Working Capital Management 3

8 Strategic HRM 3





Page 31









Term-VI(Elective)

Sr.




3 Investment Banking 3

4 Time Series Methods for Economics and Finance 3

5 Business Simulation through Capsim 3

6 Career & Competency Management 3

7 Compensation Management 3

8 IT Consulting 3



11 Operations Strategy 3


PGDM 2012-2014

Term-IV(Elective)

Sr.









8 Strategic Cost Management 3






Page 32









Term-V(Elective)

Sr.


1

Economics of Globalization and Multinational

Corporations 3


3 Derivatives 3

4 Equity Research 3

5 Financial Risk Management 3


7 Life Insurance 3

8 Simulation on Portfolio Management 3

9 Strategic HRM 3

10 Strategic Staffing 3



13 Innovations and Strategy for the Digital Economy 3







20 Business Analytics 3

21 Revenue Management 3


Term-VI(Elective)

Sr.



2 Commodity Derivatives 3


Page 33




6 Non Life Insurance 3




10 IT Consulting 3



PGDM 2013-2015

Term-IV(Elective)

Sr.


1 Applied Econometrics 3



4 Financial Risk Management 3

















21 Revenue Management - I 3

22 Strategic Formulation 3


Page 34

Term-V(Elective)

Sr.


1 Economics of Globalization and Multinational Corporations 3

2 Business Analysis & Valuation using Financial Statement 3

3 Corporate Credit & Financial Analysis 3

4 Derivatives 3

5 Equity Research 3

6 Risk Management in Banks & FIs 3

7 Simulation on Portfolio Management 3

8 Strategic Cost Management 3


10 Strategic Staffing 3










20 Business Analytics 3



23 Strategy Implementation 3

Term-VI(Elective)

Sr.









8 Strategic HRM 3

9 IT & Business Consulting 3

10 Digital Marketing 3

11 Marketing of Financial Products 3

12 Dynamic Analysis of Supply Chain Systems 3



Page 35

Table II: List of New Electives Introduced in Last Four Years

PGDM 2009-2011

Area Subject Name

Information Technology

Management

IT Strategy

IT Consulting

*Intelligent Enterprises (BI and KM)

*IT Audit and Quality Assurance

Finance

Money Banking & Finance

Financial Planning & Wealth Management

Financial Statement Analysis & Reporting

Financial Engineering

General Management

*Family Business Management

*Business Plan Workshop

Seminar on Thought Leadership

*Social Entrepreneurship

Operations Management

Dynamic Analysis of Supply Systems

*Advanced Production Planning & Control

*Advanced Supply & Revenue Management

*Game Theory for Management Applications

PGDM 2010-2012

Area Subject Name


Management

*Business Process Management

*IT for Retail

Finance

Commercial Bank Management

Financial Economic

Financial Modeling Using Excel

*Micro Finance

General Management

*Business Innovation

*Personal and Managerial Effectiveness

through Yoga

*Seminar on Thought Leadership & Decision-

Making Social Entrepreneurship

Operations Management

Design and Analysis of Supply Chain System -

I

Design and Analysis of Supply Chain System -

II


Page 36

PGDM 2011-2013

Area Subject Name

Economics

Economics of Globalization and Multinational

Corporations

*Applied Econometrics

Industrial Economics and Competitive Strategy


Management

*Business Decision Modeling with

spreadsheets

Finance

*Behavioural Finance

*Earning Management

Enterprise Valuation

*Management Control System

*Forensic Accounting

Mergers & Acquisitions

Project Appraisal & Financing

Working Capital Management

Investment Banking

Time Series Methods for Economics and

Finance

General Management

*Corporate Social Responsibility

*Corporate Criminal Liability

*Cross- Cultural Management

*Rational Decision Making

*Knowledge Management

Business Simulation through Capsim

HR & OB

*H. R. Metrics

*Strategic Staffing

*Wage and Salary Administration

*Emotional Intelligence for Personal

Effectiveness

*Negotiation

Operations Management Operations Strategy


Page 37

PGDM 2012-2014

Area Electives

Finance

Life Insurance

Non Life Insurance

*Behavioural Finance

Commodity Derivatives

Equity Research

Financial Risk Management

*Market Microstructure

*Quantitative Finance

Simulation on Portfolio Management

Economics *Business Forecasting

Eco/Mktg/GM/IT

Innovations and Strategy for the Digital

Economy

HR & OB *Managing Power, Conflict & Crisis

*Leadership Lab

Operations Management Business Analytics

V) Change of Specialization: Change of specialization during the continuance of any term is

not allowed. Area of specialization should be indicated during the third term when notified by

the Program Chairperson (PGDM). An elective course, as indicated in the curriculum is offered

only if a minimum of number of students opt for it as a credit course (This number may vary

from year to year).

VI) Program Duration: All the PGDM programs are of two years of duration. However,

maximum allowable period to complete the program is five academic years.

The curriculum is revised every year and redesigned if required, keeping in mind the changing

requirements of the society.

VII) Change In Syllabus/Course Outline/Teaching Methods:

Each and every course in all the terms is open to revision by the course faculty based on his/her

past experience in offering and delivering the course in consultation with members of area. The

process is as follow:

The course outline gets vetted and approved by the area to which the course belongs,

the course outline is sent to the concerned faculty body for approval.

Once this process, gets over the course outline is sent to Dean for his formal approval.

Once it is approved by Dean – the course outline gets frozen, and is communicated to

all concern.

All course outlines and study materials are shared in advance with students through

internal IT system in campus (OLT: On line learning and teaching, along with

Moodle/Hand Outs, etc. + e-mails).

The course is then delivered by the faculty, the students get a chance to give their

feedback twice in the course of the delivery, one during the mid course and then in the

very end, this feedback is both qualitative and quantitative.


Page 38

On the basis of these feedbacks, the faculty, who is the sole owner of the course, makes

suitable changes and revises the course and pedagogy according to the needs of the

primary stakeholders of the process, esp. students, corporate representatives and

recruiters. This is repeated in following year and this cycle continues.

The institute offers enrichment courses to enhance the knowledge of students . One of

such enrichment course offered is Simulation on Portfolio Management (Using

Bloomberg Terminal).

This course is being offered as an elective in the area of finance. The course focuses on

providing an in-depth understanding and hands-on experience of investment trading

particularly in the equity market. The course would also expose the participants to

Bloomberg, one of the most used databases in investment management world. This

course is conducted in a simulated environment of a mutual fund company. The

participants act as the investment managers for making decisions on investments as

well as the board to take executive decisions. The course also involves other

dimensions of the business such as marketing and corporate governance. The

participants are responsible for sustained increase in NAVs and assets under the

management through their financial and marketing skills. Additionally they are also

subjected to corporate governance issues such as auditing, board meetings, having

independent directors etc. In all, this course aims to provide an in-depth understanding

of managing an investment fund.

Objectives: The basic objective of this course is to provide students an in-depth understanding

of investment management through hands on experience. The course targets to achieve the

below specific objectives from student‟s perspective:

To provide simulated on the job experience of managing investment fund

To promote an understanding on investments in equity markets.

To develop the skills of stock selection and market timing.

To provide hands on experience on Bloomberg terminal.

To introduce various dimensions of investment management (viz. marketing, corporate

governance etc.)

From IMT Nagpur‟s perspective, in the short term this course aims to create a niche pool of

students who are place-able in investment management domain. In the long term, the course

aims to provide IMT Nagpur, a competitive advantage of producing management graduates

having in-depth theoretical understanding as well as rich hands-on experience in investment

management.

Scope: The scope of this course extends to students of IMT Nagpur, currently. Once tested

successfully, the scope may extend to provide training to industry executives.

Benefits: At the end of the course, the students would be able to:

Use the Bloomberg database effectively for performing fundamental and technical

analysis of the equity securities

Assess the risk associated with investing equity securities

Manage a portfolio of equity investments

Use fundamental and technical analysis for stock selection and market timing.

Market the services and maintain clients

Understand the impact of corporate governance in a firm


Page 39

1.2.2 Have any courses been developed specially targeting international students? If so, how

successful have they been? If „no‟, explain the impediments.

No such course have been developed and offered targeting international students. As we get

very few international students from different part of the world there was no scope to introduce

such course.

1.2.3 Does the College offer dual degree and twinning programmes? If yes, give details.

Not Applicable

1.2.4 Does the College offer self-financing programmes? If yes, list them and indicate if

policies regarding admission, fee structure, teacher qualification and salary are at par with the

aided programmes?

Institute offers only PGDM programs which are self financed. There is no aided program run

by the institute

1.2.5 Has the College adopted the Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)? If yes, how many

programmes are covered under the system?

The curriculum is designed and offered to students in such a manner that provides varied

options to choose from, as a function of their interests, ability and scope. First year courses are

offered to address the fundamentals of all functions of management discipline and form the

basis for deciding their specialization for second year courses.

IMT Nagpur, allows students to either pursue PGDM in general management with

specialization in any area (Marketing, Finance, Human Resources, Operations, Economics and

Information Technology) or specialize in one/two functional areas (Finance and Marketing).

As the choice is given to specialize in more than one functional area, it gives a scope for

students to not only to gain the in-depth knowledge in two areas, but also helps in increasing

their chances of employability.

Number of Courses and Credits: Students undergoing PGDM programs are required to

successfully complete studies of a minimum of 112.5 credits or a maximum of 121.5 credits of

work load spread over two years and a summer internship project. Each student is required to

undertake Summer Internship Program (SIP) at the end of First Year. This is undertaken in an

organizational setting. The duration of the SIP varies from eight to ten weeks. Other rules

relating to SIP will be notified from time to time by the APO (Academic Program Office). SIP

offered through Placecom shall be accepted by the students failing which disciplinary action

will be initiated. The academic program is divided into 6 terms of 10 -12 weeks each. Term-

wise distribution of credits is given below:


Page 40

Term No. of Courses No. of Credits

I 7 19.5

II 8 22.5

III 7 21

Total 22 63

Summer Internship Between III & IV 3

1.2.6 What percentage of programmes offered by the College follows:

Annual system

Semester system

Trimester system

Institute offers only PGDM programs which follows Trimester system . Therefore, 100% of

programmes offered by the institute follows trimester system.

1.2.7 What is the policy of the College to promote inter-disciplinary programmes? Name the

programmes and what is the outcome?

Not Applicable


Page 41

1.3 Curriculum Enrichment

1.3.1 How often is the curriculum of the College reviewed for making it socially relevant

and/or job oriented / knowledge intensive and meeting the emerging needs of students and

other stakeholders?

Important practice that the Institute has implemented is the activity of curriculum and

pedagogy review. This process aims at standardization and regulation of the periodic review of

core courses as well as the electives offered to the students. Electives, by their very nature,

represent the dynamism as expected from market requirements. Over the last one year, the

Institute has established a Curriculum and Pedagogy Review Committee (CPRC) to review

core courses, along with finding and standardizing structure of course outlines.

Curriculum and pedagogy review

One time curriculum review (core courses):

i. Benchmark courses, in view of existing vision, mission, learning objectives of the

Institute (this is also being revised now).

ii. Identify gaps keeping needs of external socio-economic and business environment.

iii. Have area-level meetings, with CPRC members, and minute them.

iv. Identify action points.

v. Repeat till consensus is reached.

vi. Invite external industry and academic personnel for combined review.

vii. Freeze courses.

viii. Allocate faculty/identify faculty training need (as in case of Sustainable Development

recently).

ix. Develop detailed course outline, circulate in area/faculty body, get approval

Regular curriculum review:

i. Ensure all core courses, and electives, being repeated for next batch, must have updated

by concerned faculty member/s.

ii. Circulate updated course outline to area-faculty.

iii. Receive comments over e-mails/otherwise.

iv. Have area-meeting to discuss/finalize same, develop a Minutes of Meeting and get it

accepted.

v. Incorporate changes agreed upon and re-circulate to area, before uploading in OLT, or

before circulating to students.

1.3.2 How many new programmes at have been introduced UG and PG level during the last

four years? Mention details.

Inter-disciplinary

Programmes in emerging areas

Not Applicable

1.3.3 What are the strategies adopted for revision of the existing programmes? What

percentage of courses underwent a major syllabus revision?


Page 42

Although, program is not revised in the recent past, program structure is always being revisited

for restructuring. Since two years the institute offers flexi credit systems and almost all the

courses are being updated regularly. Faculty members are the sole owner of their courses and

they review their courses regularly.

1.3.4 What are the value-added courses offered by the College and how does the College

ensure that all students have access to them?

The institute offers value added courses to enhance the knowledge of students. One of such

enrichment course offered is Simulation on Portfolio Management (Using Bloomberg

Terminal).

This course is being offered as an elective in the area of finance. The course focuses on

providing an in-depth understanding and hands-on experience of investment trading

particularly in the equity market. The course would also expose the participants to Bloomberg,

one of the most used databases in investment management world. This course is conducted in a

simulated environment of a mutual fund company. The participants act as the investment

managers for making decisions on investments as well as the board to take executive decisions.

The course also involves other dimensions of the business such as marketing and corporate

governance. The participants are responsible for sustained increase in NAVs and assets under

the management through their financial and marketing skills. Additionally they are also

subjected to corporate governance issues such as auditing, board meetings, having independent

directors etc. In all, this course aims to provide an in-depth understanding of managing an

investment fund.

Objectives: The basic objective of this course is to provide students an in-depth understanding

of investment management through hands on experience. The course targets to achieve the

below specific objectives from student‟s perspective:

To provide simulated on the job experience of managing investment fund

To promote an understanding on investments in equity markets.

To develop the skills of stock selection and market timing.

To provide hands on experience on Bloomberg terminal.

To introduce various dimensions of investment management (viz. marketing, corporate

governance etc.)

From IMT Nagpur‟s perspective, in the short term this course aims to create a niche pool of

students who are place-able in investment management domain. In the long term, the course

aims to provide IMT Nagpur, a competitive advantage of producing management graduates

having in-depth theoretical understanding as well as rich hands-on experience in investment

management.

Scope: The scope of this course extends to students of IMT Nagpur, currently. Once tested

successfully, the scope may extend to provide training to industry executives.

Benefits: At the end of the course, the students would be able to:

Use the Bloomberg database effectively for performing fundamental and technical

analysis of the equity securities


Page 43

Assess the risk associated with investing equity securities

Manage a portfolio of equity investments

Use fundamental and technical analysis for stock selection and market timing.

Market the services and maintain clients

Understand the impact of corporate governance in a firm

IBM- Business Analytics Lab

IMT Nagpur had signed a contract with IBM–CEBT (Career Education for Business

Transformation) and in turn IBM had set up an IBM- Business Analytics lab in the campus. As

per the agreement, IBM has install IBM-Cognos Software in our lab and trained thirty five

members (Faculty and faculty research associates) on three different modules for duration of

four days each. The benefits of this initiative are as follows.

Added advantage for the new elective „Business Analytics‟ course being offered for 2012-14

batch. The course offered in association with IBM and this facilitates students to get the

certificate from IBM.

i. As students will have hands on experience in IBM-Business Analytics Lab, it will

enhance their placement opportunities more so in IBM and its clients.

ii. As many faculty members are getting trained in this lab, it may help them to orient their

courses accordingly and offer to the students; in addition the same may be useful for

their research endeavors.

iii. Once this lab is set up, in association with IBM, Institute may conduct executive

education programs for executives of the corporate world.

iv. In the future, IMT Nagpur may consider offering specialization/PGDM Program in

„Business Analytics‟ in association with IBM.

1.3.5 Has the College introduced any higher order skill development programmes in

consonance with the national requirements as outlined by the National Skills Development

Corporation and other agencies?

Not Applicable


Page 44

1.4 Feedback System

1.4.1 Does the College have a formal mechanism to obtain feedback from students regarding

the curriculum and how is it made use of?

The institute right from the inception collects feedback from the students regarding the course

content and delivery.

Students‟ Feedback: In order to bring about positive changes and improvement in the course

delivery and quality of inputs by faculty members, anonymous on-line feedback is collected

from students. Such course-wise, faculty-wise feed-back is collected twice during every term

(mid-term as well as end-term) in respect of every faculty teaching courses in respective terms.

The aim of having the midterm feedback is to allow the students to communicate incognito as

to how the course is going on in the matter pertaining to design, delivery, evaluation, etc. The

faculty after going through the quantitative and qualitative feedback takes some measures and

makes suitable amendments and changes on the basis of the feedback given by the students.

Students are required to provide wholesome feedback on pre-defined parameters while offering

open ended comments on courses they have participated. Online faculty feedback is received in

the OLT (Online Learning and Teaching) in the mid-term of a course and also before end term

examinations. The APO shall notify the dates on which the OLT (Online Learning and

Teaching) system would be kept open for such feedback. Student, who fails to give faculty

feedback within the notified period, is penalized with one grade reduction in the respective

course(s).

1.4.2 Does the College elicit feedback on the curriculum from national and international

faculty? If yes, specify a few methods adopted to do the same - (conducting webinar,

workshop, online forum discussion etc.). Give details of the impact on such feedback.

Recently, the institute started revising the curriculum involving academia and industry at least

once in a year. Respective areas invite eminent academicians from the country along with

corporate executives to be part of this curriculum review exercise.

1.4.3 Specify the mechanism through which alumni, employers, industry experts and

community give feedback on curriculum enrichment and the extent to which it is made use of.

Feedback on Curriculum

Feedback from Corporate Guests: As per IMT Nagpur‟s academic policy, each and

every course instructor is expected to have at-least two sessions (per course) involving

executives from the corporate world. During their course of visit area member and the

concern faculty usually have an informal discussion on the course outline, and the

curriculum, with the guest. Their inputs are taken into consideration for reviewing the

course outline.


recruiters and their representatives on the curriculum and course outline pertaining to

courses belonging to that sector of industry. The feedback and their inputs are then

shared with the concern area to update and revise as per the requirements of the

industry depending on the relevance of their comments.


Page 45

Feedback from In-House Faculty: For any course outline to be modified/ changed or

a newly launched course outline has to be finally approved by the general faculty body.

Before this, the course has to be approved by the faculty member of the concern area

and by Dean (Academics). This process is followed for not only the current courses but

also for the newly launched electives.

1.4.4 What are the quality sustenance and quality enhancement measures undertaken by the

institution in ensuring effective development of the curricula?

Clearly Stated Learning Outcomes

PGDM program of IMT Nagpur has its learning outcomes clearly stated in the syllabus. The

Faculty and the students therefore are well informed of these outcomes before they commence

learning the course. A copy of the learning outcome along with the syllabus is handed over to

each faculty and student.

Before the commencement of each term, faculty members teaching the courses provide

detailed course outlines as per the standard format provided for their respective courses. All

course outlines contain the course objectives, session plan, reading material, pedagogy,

evaluation pattern and learning outcome. The course design / course outline of each course is

prepared and uploaded by the respective faculty members in the OLT (Online Learning &

Teaching resource).

Strategies to Facilitate the Achievement of the Intended Learning Outcomes

It is the learning outcome that determines the strategies of teaching, learning and assessment in

this institution and structuring of these strategies of this institution are integrative, sequential

and coherent (not independent modules). They are so designed to ensure that the learning

outcomes are positively achieved. Faculty members teaching any course adhere to the

following:

i. The course outline clearly states the course objectives which are linked to the Mission

and Vision of the Institute.

ii. The course outline clearly states the learning outcomes from the student‟s perspective

and which are linked to the course objectives.

iii. These learning outcomes are mapped with the evaluation components (measurement

process) i.e., which of the learning outcomes are achieved by which evaluation

component. This is an important prerequisite for aligning all courses with the mission

of the Institute.

IMT Nagpur follows various methods and styles of pedagogy like class room teaching, small

projects, role plays, case discussions etc for effective understanding and communication of a

theory. It is also ensured that there is essential balance between lectures, seminars, and self

directed and autonomous learning activities in the course for generating among the students a

desire for enquiry and research.

Throughout the term, students are assessed on their abilities to understand concepts, learn

techniques and apply them to problem situations of the real world. Hence, at each stage of the

course, students are able to assess their own performances and take proper steps for

improvement. All programs at IMT Nagpur follow a continuous evaluation system in order to

assess the overall performance of students throughout the course. Student feedback at the end

of each semester tells us whether the learning outcomes are achieved.

Any additional information regarding Curricular Aspects, which the institution would like to

include.


Page 46

CRITERION II: TEACHING-LEARNING AND EVALUATION

2.1 Student Enrolment and Profile

2.1.1 How does the College ensure publicity and transparency in the admission process?

Being rated among the Top Business Schools by various rating agencies, Institution has earned

a great reputation within a short span of ten years. It attracts students across the country to

pursue a Post Graduate Diploma in Management. The Institution adopts following procedure to

ensure transparency in and promotion of admission process

The institute uses Electronic, Print and Social media to reach to maximum number of

students seeking admission in IMT, Nagpur. Advertisements in national and local

newspapers, on Face book and other relevant portals/websites are some of the ways to

publicize the admission procedure of IMT, Nagpur.

The Institute publishes the admission brochure every year providing the latest

information about IMT, Nagpur. The Institute has a Corporate Communication

Committee (CCC) headed by a faculty member, which handles updating of the website

of the Institute on daily basis. All the activities in the Institute are updated and uploaded

on the website immediately.

The students seeking admission in IMT, Nagpur apply to the Institute for admission

brochure/form through post or they can fill the admission form online.

2.1.2 Explain in detail the process of admission put in place for UG, PG and Ph.D. programmes

by the College. Explain the criteria for admission (Ex. (i) merit, (ii) merit with entrance test,

(iii) merit, entrance test and interview, (iv) common test conducted by state agencies and

national agencies (v) others followed by the College?

In the month of September/October applications are invited for the admissions to PGDM

program of IMT, Nagpur. The CAT(conducted by Indian Institute of Management)

/CMAT/XAT (conducted by Xavier Group of Institutions) /GMAT scores of the students are

considered for preparing the merit list for admission to PGDM program in the Institute.

Admission Committee then according to merit list sends the invitation letter to applicants to

appear for Group Discussion and Personal Interview (GD/PI). The GD/PI process is carried out

at major cities of India. Before this process starts, all the necessary documents and mark lists

are verified. Faculty members from all IMT Campuses form the panels to conduct the GD/PI.

Once the GD/PI process is over, Admission Committee collate the scores given by the panel

and after considering candidates‟ academic performance in 10th

, 12th

and Graduation,

candidates‟ work experience and any other achievement, a merit list is prepared and candidates

are offered admission. Full transparency is ensured in the admission process since the

Institution strictly adheres to the rules and regulations formulated by the government and the

regulatory body (AICTE). All announcements are regularly updated on the website about the

process of admission. The admission process is carried out keeping in mind principles of

justice, equity and inclusiveness by strictly adhering to the various norms stated by

Government and regulatory bodies.


Page 47

2.1.3 Does the College have a mechanism to review its admission process and student profiles

annually? If yes, what is the outcome of such an analysis and how has it contributed to the

improvement of the process?

Review of Admission Process and Student Profiles is an ongoing activity at IMT. To attract

brightest of the students from across the country and with varied cultural, professional and

social background, each year, Management Committee and members of admission committee

meet to finalize the admission process keeping in view the Vision & Mission of Institute and

regulatory guidelines.

2.1.4 What are the strategies adopted to increase / improve access to students belonging to the

following categories

SC/ST

OBC

Women

Different categories of persons with disabilities

Economically weaker sections

Outstanding achievers in sports and extracurricular activities

IMT admission process is based completely on merit. Students are offered admissions on their

merit and not on their caste or religion. The candidates who have been offered admissions in

IMT constitute candidates from all caste, religion, social and economic background.

IMT-Nagpur supports the cause of inclusion of women, differently-abled and economically

weaker sections students. For Students from Economically Weaker Section, IMT has tie-ups

with Central Bank of India and Credila Financial Services Pvt. Ltd. (an HDFC Ltd. Co.) for

Education Loan. A link has been provided on IMT, Nagpur website in this reference.

2.1.5 Furnish the number of students admitted in the College in the last four academic years.

2.1.6 Has the College conducted any analysis of demand ratio for the various programmes

offered by the College? If so, indicate significant trends explaining the reasons for increase /

decrease

Program

Number of

applications4

Number of students

admitted

Demand

Ratio

PG Diploma

2011-13 17300 226 NA#

4 This number is for centralized pool of application for all campus of IMT Group.

Programmes Number of students admitted

PG Diploma

2011-13 226

2012-14 365

2013-15 323

2014-16 NA


Page 48

2012-14 17269 365 NA#

2013-15 17364 323 NA#

2014-16 16473 NA NA#

# The admission process is centralized , in which all applications are processed centrally by the

Institute‟s parent campus at Ghaziabad. Only after final selections, students are distributed

across various campuses of IMT group on the basis of their preference and overall score in

admission process. The demand ratio, therefore, could not be calculated on the basis of

available data. The absolute number of admitted students show relatively increasing trend

2.1.7 Was there an instance of the College discontinuing a programme during last four years?

If yes, indicate the reasons.

The Institute has not discontinued any program during last four years.


Page 49

2.2 Catering to Student Diversity

2.2.1 Does the College organize orientation / induction programme for freshers? If yes, give

details of the duration of programme, issues covered, experts involved and mechanism for

using the feedback in subsequent years.

Before the commencement of the session, a weeklong orientation program is conducted to

bring students from diverse educational fields to a common platform. The orientation program

covers basic aspects of Communication Skills, Accounts & Finance, Statistics and

Management. The orientation program also serves as a first guide for new students informing

them about the various institutional facilities, amenities, rules & regulations and pedagogy. The

Orientation Programme is conducted by in-house faculty, external experts and corporate

professionals.

The orientation includes sessions related to the following topics:

a) Academic Orientation

b) Placement Processes

c) LRC Orientation

d) Global Business Scenario

e) Case Method of Teaching

f) Self Oriented Workshop

g) Financial Tools for research

h) Effective Business Communication

i) Entrepreneurship

j) Fitness for Managers

k) Dietary Tips for Young Professionals

l) Decision Making

m) Basics of Accounting

n) Basics of Finance

o) Basics of Economic Analysis

p) Demand & Supply: Managerial Perspectives

q) Macro Economic Indicators of Indian Economy

r) Corporate Guest Lectures

2.2.2 Does the College have a mechanism through which the “differential requirements of

student population” are analyzed after admission and before the commencement of classes? If

so, how are the key issues identified and addressed?

To assess and address the students‟ need in terms of knowledge and skills before the

commencement of the programme, a weeklong orientation program is conducted to bring

students from diverse educational fields to a common platform. The orientation program covers

basic aspects of Communication Skills, Accounts & Finance, Statistics and Management. The

orientation program also serves as a first guide for new students informing them about the

various institutional facilities, amenities, rules & regulations and pedagogy.

The orientation includes sessions related to the following topics:

a) Academic Orientation

b) Placement Processes

c) LRC Orientation


Page 50

d) Global Business Scenario

e) Case Method of Teaching

f) Self Oriented Workshop

g) Financial Tools for research

h) Effective Business Communication

i) Entrepreneurship

j) Fitness for Managers

k) Dietary Tips for Young Professionals

l) Decision Making

m) Basics of Accounting

n) Basics of Finance

o) Basics of Economic Analysis

p) Demand & Supply: Managerial Perspectives

q) Macro Economic Indicators of Indian Economy

r) Corporate Guest Lectures

2.2.3 Does the College provide bridge /Remedial /add - on courses? If yes, how are they

structured into the time table? Give details of the courses offered, department-wise/faculty-

wise?

IMT believes in quality education to all its students irrespective of their educational, social or

economic background. To bridge the knowledge gap of the enrolled students, Institute follows

a process which starts with offering of Orientation Programme before commencement of

programme. Institute conducts guest lectures on regular basis so that students may get deeper

insight of the courses of their choice. These guest sessions are conducted by the Corporate

Professionals called from Industry. These Guest sessions are mandatory part of every course

being offered in the Institute. Few faculty members also conduct some remedial classes for the

students to enable them to cope with the programme of their choice.

2.2.4 Has the College conducted a study on the incremental academic growth of different

categories of students; - student from disadvantaged sections of society, economically

disadvantaged, physically challenged and slow learners etc.? If yes, give details on how the

study has helped the College to improve the performance of these students.

Institute has not conducted any study in this area till now. But to provide better academic

inputs to the students from disadvantaged sections of society, economically disadvantaged,

physically challenged and slow learners, Institute has plans to con duct such studies in near

future.

2.2.5 How does the institution identify and respond to the learning needs of advanced

learners?

Students undergoing PGDM programs are required to successfully complete studies of a

minimum of 112.5 credits (1 Credit = 10 Hours of interaction with the course instructor inside

the class room) or a maximum of 121.5 credits of work load spread over two years and a

Summer Internship Project (SIP). This system allows for a flexi Credit System wherein a

student can take more than the minimum credits if he/she wishes to go for advance learning in

the programme. Also, in the second year of their course, students are required to choose the


Page 51

electives they will study in second year as part of their specialization. To make this process

students friendly and to provide a preview of the electives being offered, each area (Marketing,

Finance, Information Technology, Human Resource, etc.) conduct its individual briefing

session for students. In this session, students are given brief about the course, its content,

pedagogy, evaluation etc. along with course utility in the market and (if any) pre-requisite of

the course.

2.2.6 How does the institution cater to the needs of differently-abled students and ensure

adherence to government policies in this regard?

The authorities of the Institute have always shown a favorable attitude to differently-abled

students by providing them facilities in the Institute as well as in the hostel. Various facilities

which are provided to these differently-abled students include

the availability of wheel chair on campus;

Canteen and mess ramps

24 HRS medical facility


Page 52

2.3 Teaching-Learning Process

2.3.1 How does the College plan and organize the teaching, learning and evaluation

schedules? (Academic calendar, teaching plan and evaluation blue print, etc.)

The Institute has an Academic Program Office (APO), a nodal establishment facilitating the

conduct and control of academic programs. APO functions under the direct superintendence

and control of Dean (Academics). However the APO coordinates with the Program

Chairperson for its day-to-day functioning. The APO is headed by Academic Program Officer

who is assisted by executives and staffs holding independent charge of various academic

responsibilities associated with the execution of academic programs. The APO extends

academic support in the following areas:

Providing support for the process of student admissions;

Scheduling and notification of classes;

Procurement & distribution of text books and other readings to the students;

Scheduling, notification and conduct of examinations in accordance with the guidelines

of Controller of Examinations;

Assisting the Program Chairperson in the preparation and execution of Academic

Calendar;

Notification and compilation of information on elective courses;

Compilation of student attendance and academic records;

Maintenance of class-room equipment and allocation of class rooms;

Regulating the access of Online Learning & Teaching (OLT)** program;

Updating the results in Online Learning & Teaching (OLT);

Preservation of examination records and answer scripts;

Coordination with visiting faculty;

Coordinating and facilitating Student Internship Program (SIP)

**OLT: OLT is a software program, which handles database relating to course design, student

evaluation and student grading for all courses. The software is installed on the computers of

all faculty members and the staffs of IT Department/APO (Academic Program Office) provide

operational guidance on the same.

Scheduling of Class

Scheduling of classes and other academic activities are conducted as per the academic calendar

before the new session starts every year. The academic calendar is prepared term wise for all

six trimester and serves as the base for scheduling classes/other academic activities in a

particular term. This calendar is prepared and ratified by the faculty body in the Annual

Faculty Body Meeting (AFBM).

Preparation and Execution of Academic Calendar for Class Scheduling

In the month of April, an Annual Faculty Body Meeting (AFBM) is called by the Program

Chairperson to plan for next academic year starting June onwards. The agenda for the meeting

is finalized in consultation with the faculty body. Some of the major issues, which are the part

of agenda of AFBM, are:


Page 53

Preparation and ratification of Academic Calendar;

Evaluation Scheme;

Area Presentations with regard to allocation of courses;

Sharing of experiences with respect to teaching, examinations etc by faculty members;

Ratification of major policy issues related with academics, examinations etc;

Discussion with administrative staff with respect to preparation for next academic year;

Allocation of academic and administrative portfolios to faculty members.

a. Class scheduling for the first year program: APO seeks the preferences of faculty (fixed

days / timings) 15 days prior to the commencement of respective term. While preparing the

class schedule such preferences related to days, timings, etc. of faculty are considered to the

extent practicable. The class schedule is frozen for each term, excepting cases of emergencies

when rescheduling done with the consent of the Program Chairperson/ Dean (Academics).

b. Class scheduling for the second year program: Before the commencement of each term,

APO calculates the expected class rate per day for the term (as per the Academic Calendar) and

classes are scheduled accordingly. In addition, students‟ choices of electives are considered

while preparing class schedules to ensure minimum number of clashes between any two

elective courses for a student. The class schedule is prepared on weekly basis. To the extent

possible, the dates / plan of visiting faculty are taken into account before the commencement of

the term and it becomes easier when such visiting faculty members confirm all their dates. All

in-house faculty members indicate their class preferences for the succeeding week, on or

before every Wednesday. The schedule is finalized and circulated to faculty members on

Thursday and displayed on the notice boards for the students on Friday. Wherever possible,

courses run parallel with other courses. For instance, sections A, B, C of one course can run

parallel to sections D, E, F of some other course. Also it is permitted to run a course of single

section, along with another course of two sections, if the number of clashes does not exceed 8

students.

c. Rescheduling of Classes: Faculty Members may request APO for rescheduling their classes

only in case of emergency. Such classes can be rescheduled on any working day, subject to

availability of free slots. In case of non-availability of free slots, such classes are re-scheduled

by APO on any non-working day (Saturday or Sunday).

2.3.2 Does the College provide course outlines and course schedules prior to the

commencement of the academic session? If yes, how is the effectiveness of the process

ensured?

All Faculty Members teaching in the term running upload their detailed course outline on OLT.

Once the term begins, the students can refer these course outlines on OLT. Course Schedule or

class schedule is fixed for the term for Year 1 courses as these are core courses mandatory for

all students. For Year 2 courses which are elective courses, class schedule is prepared on

weekly basis. The class Schedules are communicated to the students through notice boards and

email by APO.


Page 54

2.3.3 What are the courses, which predominantly follow the lecture method? Apart from

classroom interactions, what are the other methods of learning experiences provided to

students?

IMT Nagpur has a program pedagogy which is updated and constitutes a judicious mix of

traditional and modern methods of delivering contents in classroom. With lectures as one of the

major delivering tool, course contents are delivered through case discussions, individual and

group presentations, live hands-on projects, simulation games and exercises, informative

videos etc. Students are given hands on experience on some databases like Bloomberg which is

used for course on “Simulation on Portfolio Management”. Institute has set up a “IBM

Business Analytics Lab” which is used for delivering course on “Business Analytics”. Institute

has number of databases namely JSTOR, PROWESS, CAPITALINE PLUS, INDIASTAT,

SCIENCE DIRECT, PROQUEST and HARVARD BUSINESS REVIEW. Institute follows

other methods and styles of pedagogy like small projects, role plays, audio and videos sessions,

etc. for effective understanding and communication of theory.

2.3.4 How is „learning‟ made more student-centric? Give a list of participatory learning

activities adopted by the faculty that contribute to holistic development and improved student

learning, besides facilitating life-long learning and knowledge management.

At IMT Nagpur, the academic environment has always been encouraging Students Centric

Learning. Lectures are a minor part of overall learning process. Since many students come with

some previous industry work experience, they are encouraged by the faculty to share their

views and experience with the class. All the students are encouraged to add their views and

opinions in the ongoing discussions. Another tool which is used in the classroom to make the

learning students centric is case and articles discussion. Institute has access to Harvard

Business School (HBS) Cases which are discussed in the class. In certain courses, faculty

brings latest articles on some topics from newspapers, magazines and journals and students are

encouraged to provide their opinion and views on such articles during discussion in the class.

The Institute has following methods to make the learning students centric:

i. Case/Article Discussion.

ii. Project Preparation and Presentation.

iii. Use of Database like Bloomberg, Indiastat, CMIE Prowess.

iv. Simulation Games & Exercises.

v. Outbound Programmes during Orientation

vi. Group Assignments where a group of students has to work on a common assignment.

This encourages collaborative learning where every member of group is providing

her/his input on the issues to be discussed.

Area Briefings on Selection of Electives in Second Year

In the second year of their course, students are required to choose the electives they will study

in second year as part of their specialization. To make this process students friendly and to

provide a preview of the electives being offered, each area (Marketing, Finance, Information

Technology, Human Resource, etc.) conduct its individual briefing session for students. In this

session, students are given brief about the course, its content, pedagogy, evaluation etc. along

with course utility in the market and (if any) pre-requisite of the course.


Page 55

Uses of Harvard Business School (HBS) Cases

To make the learning „Student-centered‟ and to provide global understanding of the concepts

taught in the classroom, IMT Nagpur has subscribed to Harvard Business School (HBS) Case

collection which are used by faculty for class discussion. These discussions help the students to

look at the real corporate issues mentioned in case from multiple perspectives and provide his

input. In some courses, students write term papers and reports based on knowledge they have

gained in the class room.

All the above ensures a student centric learning and also to develop skills like interactive

learning, collaborative learning and independent learning among the students

2.3.5 What is the College policy on inviting experts / people of eminence to provide

lectures / seminars for students?

For every course, the concerned faculty has to call guest speakers predominantly from

corporate world. Generally, a minimum of two such guest speakers are called for each course

but more can also be invited.

2.3.6 What are the latest technologies and facilities used by the faculty for effective

teaching? Ex: Virtual laboratories, e-learning, open educational resources, mobile education,

etc.

To make teaching learning process enjoyable and productive, the Institute has all class rooms

equipped with modern teaching aids like LCD Projectors, Public Address Systems and access

to Wi-Fi network. Few faculty members prefer to use Moodle, Haiku and Online Testing

(OLT) for examination, delivery and attendance purposes. The institute has a terminal of

Bloomberg; has an IBM Analytics Lab and have access to Harvard Business School Cases.

2.3.7 Is there a provision for the services of counselors / mentors/ advisors for each class

or group of students for academic, personal and psycho-socio guidance? If yes, give details of

the process and the number of students who have benefitted.

The Institute has a Student Affairs Chairperson whose primary responsibility is to handle the

issues related with the students. The students approach the Students Affairs Chairperson for the

issues related to hostels, sports, students‟ functions etc. There are two hostel wardens,

separately for Boys & Girls, who stay on campus and available to students for any

personal/professional counseling. Faculty members also encourage the students to approach

them for professional counseling/mentoring/academic advice. Since it is a residential campus

and students come from diversified social/academic/cultural background, more than 70%

students approach one of them for counseling and get benefitted.

2.3.8 Are there any innovative teaching approaches/methods/ practices adopted/put to use

by the faculty during the last four years? If yes, did they improve the learning? What methods

were used to evaluate the impact of such practices? What are the efforts made by the institution

in giving the faculty due recognition for innovation in teaching?


traditional, modern and innovative methods of delivering contents in classroom. With lectures

as one of the major delivering tool, course contents are delivered through case discussions,


Page 56

individual and group presentations, live hands-on projects, simulation games and exercises,

informative videos etc. Students are given hands on experience on some databases like

Bloomberg which is used for course on “Simulation on Portfolio Management”. Institute has

set up a “IBM Business Analytics Lab” which is used for delivering course on “Business

Analytics”. Institute has number of databases namely JSTOR, PROWESS, CAPITALINE

PLUS, INDIASTAT, SCIENCE DIRECT, PROQUEST and HARVARD BUSINESS

REVIEW. Institute follows other methods and styles of pedagogy like small projects, role

plays, audio and videos sessions, etc. for effective understanding and communication of theory.

Since many students come with some previous industry work experience, they are encouraged

by the faculty to share their views and experience with the class. All the students are

encouraged to add their views and opinions in the ongoing discussions.

To encourage the faculty to adopt new and innovative approaches, Institute arranges

workshops at regular intervals. Faculty members are also encouraged to attend national and

international conferences and share the knowledge with outside world.

2.3.9 How does the College create a culture of instilling and nurturing creativity and

scientific temper among the learners?

Institute carries out many activities to nurture critical thinking, creativity and scientific temper

among students. Each year, some students driven cultural and sports functions are organized

namely Milestone 34 and 35, Runbhoomi and Mahasangram. These functions are organized by

the students and for the students. This helps in nurturing creativity and team work among

students. To develop critical thinking, areas have their individual forums which organize in-

house competitions, guest lecturers etc on a regular basis. The names of these forums are – for

finance, Finaholics; for Marketing, Marque; for IT, strategIT; for Operations, Cyclops; for HR,

XploHRe. A critical thinking process, multiple group activities and games carried out by the

students on these forums ensure transforming them into life-long learners and innovators

2.3.10 Does the College consider student projects a mandatory part of the learning

programme? If so, for how many programmes is it made mandatory? Number of projects executed within the College

Names of external institutions associated with the College for student project work

Role of the faculty in facilitating such projects

Summer Internship Programme (SIP) is an integral part of curriculum at IMT, Nagpur. This is

8 weeks programme after successful completion of one year of PGDM Course. Students go to

different companies and complete SIP. Each student is given a project by the company which

students have to complete within 8 weeks. For SIP, each student is given two guides, one from

the company where he is completing his SIP and second, a faculty member from the Institute.

Besides SIP, short term projects are alo given to students which students finish by carrying out

market survey, library research and faculty guidance.

2.3.11 What efforts are made to facilitate the faculty in learning / handling computer-aided

teaching/ learning materials? What are the facilities available in the College for such efforts?

IMT, Nagpur has provided each faculty a Laptop so that faculty members can prepare their

lectures, can download the material from internet required for their sessions and may use it for


Page 57

other relevant work.

2.3.12 Does the College have a mechanism for evaluation of teachers by the students / alumni?

If yes, how is the evaluation used in achieving qualitative improvement in the teaching-

learning process?

Institute has a well defined policy for evaluation of teachers by the students and external peers.

The details are as given:

a. The system of faculty‟s course feedback by the students has been in practice

from the beginning. Every student gives Mid-term and End term Feedback on

various aspects related to teaching and learning pertaining to the delivery of the

particular course by that faculty member. The feedback results show the

performance level of the teacher concerned in various parameters and this has

over the years helped teachers improve their teaching and learning process.

These results are also communicated to the teacher by the Dean/Program

Chairperson who gives proper counseling and opportunities and facilitate

improvement in the faculty‟s performance.

b. External Peer Evaluation of the teachers is done by the Director/Dean/Top level

management as an essential part of appraisal to ensure the teaching quality.

2.3.13 Does the institution face any challenges in completing the curriculum within the

planned time frame and calendar? If yes elaborate on the challenges encountered and the

institutional approaches to overcome these.

The Institution does not face any such situation where in the faculty members were not able to

complete the curriculum. Since beginning of the term, the course and delivery method is

designed in such a way that curriculum is finished within the planned time frame.

2.3.14 How are library resources used to augment the teaching-learning process?

Library is an integral part of learning process in any educational institution. IMT, Nagpur

boasts of a Learning Resource Centre, which could be considered as one of the best in

central/western India in terms of subscription to journals, magazines, databases etc. Institute

has subscribed to some of the most comprehensive database of financial and economic contents

and of International Journals. Faculty members, research associates and students use these

databases extensively for their assignments, research, session preparations etc. Learning

Resource Centre of the Institute has online and hard copy subscription of both domestic and

international journals, magazines and newspapers which are referred by both faculty and

students community. LRC, IMT Nagpur, has subscribed to 192 International and National

Journals; 63 International and National Magazines and 19 Newspapers. Other than these

subscriptions, Institute LRC has subscription to 13500 online Journals through Ebsco, Jstor,

Proquest, J-Gate, Sage Online, ACM DL, and Science Direct, which could be accessed any

time for academic purposes.

LRC timings are from 9:00 AM – 4:00 AM (Total 19 Hours). LRC, on a regular basis,

organizes books exhibitions where faculty members and students can select and recommend

books for LRC. Faculty members also send their requisition of books, journals, etc to librarian,

which is procured after due approval process. Faculty members can also purchase books up to


Page 58

the value of Rs 10000/- without routing it through library and can get the amount reimbursed.

2.3.15 How does the institution continuously monitor, evaluate and report on the quality of

teaching, teaching methods used, classroom environments and the effect on student

performance.

The Institute monitors and evaluates the quality of teaching learning in following manner:

Clearly Stated Learning Outcomes




each faculty and student.

Before the commencement of each term, faculty members teaching the courses provide

detailed course outlines as per the standard format provided for their respective courses. All

course outlines contain the course objectives, session plan, reading material, pedagogy,

evaluation pattern and learning outcome. The course design / course outline of each course is

prepared and uploaded by the respective faculty members in the OLT (Online Learning &

Teaching resource).

Strategies to Facilitate the Achievement of the Intended Learning Outcomes

It is the learning outcome that determines the strategies of teaching, learning and assessment in

this institution and structuring of these strategies of this institution are integrative, sequential

and coherent (not independent modules). They are so designed to ensure that the learning

outcomes are positively achieved. Faculty members teaching any course adhere to the

following:

a) The course outline clearly states the course objectives which are linked to the

Mission and Vision of the Institute.

b) The course outline clearly states the learning outcomes from the student‟s

perspective and which are linked to the course objectives.

c) These learning outcomes are mapped with the evaluation components

(measurement process) i.e., which of the learning outcomes are achieved by

which evaluation component. This is an important prerequisite for aligning all

courses with the mission of the Institute.

IMT Nagpur follows various methods and styles of pedagogy like class room teaching, small

projects, role plays, case discussions etc for effective understanding and communication of a

theory. It is also ensured that there is essential balance between lectures, seminars, and self

directed and autonomous learning activities in the course for generating among the students a

desire for enquiry and research.

Throughout the term, students are assessed on their abilities to understand concepts, learn

techniques and apply them to problem situations of the real world. Hence, at each stage of the

course, students are able to assess their own performances and take proper steps for

improvement. All programs at IMT Nagpur follow a continuous evaluation system in order to

assess the overall performance of students throughout the course. Student feedback at the end

of each semester tells us whether the learning outcomes are achieved.


Page 59

2.4 Teacher Quality

2.4.1 What is the faculty strength of the College? How many positions are filled against the

sanctioned strength? How many of them are from outside the state?

The total faculty strength of the IMT-Nagpur is 45 against approved number of 48. However,

the Institute is actively implementing recruitment of new faculty members and very soon all

the approved positions will be filled.

IMT Nagpur is a national level Institute, that has faculty who are recruited from all over the

country and their final selection is made on the basis of academic credential. No wonder the

Institute has more than 70 percent of its faculty, who are from outside the state.

2.4.2 How are the members of the faculty selected?

Faculty Recruitment Policy is intended to provide guidelines and policy framework useful for

the faculty search process, developing position announcements, interviewing and evaluating

candidates and making offers. As a first step, the Institute and functional areas engage in

comprehensive networking and advertising print of electronic media for faculty recruitments to

ensure that large number of candidates apply for the position. Secondly, IMT Nagpur identifies

the academic values that support a diverse learning environment and consider whether the

selected candidates have demonstrated commitment to fostering these academic values. There

are four faculty positions:

a) Senior Professor

b) Professor

c) Associate Professor

d) Assistant Professor

This section outlines the process and eligibility criteria for fresh recruitments to positions.

a) Senior Professor

PhD or equivalent in Management or allied area, a record of excellence in academics for a

minimum of 15 years of which at least 7 years should be at the level of Professor; ability to

interact with a diverse student body and executives; a record of publications in standard

refereed journals, and ability to undertake research independently and guide Ph.D. scholars. He

should have high research, training and consulting credentials.

b) Professor

PhD or equivalent in Management or allied area, a record of excellence in academics for a

minimum of 10 years of which at least 5 years should be at the level of Associate Professor;

ability to interact with a diverse student body and executives; and a record of publications in

standard refereed journals, and ability to undertake research independently and guide Ph.D.

scholars. He should have high research, training and consulting credentials.


Page 60

c) Associate Professor

PhD or equivalent in Management or allied area, with a minimum of 8 years experience of

which at least 3 years should be at the level of Assistant Professor, and ability to interact with a

diverse student body and executives, and ability to undertake research independently.

d) Assistant Professor

PhD or equivalent in management or allied area, with at least three years of

industry/research/academic experience and ability to interact with a diverse student body.

However, in case of fellow from IIM or PhD from any reputed university/Institute, his

experience requirement of 3 years may be waived

To satisfy the requirements of reputed international accreditation bodies, it is necessary to have

a proportion of faculty from professional background. A professional/practitioner in his/her

own field with established reputation with a minimum of 10 years of experience who has made

significant contribution to knowledge/profession, but may not be having a Ph.D. degree may be

considered under this special category. Such recruitment may be done with the prior approval

of Management Committee.

Academic / Research /Faculty Associate

The candidate will be a Post Graduate in Management or allied areas with 3 years of

experience in industry/academics or a person who is pursuing Ph.D. in management or allied

areas. The role would be to assist faculty members in research, academic, Management

Development Program (MDP) and consulting activities. They assist in arranging conferences,

research workshops, promotion of events and writing of books or papers. Appointments are

made on contractual basis usually for a term of two year, which may be extended subject to

satisfactory performance for another term two years.

Faculty Recruitment Process

The following process is adopted to recruit qualified and suitable faculty members:

i) Sources for identifying potential applicants:

Through an advertisement in leading news papers (like ET, TOI), magazines (like

Indian Management, Economic and Political Weekly, Business Today etc.) and website

Advertising positions on the websites of AACSB, EFMD and AMBA and job portals

such as monster.com, naukri.com (educational), timesjob.com.

Personal contacts of the faculty members

References

Visiting faculty

Search through publications, seminars and conferences

Invitation to outstanding academicians

ii) Screening: Applications collected from different sources are sorted out functional area-

wise. The potential candidates are identified by the Director/Dean Academics. The applicant

may have to submit two of his best papers/articles/cases which are then reviewed by internal /

external experts. Area-wise list is compiled by the Director / HOC Office. Compiled list is sent

to the Area Chairperson by Dean Academics. Area Chairperson calls a meeting of his area to

screen the recommendation and short-listing within seven days in the prescribed format. Dean


Page 61

Academics and Director review the recommendations of the area and short-list candidates for

seminar presentation and interview. Dean Academics sends invitation letters/e-mails to all

short-listed candidates.

iii) Presentation and Interviews: All candidates appearing for seminar and interview are

required to bring a one/two page summary of their CV. A presentation by the short-listed

candidates is done in front of faculty and external expert(s). Faculty and external expert(s) give

their feedback on a prescribed format. Personal Interviews is done by a panel of internal and

external experts. The interview panel would consist of at least one Academic Advisory Council

Member, one industry expert, one subject expert from outside, Director and Dean (Academics).

Minutes of the decisions of the selection panel is prepared by Dean (Academics) and signed by

all members of the selection panel. Recommendation by the selection committee for the level

of Professor then needs an approval from the Management Committee.

iv) Appointment letters: An appointment letter is issued in duplicate by the Director to the

selected candidates based on the recommendations of the selection panel. The selected

candidates will sign and return the duplicate copy indicating their acceptance of the offer of

appointment and the date of joining.

v) Compensation, Perks and Grants:

In order to attract high quality faculty members across different functional areas, the institute‟s

salary and perks are benchmarked with the best institution in the country. In addition to AICTE

scales, faculty is provided with various perks related to research and development and

seminars.

It includes monthly research allowance, expenditure to attend national and international

conferences, conducting workshops, seminars and conferences nationally or internationally.

After completion of six years of service, there is a provision to go on sabbatical to carryout

research work for the maximum period of six months. Faculty members may utilize this facility

to carry out any PhD assignments, research work or post doctorate work.

2.4.3 Furnish details of the faculty

Highest

Qualification

Professor Associate Professor Assistant Professor Total

Male Female Male Female Male Female

D.Sc./D.Litt.

Ph.D. 8 1 7 1 10 1 28

M.Phil.

PG 1 7 8 1 17

2.4.4 What percentage of the teachers has completed UGC-CSIR-NET, UGC-NET, and

SLET exams? In that what percentage of teachers are with PG as highest qualification?

As per the policy, employment to IMT-Nagpur does not require qualifying UGC-CSIR-NET,

UGC-NET, and SLET exams. However, a good number of faculty members have this

qualification.


Page 62

Most of the Faculty members have PhD as their qualifications and few are in the process of

completion of their doctoral work. At present 17 faculty members (approximately 37 percent)

have PG level as their highest qualification.

2.4.5 Does the College encourage diversity in its faculty recruitment? Provide the

following departments-wise details.

Department

% of faculty

who are

product of the

same College

% of faculty

from other

Colleges

within the

State

% of faculty

from other

States

% of

faculty

from

abroad

Management(PGDM

Program) Nil 30 70 Nil

2.4.6 Does the College have the required number of qualified and competent teachers to

handle all the courses for all departments? If not, how do you cope with the requirements?

How many faculty members were appointed during the last four years?

Due to its well defined recruitment policy and one of the best pay packages, IMT, Nagpur has

been able to attract best of the talent across the country. It has total of 45 faculty members

which are sufficient in number to handle all the courses.

2.4.7 How many visiting Professors are on the rolls of the College?

IMT, Nagpur has sufficient numbers of in-house faculty hence the need for visiting faculty is

not felt much. Still to ensure corporate exposure and to merge theory with practice, some

corporate professionals are invited to teach full course during the program. On an average,

during last four years, this number has been 15-20.

2.4.8 What policies/systems are in place to recharge teachers? (eg: providing research grants,

study leave, nomination to national/ international conferences/Seminars, in-service training,

organizing national/international conferences etc.)

IMT Nagpur provides the following faculty care and welfare support facilities to attract

and retain eminent faculty, on top of having a policy where faculty members are given

official leave, for consultancy/teaching assignments with reputed global institutes:

The compensation package: The Institute provides to its faculty one of the most

competitive compensation package that is one of the best in the industry. Along with

it, there are several other monetary and non monetary benefits provided to the

faculty members.

Research encouragement and support for professional growth: The institute

offers generous financial and infrastructural support to the faculty for promoting

their research work and constant up-gradation of knowledge and skill sets. Faculty

members can distribute and allocate their teaching work that is in sync with their


Page 63

research commitments. IMT-Nagpur bears the expenses of their participation in

various national and international seminar, conference and faculty development

program. State of the art research infrastructure; in terms of hardware and software

as well as data bases are freely available to the faculty. They can access books,

journals, magazines, online journals through the Institute‟s library. Faculty research

associates are made available to the faculty in their research endeavor. All of these

ensure that the faculty members get ample support from the Institute in their

professional growth.

Academic freedom and decentralization of decision making process: empowerment of the faculty is ensured through academic freedom and centralization

of decision making process in terms of various teaching and research related

activities. This ensures faculty work in an environment of freedom with commitment

towards excellence and high standard.

Apart from the above mentioned benefits offered to the faculty, the following is the list of

additional monetary and non-monetary benefits granted to the faculty of IMT-Nagpur:

Medical Insurance: Medical insurance is provided to all faculty members covering

their spouse, dependent parents and dependent children to the extent of Rs.

5,00,000/-. Individual insurance cards are issued to all faculty and their dependent

family members every year.

Medical Reimbursement: In addition to the medical insurance coverage, all faculty

members and staff are provided with medical reimbursement facility to the extent of

Rs. 15,000/- per annum (financial year) which is paid every quarter upon submission

of medical bills.

Leave Travel Allowance (LTA): Leave Travel Allowance is paid to all full time

regular employees up to a maximum limit of one month‟s salary (Basic Pay, Grade

pay and Dearness Allowance) once in two years.

Salary Advances: All full time regular employees of IMT Nagpur are eligible to

avail interest-free salary advance up to a maximum limit of one month‟s gross salary

for any purpose which is recoverable in equated installments spread over not more

than 12 months.

Summer Vacation Leave: The Institute provides paid summer vacation leave to all

faculty members up to a maximum duration of 15 days during the period from April

15 to June 15 every year, in addition to the regular paid leave (Earned leave, Casual

leave and Sick Leave). The faculty is required to avail earned leave for equivalent

duration to utilize the benefit of summer vacation leave.

Sabbaticals: IMT Nagpur provides sabbatical assistance to Faculty members in

continuous service of the Institute for six years or more, for pursuing higher studies,

conducting research, writing books or cases by spending time away from the

Institute. Such pre-approved sabbatical is granted for a period of six months during

which the Faculty on sabbatical is paid regular salary and allowances.


Page 64

Financial Assistance / Gifts for Marriage: The Institute provides financial

assistance / gifts in case of marriage of dependents / self-marriage of all employees

up to a maximum cost of Rs. 10,000/- to the Institute.

Reimbursements: The Institute provides conveyance reimbursement to all faculty

and officers working on week-ends and holidays at 50 % of Per Diem applicable for

Domestic Travel under the travel policy. The Institute also reimburses mobile and

data card expenses of all HODs and Dean upon submission of bills. In addition,

relocation expenses are reimbursed at actual to all candidates selected for

employment at IMT Nagpur and to existing employees on permanent transfer to

other campuses / sister Institutions subject to prescribed limits specified in the

Service Rules.

2.4.9 Give the number of faculty who received awards / recognitions for excellence in

teaching at the state, national and international level during the last four years.

As a reputed Post Graduate Business School, IMT encourages a culture and environment for

achieving excellence in academic related areas. Continuing that, faculty members from IMT,

Nagpur have won many awards. The list is as given:

Awards

S.

No Name

Title of research

work Conference Year Venue Award

1 Kulbir

Singh

Tata Steel Financing

History NACRA 2012 USA

Best

Workshop

Case-Silver

Award

2 Anil

Kumar

Blended Learning in

Management

Education

AIMA 2012 New

Delhi

Best Paper

Award

3

S S N

Raju

Indukoori

Corporate Chit fund-

an alternative

funding source for

MSMEs

IBFR 2013 Las

Vegas

Outstanding

Research &

Best in

Session

Award

2.4.10 Provide the number of faculty who have undergone staff development programmes

during the last four years. (Add any other programme if necessary)

To ensure that faculty members keep themselves updated with latest development in theory and

practice, IMT, Nagpur encourages faculty to attend conferences/workshop regularly. The

details are as follows:

2009-10


Page 65

S.

No. Name of Faculty Topic Date Venue

1 Dr Kapil

Chaturvedi

31st FDP in

Management

June-Oct

2009

IIM

Ahmedabad

2 Dr. Kapil

Chaturvedi

Research Proposal

and Report Writing

Workshop

18-Sep-09 IIM

Ahmedabad

3 Prof. R. K. Jena

Modelling and

Simulation in

Applied Science

and Engineering

Dec 8-12,

2009

IIITM,

Gwalior, India

4 Prof. R. K. Jena Case study

Methodology Feb, 2010

Dept.

management

studies, IIT-

Delhi

5 Prof. Agam Nag

Case Study:

Gender Inclusivity

: Experiences in an

Indian High-tech

Industry

November,

2009

IIM,

Ahmedabad

2010-11

S.


1 Prof. Hanish

Rajpal

Statistical Data

Analysis using

SPSS

13-14 July,

2010 IMT, Nagpur

2 Prof. Kulbir Singh

Statistical Data

Analysis using

SPSS

13-14 July,

2010 IMT, Nagpur

3 Dr. Saleena Khan

Statistical Data

Analysis using

SPSS

13-14 July,

2010 IMT, Nagpur

4 Prof. Sayan

Banerjee

Global Colloquium

on Participation

Centered Learning

(GCPCL).

July, 2010.

Harvard

Business

School, Boston,

MA.

2011-12

S.


1 Dr Vipul K Singh Financial Modeling

Using Excel

14-16 Mar,

2012 IMT, Nagpur


Page 66

2 Prof.S. Anant ram

National work shop

on Statistical data

analysis

Jan 23-

25,2012

2012-13

S.


1 Veena K. Pailwar

Building the

Foundations of

Management

Research

Workshop for

Doctoral Educators

8-10 Oct,

2012

All India

Management

Association,

New Delhi

2 Dr. S. Maheswaran SPSS Mentor

Event 15 Dec,2012

SPSS South

Asia Private

Limited,

Bangalore

3 Dr. S. Maheswaran

Art and Craft of

Leadership:

Participant

centered

Learning Seminar

6-8

Jan,2013 IIM,Bangalore

4 Prof. Anil Kumar

Workshop on

Multivariate Data

Analysis using

SPSS

29-31 Jan,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

5 Dr Vipul K Singh

Multivariate Data

Analysis using

SPSS

29-31 Jan ,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

6 Shiv Nath Sinha

Corporate

Governance, CSR

and Ethics

18-21 Mar,

2013 IIM Bangalore

2013-14

S.


1 Dr. Gajavelli V S

Global Computable

General Equilibrium

Modelling

22 - 26

Apr, 2013 IMT Ghazibad

2 Prof. Veena

Pailwar

Global Computable

General Equilibrium

Modelling

22-26



Page 67

3 Dr. Kulbir Singh

Global Computable

General Equilibrium

Modelling

22 - 26


4 Dr. Gajavelli V S ISB-Ivey Case Writing

Workshop

4 -6 May,

2013 ISB, Mohali

5 Dr. Saleena Khan ISB-Ivey Case Writing

Workshop

4 -6 May,

2013 ISB, Mohali

6 Dr. Jitendra

Sharma

ISB-Ivey Case Writing

Workshop

4 -6 May,

2013 ISB, Mohali

7 Dr. Kulbir Singh ISB-Ivey Case Writing

Workshop

4 -6 May,

2013 ISB, Mohali

8 Dr R K Jena Case Method Teaching

Seminar

30 May -

1 Jun,

2013

Mumbai

9 Prof. Shiv Nath

Sinha

Training Program on

Mergers and

Acquisitions

May 31 -

June 01,

2013

BSE, Mumbai

10 M M Fadnavis Cross- Cultural

Management 12-14 July

AIMA, New

Delhi

11 M M Fadnavis Doing Business with

China

22-25 July

2013 IMT Ghazibad

12 Dr. Jagannath

Mohanty

IBM, SPSS Statistics,

Predective Analytics

1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

13 Dr. Gajavelli V.S IBM, SPSS Statistics,


1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

14 Dr. Kulbir Singh IBM, SPSS Statistics,


1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

15

Dr.

Harshavardhan

Halve



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

16 Dr. Senthil

Kumar



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

17 Dr. Vipul Kumar

Singh



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

18 Dr. VSR

Vijayakumar



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

19 Dr.S.Maheswaran IBM, SPSS Statistics,


1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

20 Dr. Pawan Jain IBM, SPSS Statistics,


1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

21 Dr. Veena

Paliwar



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

22 Dr. Vibhava

Srivastava



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur


Page 68

23 Prof. Vijaya Dixit IBM, SPSS Statistics,


1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

24 Dr. Saleena Khan IBM, SPSS Statistics,


1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

25 Prof. Jasbir Singh

Matharu



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

26 Prof. S Anant

Ram



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

27 Dr. R.K.Jena IBM, SPSS Statistics,


1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

28 Dr. S.S.N.Raju

Indukoori



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

29 Dr. Sarbjit Singh IBM, SPSS Statistics,


1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

30 Prof. Anil

Kshatriya



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

31 Prof. Anil Kumar IBM, SPSS Statistics,


1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

32 Prof. Sayan

Banerjee


Predective Analytics,

1-3 Aug,

2013, IMT, Nagpur

33 Prof. Hanish

Rajpal



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

34 Prof.

D.N.Panigrahi



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

35 Dr. Rajnandan

Patnaik



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

36 Dr. Sarbjit Singh Project Management

Program

2-7

September

2013

IIM,

Ahmedabad

37 Prof. Shiv nath

Sinha

Training Program on

Directorship

11 - 13

October,

2013

Institute of

Directors,

Bangalore


Descriptive Analytics

21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

39

Dr.

Harshavardhan

Halve



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur


Page 69

44 Dr. VSR

Vijayakumar



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

48 Prof.

D.N.Panigrahi



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

49 Prof. Hanish

Rajpal



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

50 Dr. Rajnandan

Patnaik



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur


Matharu



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

53 Dr. Kulbir Singh

05th International

Workshop on

Quantitative Finance

21-24

Dec, 2013

Symbiosis

International

University,

Pune

54 Dr. Jagannanth

Mohanty

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

55 Dr. Kapil

Chaturvedi

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

56 Dr. Kulbir Singh IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

57 Dr. Pawan Jain IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

58 Dr. R. K. Jena IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

59 Dr. Senthil

Kumar

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

60 Dr. Smita

Dabholkar

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

61 Dr. Subodh

Tagare

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

62 Prof. S.Anant

Ram

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

63 Prof. Anil

Khastriya

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur


Page 70

64 Prof. Anil Kumar IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

65 Dr. V. Gajavelli IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

66 Dr. Veena

Keshav Pailwar

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

67 Dr. VSR

Vijayakumar

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

68 Dr. Vinod Kumar

Mehta

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

69 Prof. Shiv Nath

Sinha

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

70 Dr. Rajnandan

Patnaik

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

71 Prof. Hanish

Rajpal

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

72 Prof. Jasbir

Matharu

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

73 Prof. Santhi

Perumal

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

74 Prof. Vijaya Dixit IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

75 Dr. Sarbjit Singh IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

76 Dr. Kulbir Singh Cultivating Engaged

Learning

Jan 31-

Feb 01,

2014

IMT Ghazibad

77 Prof. Shiv Nath

Sinha CSR & Sustainability

20 - 21

March,

2014

Mumbai

2.4.11 What percentage of the faculty have

been invited as resource persons in Workshops / Seminars / Conferences organized by

external professional agencies

participated in external Workshops / Seminars / Conferences recognized by national/

international professional bodies

presented papers in Workshops / Seminars / Conferences conducted or recognized by

professional agencies

Teaching experience in other universities / national institutions and others

Industrial engagement

International experience in teaching

IMT, Nagpur has a well defined policy for all the above. Due to this, every faculty member has


Page 71

been actively involved in all the activities listed above.

2.4.12 How often does the College organize academic development programmes for its

faculty, leading to enrichment of teaching-learning process?

Curricular Development

Teaching-learning methods

Examination reforms

Content / knowledge management

Any other (please specify)

The Institute has been organizing academic development programs very regularly in the form

of workshops and Faculty Development Programs.

2.4.13 What are the teaching innovations made during the last five years? How are

innovations rewarded?


traditional, modern and innovative methods of delivering contents in classroom. With lectures

as one of the major delivering tool, course contents are delivered through case discussions,

individual and group presentations, live hands-on projects, simulation games and exercises,

informative videos etc. Students are given hands on experience on some databases like

Bloomberg which is used for course on “Simulation on Portfolio Management”. Institute has

set up a “IBM Business Analytics Lab” which is used for delivering course on “Business

Analytics”. Institute has number of databases namely JSTOR, PROWESS, CAPITALINE

PLUS, INDIASTAT, SCIENCE DIRECT, PROQUEST and HARVARD BUSINESS

REVIEW. Institute follows other methods and styles of pedagogy like small projects, role

plays, audio and videos sessions, etc. for effective understanding and communication of theory.

Since many students come with some previous industry work experience, they are encouraged

by the faculty to share their views and experience with the class. All the students are

encouraged to add their views and opinions in the ongoing discussions.

To encourage the faculty to adopt new and innovative approaches, Institute arranges

workshops at regular intervals. Faculty members are also encouraged to attend national and

international conferences and share the knowledge with outside world.

2.4.14 Does the College have a mechanism to encourage

Mobility of faculty between institutions for teaching?

Faculty exchange programs with national and international bodies?

If yes, how have these schemes helped in enriching quality of the faculty?

The Institute has a well defined policy for both the issues listed above. Faculty members have

been going and teaching courses in Institutes of repute like IIMs. Faculty members are also

going to other countries under Faculty Exchange Program to teach courses. This mobility for

Faculty members provide them an insight on - latest developments in academics in other


Page 72

institutes, different perspective of multiple teaching methodologies, knowledge on culture,

society and economy for foreign countries etc.


Page 73

2.5 Evaluation Process and Reforms

2.5.1 How does the College ensure that all the stakeholders are aware of the evaluation

processes that are operative?

All programs at IMT Nagpur follow a continuous evaluation system in order to assess the

student‟s progression throughout the course. The components of evaluation and the relative

weightage for each component are decided entirely by the course instructor and are

communicated to the students along with the course outline at the beginning of each term

through OLT.

2.5.2 What are the major evaluation reforms initiated by the College and to what extent have

they been implemented in the College? Cite a few examples which have positively impacted

the evaluation management system?

As IMT, Nagpur is an autonomous Institute and not affiliated with any university. The Institute

has its own well defined and documented Evaluation System which is communicated to

Students by Course Instructor before Course begins. Each year, the Evaluation Components

and entire evaluation system is reviewed in the Annual Faculty Body Meeting and necessary

changes, if desired, are made.

2.5.3 What measures have been taken by the institution for continuous evaluation of students

and ensuring their progress and improved performance?

Since IMT, Nagpur is an autonomous Institute, the evaluation and assessment approaches are

decided by the faculty members teaching the course. To measure the students‟ achievements,

their continuous evaluation and ensuring their progress and improved performance, a judicious

mix of Internal and External assessment approach is adopted. For Internal Assessment, Faculty

members take regular class tests/quizzes, presentations, assignment submissions, role-plays in

the class. For External assessment, it is mandatory for a student to appear for an End of the

Term examination which carries 40% weightage of the total evaluation. During class room

sessions, faculty members not only teach the topic but clear the doubts and queries of the

students.

2.5.4 What percentage of marks is earmarked for continuous internal assessment? Indicate

the mechanisms strategized to ensure rigour of the internal assessment process?

Total percentage of marks earmarked for continuous internal assessment is 60%. This is

divided in class tests, quizzes, class participation, presentations, assignments, case analysis,

role plays, term papers, projects etc. Depending on the nature of the course and faculty

preferences, all of these or few of these components can be considered for internal assessment

components. Faculty members have to announce in advance before the commencement of the

course in his/her course outline the components on which he/she will evaluate the students.

2.5.5 Does the College adhere to the declared examination schedules? If not, what measures

have been taken to address the delay?

The Institute adheres to the declared examination schedules.


Page 74

2.5.6 What is the average time taken by the College for declaration of examination results?

Indicate the mode / media adopted by the College for the publication of examination results

e.g., website, SMS, email, etc.

After the term is over, examinations are held. The result for that term end examination is

declared after 15 days from the date of last examination. The result is declared through OLT

which can be accessed by all students.

2.5.7 Does the college have an integrated examination platform for the following processes?

Pre-examination processes – Time table generation, OMR, student list generation,

invigilators, squads, attendance sheet, online payment gateway, etc.

Examination process –Examination material management, logistics.

Post examination process – attendance capture, OMR based exam result, auto

processing, generic result processing and certification.

The examination dates for each term are announced at the beginning of the year through

academic calendar. At the end of the term a detailed date wise examination schedule is

informed to the students. Faculty members are also informed well in advance of their

Invigilation duties. Controller of Examination with the help of Academic Programme office

ensures the smooth conduct of examination. Once the exams are finished, evaluation work

starts for which each faculty members is give 10-12 days. The Institute has an integrated

examination platform for all the processes listed above.

2.5.8 Has the College introduced any reforms in its Ph.D. evaluation process?

NOT APPLICABLE

2.5.9 What efforts are made by the College to streamline the operations at the Office of the

Controller of Examinations?

Mention any significant efforts which have improved process and functioning of the

examination division/section?

Controller of examination (CoE) is appointed on a rotational basis. Each year, during Annual

Faculty Body Meeting, CoE discusses the issues faced by his office regarding conduct of

examination and declaration of results and actions taken. The discussion attracts some useful

comments and suggestions from faculty body presents. These comments are incorporated/left

for further discussion after evaluating their pros & cons.

2.5.10 What is the mechanism for redressal of grievances with reference to evaluation?

There is a provision to show all the desired documents like answer sheets to every individual

student before uploading the assessment marks on OLT. It is a responsibility of the faculty

member to justify the evaluation of every component to students before uploading the marks.

In spite of this if a student is not satisfied; he can approach Program Chairperson or the Dean

(Academics) to further resolve the issue. There is also a Grievance Redress Cell, which can be

approached for redresses.


Page 75

2.6 Student Performance and Learning Outcomes

2.6.1 Does the College have clearly stated learning outcomes for its programmes? If yes, give

details on how the students and staff are made aware of these?




each faculty and student.Before the commencement of each term, faculty members teaching

the courses provide detailed course outlines as per the standard format provided for their

respective courses. All course outlines contain the course objectives, session plan, reading

material, pedagogy, evaluation pattern and learning outcome. The course design / course

outline of each course is prepared and uploaded by the respective faculty members in the OLT

(Online Learning & Teaching resource).

2.6.2 How does the institution monitor and ensure the achievement of learning outcomes?

Various evaluation components are continuously conducted and monitored by each faculty

member during the course work. These evaluation components include Quizzes, Live Cases,

Presentations, viva-voce and written examinations. Regular feedbacks were also given to

individual students to ensure the achievement of learning outcomes as stated in the course

outline. To ensure the Program Objectives, we take comprehensive viva-voce of each and

every student in Term IV (second year) to evaluate individual skills and knowledge. This viva-

voce is recorded and sent to individual students with the feedback given by the panelists.

Students are guided accordingly to make improvements.

2.6.3 How does the institution collect and analyze data on student learning outcomes and

use it for overcoming barriers of learning?

As on date, there is no structured methodology/process to analyze the data at the institutional

level. But, every faculty analyzes the collected data of various components to verify whether

the Learning Outcomes were achieved or not. He also uses the same data to plan the future

course of action like making necessary changes in pedagogy, course material, content, delivery

etc. At institutional level, feedback is taken from all the faculty members to discuss the related

issues in “Annual Faculty Body Meeting”. There, the larger body takes decision to incorporate

major changes. For example, the Institute took a decision to introduce the sessions taken by

industry guests/experts in each course. The objective behind this was to bridge the gap between

industry and academia and to give exposure to more real, challenging, practical issues of

industry.

2.6.4 Give Programme-wise details of the pass percentage and completion rate of students.

IMT, Nagpur runs one PGDM program. Approximately, 90% of students admitted are able to

pass the program.

Any additional information regarding Teaching, Learning and Evaluation, which the

institution would like to include. NA


Page 76

CRITERION III: RESEARCH, CONSULTANCY AND EXTENSION

3.1 Promotion of Research

3.1.1 Does the College have a research committee to monitor and address the issues of

research? If yes, what is its composition? Mention a few recommendations which have been

implemented and their impact.

An activity chair for Research & Ph.D. has been instituted with a senior faculty who has

accomplished research credentials. The position of the chairperson is on rotational basis for

two years and the Director of the Institute has the authority to extend the term for another two

years and further more if necessary. Chairperson – Research & PhD‟s role is advisory and the

final approving authority for any research related decision is with the Director of the Institute.

The chairperson – Research & PhD in consultation with the Director and the Dean (academics)

constitutes a research committee comprising of 5 members including the Director, the Dean

(Academics), Chairperson-Research & PhD, and faculty members with accomplished research

credentials.

The research Committee helps the chairperson in formulation and implementation of research

strategy, goals, policies and procedures.

Research office denotes the office of the Chairperson-Research & Ph.D. A full time faculty

research associate assists Chairperson-Research & Ph.D. in managing the affairs of the office.

Research office provides various facilities to the faculty members to undergo their research and

conducting workshops and conferences for promotion of research

3.1.2 What is the policy of the College to promote research culture in the College?

IMT Nagpur provides full or partial financial assistance to organize seminars/

conferences/workshops in order to promote research in management sciences in India. The

Institute has organized more than „8‟ conferences during last three years. The chairperson of

Research & PhD committee carries the following responsibilities

Encouraging the faculty members:

To actively engage in research and publications

Attend and present papers in research conferences and seminars

Write and publish case studies, books and monographs of scholarly standards.

Documenting the research contributions of individual faculty members and authenticate

the same in their performance appraisal reports;

Creating necessary infrastructures for research and publications by way of:

Organizing faculty research seminars.

Identifying and procuring research databases.

Providing faculty research associates for support.

Creating and implementing annual research budget.

Periodically update the list of research journals for grading purposes;


Page 77

Advice the management in assessing research contributions of faculty members for

grading purposes;

Recommend faculty members for participation in international and national

conferences, and research seminars;

Create and maintains web pages for working papers in the Institute‟s web site;

Coordinate the PhD program of IMT Nagpur;

Explore and formalize research tie-up with national and foreign universities and

institutions of repute;

Facilitate sponsored research programs.

At IMT-Nagpur, a full time regular faculty member, who has been in continuous service with

the Institute for a period of minimum 6 years, is eligible to go on a sabbatical for a period of 6

months, with full pay for higher studies/research/academic project at a reputed foreign/ Indian

institution. This engagement with the outside institution should be honorary and the faculty

member cannot receive any salary/ pay during this period from the outside institution, other

than an honorarium and travel/ living expenses. It is however, not mandatory for the faculty

member to be associated with an outside institution during this period. He/she could also make

use of this period either for writing books or case studies or doing research, without being

formally associated to any institution. At the end of the sabbatical, the faculty member will

return to the parent Institute or the pre-existing employment terms and has to undertake to

serve the parent institution for the minimum period of 3 years. The faculty member has to

submit a report on his work during the sabbatical period along with the documentary evidence

on research paper/books/case studies contributed by him/her. During the sabbatical period, the

faculty member is entitled to normal salary increases, but no accrual of leave (casual, medical

and earned) will take place. He/she receives basic salary; HRA and other allowances. This type

of leave cannot be clubbed with or exchanged with any other form of leave. Permission to go

on sabbatical to a reputed foreign institution will be granted by the Director, and approval of

sabbatical on other grounds will be granted by the Management Committee.

IMT Nagpur believes that research plays a pivotal role in fostering the quality of thinking and

the rigor of scholarship in its delivery of management education. For promotion of Research,

faculty members are given increments and promotions on the basis of following criteria:

Teaching Contribution – 40%

Research Contribution – 30%

Institutional Contribution – 20%

Compliance to Institutional Codes – 10%

Computation of Research Credit Points (for an academic year):

Category / Points A B C D

Journal Editorship 10 3 1 0

Research paper 8 3 2 1

Case Study 4 2 1 0


Page 78

No. of PhD Students 3 1 - -

Faculty members are encouraged to publish their research work in academic and practitioner

journal of repute. In order to facilitate that, faculty members are encouraged to present their

research papers in National/International level conferences/Seminars. The following can be

considered as a minimum expectation from each faculty member.

National Seminars/Conferences: Minimum 2 / academic year

International Seminars/Conferences: Minimum 1 / 2 academic years

The Institute funds the registration fee, economy class air-fare, hotel charges and per-diem as

per Institute norms, visa fee (if any). The faculty leave is treated as on official duty for the

duration of the seminar/conference plus journey days.

3.1.3 List details of prioritized research areas and the areas of expertise available with the

College.

IMT-Nagpur, being a top ranked B-School understands importance of research prowess and

need for expertise in the field of management research. The priority area of the Institute‟s

research is various aspects of business and management related issues and probable solutions

of them. The main focus is on the application of existing set of knowledge in solving business

problems. Most faculty of the institute holds PhD in their respective subjects, which talks about

their research capabilities. Apart of that, the faculty members of the Institute constantly update

and upgrade their research skills through attending various conference, seminars and faculty

development program, both national as well as international.

3.1.4 What are the proactive mechanisms adopted by the College to facilitate smooth

implementation of research schemes/ projects?

advancing funds for sanctioned projects

providing seed money

autonomy to the principal investigator/coordinator for utilizing overhead charges

timely release of grants

timely auditing

submission of utilization certificate to the funding authorities

The research committee of the Institute is the nodal agency that oversees and checks the quality

of , as well as smooth implantation of research work as per the Institute‟s guidelines. The

committee consults the Dean (academics) and the Director of the Institute is issues pertaining

to the facilitation and implementation of various research work undertaken by the fcaulty.

3.1.5 How is interdisciplinary research promoted?

Between/among different departments of the College and

Collaboration with national/international institutes / industries.

Management itself is an inter-disciplinary subject where various specialized areas of


Page 79

knowledge are combined in analyzing and solving business issues. In that sense,

almost most of the research works carried out by the faculty are inter -disciplinary in

nature. In certain specific cases, two or more faculty members can collaborate on

certain research undertakings. This is done at the individual level and at the sole

discretion of the researchers.

3.1.6 Enumerate the efforts of the College in attracting researchers of eminence to visit the

campus and interact with teachers and students?

The Institute on a regular basis conducts and organizes various national and international level

conferences, conclaves and seminars. These are the excellent platform for the students to

interact and gain knowledge from eminent academicians and researchers, who are invited as

guests, keynote speakers, panel discussion members or participants in these research activities

that are carried out in the campus.

3.1.7 What percentage of faculty have utilized sabbatical leave for research activities? How

has the provision contributed to the research quality and culture of the College?

The privilege of sabbatical for the faculty for carrying out a focused research work has been

introduced in the last year. So far only one faculty member has availed of this facility. The

institute is in the process of developing an objective method of assessing the positive impact of

such system.

3.1.8 Provide details of national and international conferences organized by the College

highlighting the names of eminent scientists/scholars who participated in these events.

The following Conferences were conducted by the faculty members of the Institute in last three

years.

S. No Name of the Conference Date Venue Faculty Name Type

1

Inclusive and sustainable

growth: Roles of

Industries, Governments

& Society

15-16 Jul, 11 Nagpur Prof. Agam Nag National

2

National Conference on

emerging trends in human

resource management

(NCETHRM)

29-Sep-11 Nagpur Dr. J. Mohanty National

3 2nd International Case

Conference (ICC) 3 - 5 Nov, 11 Goa Dr. H Halve International

4

3rd International

Conference on IT &

Business Intelligence

(ITBI)

25 - 27 Nov, 11 Hyderabad Dr. R K Jena International


Page 80

5

International Conference

on Management of Micro,

Small and Medium

Enterprises

19-20 Aug, 11 Nagpur Dr. Pawan Jain International

6

Global Business and

Finance

Conference(GBFC)

10-11 Feb, 12 Nagpur Dr. Raju

Indukoori International

7 Conference Alpha 2 - 3 Aug, 12 Nagpur Dr. H Halve National

8


growth: Roles of

Industries, Governments

& Society

4 - 6 Oct, 12 Pune Dr. R. Phatate International

9

4th International

Conference on IT &


(ITBI)

23 - 25 Nov, 12 Bhubhaneshwar Dr. R K Jena International

10

International Conference

on Business Management

and Information Systems

(ICBMIS)

22 - 24 Nov, 12 Singapore Dr. Gajavelli V.S. International

11 3rd International Case

Conference (ICC) 29 Nov -1 Dec, 12 Goa

Dr. H. Halve &

Dr. R. Patnaik International

12 Fourth International Case

Conference (ICC) 26 - 27 Sep, 13 Goa

Dr. H. Halve &

Dr. R. Patnaik International

13

5th International

Conference on IT &


(ITBI)

13-15,Dec, 13 Guna Dr. R K Jena International

14

3rd International

Conference on

Sustainability and

Management Strategy

(ICSMS)

21 - 22 Mar, 14 Nagpur Dr. Gajavelli V.S. International

3.1.9 Details on the College initiative in transferring/advocating the relative findings of

research of the College and elsewhere to the students and the community (lab to land).

Faculty members regularly publish their research work in various national and international

journals, magazines and also contribute to local newspapers on various issues pertaining to

business and economy. The idea is to make the acquired knowledge available to maximum

number of audience.

Participation and organization of various seminar and conference is part of academic activities

of IMT-Nagpur. These research conclaves are ideal platform for sharing and acquiring

knowledge from the peer and the industry.


Page 81

3.1.10 Give details on the faculty actively involved in research (Guiding student research,

leading research projects, engaged in individual or collaborative research activity etc.)

Research and publications are considered to be one of the most important objectives of IMT

Nagpur for achieving academic excellence. Faculty members are continuously involved in

research work and are encouraged to attend conferences, seminars, presenting papers and

publishing them in reputed international and national journals. Many papers have been

published in various reputed publishing houses like Sage Publications, Inderscience, Elsevier,

Wiley etc.

Total 58 papers (Year 2011 - 25, Year 2012 - 24, Year 2013 - 09) have been published in

International Journal of repute by faculty members in last three years.

On the other hand, total 16 papers (Year 2011 - 05, Year 2012 - 08, Year 2013 - 03) have been

published in National Journal of repute by IMT Nagpur faculty members.

13 research case studies (Year 2011 - 02, Year 2012 - 05, Year 2013 - 06) written by faculty

members have been published in various reputed National & International Journals like Ivey

and ASJCS.

Apart from research, faculty members are also involved in writing of books. Faculty have

published their writings in various reputed publishing houses like, Excel India, Lambert

Academic, Bloomsbury, etc. 9 Books and few book chapters have been published.

Faculty members are also encouraged to present their research work in various International

and National Conferences. Total 102 papers (Year 2011 - 50, Year 2012 - 44, Year 2013 - 08)

have been presented in various International Conferences at difference places around the globe.

Total 19 papers (Year 2011 - 09, Year 2012 - 07 Year 2013 - 03) have been presented in

various national conference within India.

Apart from attending the conferences, faculty members are also involved in organizing the

conference in different themes. Faculty members have organized „13‟ conferences under the

banner of IMT, Nagpur, during last three years (Year 2011 - 05, Year 2012 – 06, Year 2013 -

02).

Development of its faculty members is an important activity in of all academic establishments.

IMT Nagpur encourages faculty to conduct and attend Faculty Development Programs (FDP).

In response to that encouragement, 16 FDPs and workshops (Year 2011 - 02, Year 2012 – 08,

Year 2013 - 06) have been organized during last three academic years by IMT Nagpur faculty

members.

Apart from that some faculty members have been recognized and awarded for their research

work by different academic body.

Grading of research work is done according to the guidelines specified in Faculty Handbook

(w.e.f. July 2013).


Page 82

3.2 Resource Mobilization for Research

3.2.1 What percentage of the total budget is earmarked for research? Give details of major

heads of expenditure, financial allocation and actual utilization for last four years.

The Institute receives grant from its management exclusively for research, seminars and

workshops. Over and above the grant expenditure is borne by the Institute from its own

resources. In the last three years, total expenditure incurred from its own resources was 3.5% to

4% (approx.) of the total budget which amounts to 20 to 35 Lakh per year.

3.2.2 What are the financial provisions made in the College budget for supporting student

research projects?

Students of this institute are encouraged to undertake research work and present them in

various appropriate platforms like national and international conferences, seminars etc. IMT-

Nagpur sponsors the student‟s travel expenses and other expenses of participation.

3.2.3 Is there a provision in the institution to provide seed money to faculty for research? If

so, what percentage of the faculty has received seed money in the last four years?

The Institute does have a provision for providing seed money to the faculty members

S. No. Particulars

FY 2013-14 FY 2012-13 FY 2011-12

FY 2010-

11

FY 2009-

10

(Rs. in

Lakhs)

(Rs. in

Lakhs)

(Rs. in

Lakhs)

(Rs. in

Lakhs)

(Rs. in

Lakhs)

1 Academic Expenses

3.50 3.50

2

National Conferences

(Attending) 6.00 4.80 3.15 4.20 3.00

3

International

Conferences (Attending) 21.00 18.00 18.00 17.00 12.00

4

Faculty Training &

Development 21.00 5.20 4.80 4.80 3.00

5

National Conferences /

Workshop (Conducting) 3.00 1.50 3.00 2.00 2.00

6

International

Conferences

(Conducting) 3.00 2.00 5.00 4.00 4.00

7 Seed money for Research 3.00

3.00 1.00

8 Faculty Publications 3.00

TOTAL

EXPENDITURE 60.00 35.00 37.45 35.00 25.00


Page 83

to undertake various research activities. The amount available is Rs. 3 lakh. So far, no

faculty has utilized this facility, but as the Institute moves towards greater innovations

and research orientation, it is expected that more number of faculty will benefit from

this facility.

3.2.4 Are there any special efforts made by the College to encourage faculty to file for

patents? If so, provide details of patents filed and enumerate the sanctioned patents.

Not Applicable.

3.2.5 Provide the following details of ongoing research projects:

Not Applicable.

Year

wise Number

Name of

the

Project

Name of the

funding

agency

Industry

Total

grant

received

A. College funded

Minor projects

Major projects

Along with Industry

B. Other agencies - national and international (specify)

Minor projects

Major projects

C. Industry sponsored

3.2.6 How many departments of the College have been recognized for their research

activities by national / international agencies (UGC-SAP, CAS, DST-FIST; DBT, ICSSR,

ICHR, ICPR, etc.) and what is the quantum of assistance received? Mention any two

significant outcomes or breakthrough due to such recognition.

Not Applicable.

3.2.7 List details of completed research projects undertaken by the College faculty in the last

four years and mention the details of grants received for such projects (funded by Industry/

National/International agencies).

Not Applicable.


Page 84

3.3 Research Facilities

3.3.1 What efforts are made by the College to keep pace with the infrastructure requirements

to facilitate Research? How and what strategies are evolved to meet the needs of researchers?

The research Committee of the Institute, comprised by a faculty chair and few other faculty

members is the nodal agency in matters of research related planning and setting the agenda for

the Institute‟s research work. Along with this committee‟s recommendation, IMT-Nagpur also

solicit opinions and expectations from all the faculty members regarding institutional support in

carrying out their research work. The management of the organization is open to new ideas and

suggestions for improving the research culture and generous is allocating funds for various

research related infrastructure in terms of software and hardware up-gradation, subscription to

databases, recruitment of faculty research assistance etc.

3.3.2 Does the College have an information resource centre to cater to the needs of

researchers? If yes, provide details on the facility.

A good library is pivotal to the growth of an educational institution. Being the heart of any

academic, the library at IMT Nagpur - Learning Resource Center (LRC), understands well the

fundamental importance in the Institute promoting lifelong learning and improving the

knowledge, skills and competence of its academic community. The Institute since its inception

had a Learning Resource Centre of exceptional quality and it has ever since strived to improve

the high standards of the facility. Connecting both students and faculty with global resources of

knowledge, the LRC continues to adapt to challenging new demands and provides a

professional and conducive learning atmosphere for the empowerment of its users. Library has

rich collection of Books, Journals, e-journals, corporate & industry information and country

research databases such as ABI/INFORM Complete (Proquest), EBSCO Business Source

Complete, Sage Management Journals, J-GATE, BLOOMBERG Database, CMIE Databases,

CRISIL Industry Information Services, Legalpundit, Indiastate.com and many more to fulfill

research and teaching need of academic community. The LRC is fully Wi-Fi-enabled. The

library also extends their services to outside users i.e. individual, institutional and corporate

houses with 'external membership'.

The Institute is having computerized library with modern catalogue and e-journal facilities.

The library consists of 22,000 plus books. Being one of the biggest libraries in the western

region, the researchers within the region and outside make use of this facility.

National Journals: 157

International Journals: 60

Online Journals: 13246

Accommodation (area available): 1000 Sq.m

Reading area for students: 150 Sq.m

Stock area for stocking

Books / journals: 250 Sq.m

Cubicles: 160 Sq.m

Reference section: 110 Sq.m


Page 85

Magazine section: 120 Sq.m

Digital Library: 180 Sq.m

3.3.3 Does the College provide residential facilities (with computer and internet facilities) for

research scholars and faculty?

The program offered by the Institute is a two year full time residential in nature. Therefore, all

students automatically gets the facility. There are faculty residences available in the campus,

where some faculty stay with their family. All residential facility is fully Wi-Fi enable that

allow easy access to internet facility. IMT-Nagpur has provision for temporary accommodation

for faculty inside the campus (in guest house) as well.

3.3.4 Does the College have a specialized research centre/ workstation to address challenges

of research programmes? If yes, give details.

Not Applicable.

3.3.5 Does the College have research facilities (centre, etc.) of regional, national and

international recognition/repute? Give a brief description of how these facilities are made use

of by researchers from other laboratories.

Not Applicable.


Page 86

3.4 Research Publications and Awards

3.4.1 Highlight the major research achievements of the College through the following:

Major papers presented in regional, national and international conferences

Publication per faculty

Faculty serving on the editorial boards of national and international journals

Faculty members on the organization committees of international conferences,

recognized by reputed organizations / societies.

Research and publications are considered to be one of the most important objectives of IMT

Nagpur for achieving academic excellence. Faculty members are continuously involved in

research work and are encouraged to attend conferences, seminars, presenting papers and

publishing them in reputed international and national journals. Many papers have been

published in various reputed publishing houses like Sage Publications, Inderscience, Elsevier,

Wiley etc.


International Journal of repute by faculty members in last three years.

On the other hand, total 16 papers (Year 2011 - 05, Year 2012 - 08, Year 2013 - 03) have been

published in National Journal of repute by IMT Nagpur faculty members.



and ASJCS.



Academic, Bloomsbury, etc. 9 Books and few book chapters have been published.



have been presented in various International Conferences at difference places around the globe.

Total 19 papers (Year 2011 - 09, Year 2012 - 07 Year 2013 - 03) have been presented in

various national conference within India.

Apart from attending the conferences, faculty members are also involved in organizing the

conference in different themes. Faculty members have organized „13‟ conferences under the

banner of IMT, Nagpur, during last three years (Year 2011 - 05, Year 2012 – 06, Year 2013 -

02).

Development of its faculty members is an important activity in of all academic establishments.

IMT Nagpur encourages faculty to conduct and attend Faculty Development Programs (FDP).

In response to that encouragement, 16 FDPs and workshops (Year 2011 - 02, Year 2012 – 08,

Year 2013 - 06) have been organized during last three academic years by IMT Nagpur faculty

members.


Page 87

Apart from that some faculty members have been recognized and awarded for their research

work by different academic body.

3.4.2 Does the College publish research journal(s)? If yes, indicate the composition of the

editorial board, publication policies and whether it is listed in international database?

The Institute publishes a case journal (ISSN: 2229 – 6743) titled IMT Case Journal

(IMTCJ). It aims at becoming an authoritative source in teaching and learning within

management sciences, which is of interest to educators, researchers, policy-makers and

practitioners alike. The unique value proposition of IMTCJ is the linkage of computing and

information technology to management and business. Towards this aim, IMTCJ delivers

excellent articles on new methods, models and practices of teaching in the era of knowledge

society, as well as (teaching) cases aimed at supporting learning in academia and business

settings.

IMTCJ aims at publishing high quality reflective studies, case studies, book review and

“lessons learned" notes on any aspect of teaching and learning in business & business

management related disciplines. IMTCJ is a double blind peer review journal, which aims

to inform and provide guidance to educators, counselor and practitioners at all levels on all

aspects of management sciences. The journal publishes original research papers providing

significant results, and also communications innovative ideas and news, announcements,

reviews regarding the topics of the journal and book reviews. IMTCJ covers the disciplines of

management, management sciences and business intelligence. It also considers any

interdisciplinary account of information technology from a management perspective, such as,

for example, medical informatics education or teaching technological issues for library

science etc. Papers related to curricula, knowledge bodies, certification and professional issues

in management and computing are also welcomed, as they reflect an additional stage of the

education process as part of life-long learning.

3.4.3 Give details of publications by the faculty:

Number of papers published in peer reviewed journals (national / international)

Monographs

Chapters in Books

Editing Books

Books with ISBN numbers with details of publishers

Number listed in International Database (For e.g. Web of Science, Scopus, Humanities

International Complete, Dare Database - International Social Sciences Directory,

EBSCO host, etc.)

Citation Index – range / average

SNIP

SJR

Impact factor – range / average

h-index


Page 88


International Journal of repute by faculty members in last three years. On the other hand, total

16 papers (Year 2011 - 5, Year 2012 - 8, Year 2013 - 3) have been published in National

Journal of repute by IMT-Nagpur faculty members.



and ASJCS.



Academic, Bloomsbury, etc. 9 Books and few Book Chapters have been published in during

last three years.



have been presented in various International Conferences at difference places in the globe.

Total 19 papers (Year 2011 - 9, Year 2012 - 7 Year 2013 - 3) have been presented in various

National Conference within India.

3.4.4 Indicate the average number of successful M.Phil. and Ph.D. scholars guided per

faculty.

Not Applicable

3.4.5 What is the stated policy of the College to check malpractices and misconduct in

research?

Academic integrity and adherence to high standard of ethical behavior is the core value of the

Institute which religiously followed by the faculty and students alike. The Institute has

acquired software (Trunitin) that could identify plagiarism, if at all, committed by any

researcher. Apart from the automated system, IMT-Nagpur has eligible and accomplished

researchers in various fields of management, who extensively scrutinize every research work

before it could be taken to public domain.

3.4.6 Does the College promote interdisciplinary research? If yes, how many inter

departmental / inter disciplinary research projects have been undertaken and mention the

number of departments involved in such an endeavor.

Management itself is an inter-disciplinary subject where various specialized areas of

knowledge are combined in analyzing and solving business issues. In that sense,

almost most of the research works carried out by the faculty are inter -disciplinary in

nature. In certain specific cases, two or more faculty members can collaborate on

certain research undertakings. This is done at the individual level and at the sole

discretion of the researchers.

3.4.7 Mention the research awards instituted by the College.

As of now, no such provision is made by the Institute.


Page 89

3.4.8 Provide details of

Research awards received by the faculty

Recognition received by the faculty from reputed professional bodies and agencies

The following is the list of faculty and their achievements and awards received in the field of

research work.

Sr.

no Name

Title of research


1 Kulbir Singh Tata Steel

Financing History NACRA 2012 USA

Best

Workshop

Case-Silver

Award

2 Anil Kumar

Blended Learning

in Management

Education

AIMA 2012 New

Delhi

Best Paper

Award

3 S S N Raju

Indukoori

Corporate Chit

fund-an alternative

funding source for

MSMEs

IBFR 2013 Las

Vegas

Outstanding

Research &

Best in

Session

Award

3.4.9 State the incentives given to faculty for receiving state, national and international

recognitions for research contributions.

IMT-Nagpur follows a Credit System in which Faculty members are expected to earn credit

points through activities like publishing research papers and case studies, leading research

teams, guiding PhD students and obtaining research grants and projects from

government/industry. The method of determining credit point for each of the research

component is described below.

(i) Publication of Research Paper

Category A B C D

Publication of

Research

Paper

Journals listed

in “Journal

Quality List”

by Anne-

WilHarzing in

the last two

years.

Financial

Times tier-A;

and additional

journals as

Except articles

appearing in the

above this

category would

include articles

published in

journals of

reputed

publishing

houses like

Emerald,

Mentioned in

the Australian

Business Dean‟s

council (ABDC)

list (articles not

included in the

above

categories),

article on the

editorial page of

newspaper like

Other National

& International

refereed

journals


Page 90

announced by

Director from

time to time –

Blackwell,

Sage,

Routledge,

Springer and

Kluwer. Also

includes text

books published

for reputed

publishers like

Tata-McGraw

Hill, Pearson,

Wiley, and

Cambridge.

EPW; and

additional

journals as

announced by

Director from

time to time-

Economic

Times, Business

line, Financial

Express,

Business

Standard and

Mint.

Vikalpa,

Decision,

Management

Review; and

additional

journals as

announced by

Director from

time to time

In case of joint authorship the faculty would get rewarded in proportion to the number of

authors. Also joint authorship would have following categories:

When the faculty‟s publication is out of his PhD thesis work with his supervisor, the

faculty will get 70% credit.

Publication with peers (proportional to the number of authors)

When the faculty‟s publication is out of his PhD student‟s thesis work, the faculty will

get 30% credit.

(ii) Case study Publication

Only field cases will be considered in this category. The classification would be done as

follows (for each case study published):

Category A B C

Case study

Publication

Cases published by

Harvard, Darden,

Kellogg school of

Management, Ivey

school of Business

and Babson college

and additional

platforms as

announced by

Director from time to

time.

Cases published in

Asian case research

journal, NACRA,

ECCH, cases in

journals of reputed

publishing houses

like Emerald,

Blackwell, Sage,

Routledge, Springer

and , Kluwer.

Vikalpa, Decision,

IIMB Management

Review and

Accepted in case

competitions like

Mcgill university and

ISB and additional

platforms as

announced by


time


Page 91

additional platforms

as announced by


time.

(iii) Number of PhD students guided

The faculty would be rewarded based on the number of students that they have guided and who

have submitted the thesis in a particular year.

Category A B

Number of PhD

students guided

2 and above

1

(iv) Journal Editorship

Category A B C

Journal

Editorship

Journal edited is in

the “A & B”

category of journals

identified for

publication of

research article


the “C‟ category


the “D” category

The table below shows the credit points to be awarded for each category and grade of research

activity.

Computation of the Research Credit points (for an academic year):

Category/Points A B C D

Journal

Editorship 10 3 1 0

Research Paper 8 3 2 1

Case study 4 2 1 0

No. of Phd

Students 3 1

The score so computed is cumulated every year for the purpose of ascertaining eligibility of

utilization by the concerned faculty. The faculty members can utilize their research credit

points as follows:

credits–Eligible to attend a National Conference/ Seminar and present a paper

credits– Eligible to attend an international Conference/Seminar and present a paper

10 credits– Eligible to spend a semester abroad at a foreign university with which IMT

has a Faculty Exchange program or at the faculty suggested university/institute, with

the approval of Director.


Page 92

20 credits– Eligible to spend two semesters abroad at a foreign university with which

IMT has a Faculty Exchange program or at the faculty suggested university/institute,

with the approval of Director.

3.5 Consultancy

3.5.1 What is the stated policy of the College for structured consultancy? List a few

important consultancy services undertaken by the College.

The earning of the consultancy services by a faculty is shared with the Institute on the basis of

70:30 principles, in which 30 percent of the revenue is contributed to the Institute and rest

amount, is retained by the faculty.

3.5.2 Does the College have College-industry cell? If yes, what is its scope and range of

activities?

The Corporate Interaction Committee (CIC) cell of the Institute is one of the prime agents of

the institute that actively seeks and establish interface with the industry by inviting

practitioners of the business world to the institute‟s campus for sharing their knowledge and

expertise with the students. Invitation of practitioners from the corporate world as guest faculty

for every course of the program offered by IMT-Nagpur, is another avenue that is used for

establishing institute-industry interface. Apart from these two systems, the Institute regularly

organizes various conference, seminar and workshops where eminent personalities are invited

as keynote speakers, panelists or as guests. Such activities also result in establishing a linkage

with industry.

3.5.3 What is the mode of publicizing the expertise of the College for consultancy services?

Mention the departments from whom consultancy was sought.

Consultancy work is encouraged and appreciated by the Institute. A consultancy service,

successfully undertaken by a faculty is treated as equivalent of research work in their

performance appraisal. The Institute provides all sorts of physical and intellectual support

services to faculty who wants to undertake a consultancy project. The website of the

Institute has detail expertise and experience of the faculty members prominently displayed

that help corporate and business identify suitable resource for their project work.

3.5.4 How does the College encourage the faculty to utilise the expertise for consultancy

services?

IMT Nagpur offers consulting services to private and public sector enterprises, government

establishments and non-governmental organizations. The primary focus of these services is to

improve performance efficiency of organizations and to offer actionable insights for solving

their strategic, tactical and operational problems.

The consulting services at IMT Nagpur, is mission linked and are carefully chosen to augment

the capabilities of faculty members in enhancing the quality of practice of management.


Page 93

3.5.5 List the broad areas of consultancy services provided by the College and the revenue

generated during the last four years.

IMT Nagpur has a competent, committed and industry trained faculty body which acts as a

resource for consulting activities. One of the Institute‟s faculty members has been providing

these services to various clients like Ramnath City, a real estate developer, Ajmera Tyres, etc.


Page 94

3.6 Extension Activities and Institutional Social Responsibility (ISR)

3.6.1 How does the College sensitize the faculty and students on Institutional Social

Responsibilities? List the social outreach programmes which have created an impact on students‟

campus experience.

IMT-Nagpur, as one of the premium B-Schools in India, recognizes its importance in not only

building a successful career for its students, but also the role it can play in brining changes to the

society. The faculty and students of this institute are aware of its vision and mission statement,

which urge all its stakeholders to be socially responsible. In curriculum, the Institute incorporates

issues of development, sustainability, corporate social responsibility, topics of ethics and

governance. All of these are incorporated to sensitize the students about their social

responsibility that goes beyond their own career or the profitability of the organization which

they may lead in future.

3.6.2 How does the College promote College-neighborhood network and student engagement,

contributing to holistic development of students and sustained community development?

IMT-Nagpur is well aware of its obligations and responsibilities towards its larger stakeholder,

which is society in general and the underprivileged section of it in particular. The endeavor for

betterment of the weaker and the marginal section of society is implemented by the Institute

through two of its main cells, namely, Kilkari and the Corporate Soul. Both cells are student

driven and faculty members provide them with able support and guidance.

KILKARI is a self-sufficient group whose student-volunteers work for the upliftment of the

under privileged and physically challenged students in and around Nagpur. The cell has 15

student volunteers currently (2012-13) working in it, with active participation and guidance from

the faculty. KILKARI has adopted two schools from the nearby areas, Rajeev Gandhi Saraswati

Bahuuddeshya Sansthan – Katol and Prerana – Kalmeshwar. The student Volunteers and the

faculty of this institute extend their support and expertise to the students of these schools so that

they can overcome their physical and economic challenges. KILKARI has been conducting

Annual events for students from the above mentioned schools continuously for the past 5 yrs.

Inaugural event of KILKARI was organized in 2009. During the annual events IMT-N provides

the necessary Mess and Transportation facility to the students from the schools. Gifts and

donations are granted from KILKARI to the adopted schools at a regular basis, In 2009, Seven

ceiling fans were donated to Rajeev Gandhi Saraswati Bahuuddeshya Sansthan. In the same year,

KILKARI Organized a free Medical camp by joining hands with Rotary club members. In 2010,

KILKARI donated two Tata Swatch Water Purifiers each worth Rs. 999 to the Katol School. The

very next year, it donated 10 Desks and 10 benches worth Rs. 52,000 to the School in Katol and

Sweaters, t-shirts, Jerkins, Curtains, Mattress, Pillows, Buckets, etc. worth Rs.30, 000. In 2013,

20 School Desks and 20 Benches worth Rs.86, 000 and large number of mattress, buckets, shirts,

note books and other stationary items were donated by KILKARI.

Centre for Corporate Governance (CCG) was instituted to produce and encourage academic

research and to promote dialogue in the academic and business communities on corporate


Page 95

governance issues. The centre is run by four faculty members, one research associate and more

than twenty student volunteers. It has set its mission to be a premier Centre of Excellence in

Research, Teaching, Training and Advocacy in the field of Corporate Governance and Corporate

Social Responsibility (CSR) through creation and dissemination of knowledge and provide

policy support to government, regulators, professional and industry bodies on Corporate

Governance and CSR. The Centre aims to examine and identify the contemporary corporate

governance challenges and develop sustainable governance models which protect and promote

the long term interest of different stakeholders. It conducts research, analyze the trends and come

up with meaningful conclusions and recommendations in the area of Corporate Governance &

Corporate Social Responsibility. The Centre examines critically the developments in the

institutional, legal and regulatory framework for corporate governance in India and abroad. It

studies board practices in closely held family business companies, promoter controlled large

listed companies, government controlled public sector companies and other corporate entities

and provide expert advice on issues relating to governance of public organizations. The centre

endeavors to establish collaborations with various research agencies, Chambers of Commerce,

Universities and practitioners in India and abroad. Organizing national / international

conferences, seminars in Corporate Governance, CSR and Business Ethics, providing policy

support in the area of corporate legislation and regulation and disseminating the knowledge in

the area of Corporate Governance and CSR by partnering with reputed National & International

Universities, Institutions, Centers of Learning, Research Agencies, Chambers of Commerce are

some of the centre‟s objectives.

3.6.3 How does the College promote the participation of students and faculty in extension

activities including participation in NSS, NCC, YRC and other National/ International agencies?

The institute encourages voluntary participation in various extension activities by its students.

3.6.4 Give details on social surveys, research or extension work (if any) undertaken by the

College to ensure social justice and empower the under-privileged and most vulnerable sections

of society?

In last one year, the centre for corporate governance has come out with six issues of online

journal, the Corporate Soul, which covers topics on CSR, Business Ethics and Corporate

Governance. A Seminar on “Corporate Social Responsibility” was organized by the centre on

December 8, 2012. This seminar was aimed at identifying and addressing issues pertinent to

Corporate Social Behavior and its impact on businesses. The elite speakers of this seminar

addressed various issues on Corporate Social Responsibility and discussed them threadbare.

There was an attempt made in this seminar to align the business interest with the societal interest.

In this process, the speakers highlighted the CSR initiatives being taken by the India Inc. The

discussions enlighten the young minds at IMT-Nagpur to be socially responsible while managing

businesses.

Apart from the above mentioned activities, the institute makes an effort to reach a greater

audience in terms of transferring its knowledge and expertise. One of the ways in which it has

been done by the faculty is through contributing articles regularly to local newspaper on various

topics of business and economics. Under heading of “IMT Special” in Hitavada newspaper (one


Page 96

of the oldest and most popular news daily in Vidhrabha region) so far (till end of 2013) 7 faculty

members have written 24 articles. The objective of this voluntary initiative is to impart

knowledge to the common citizen of the country and enlighten them with recent developments in

the field of management and economy.

3.6.5 Give details of awards / recognition received by the College for extension activities /

community development work.

The Institute has been working tirelessly for noble cause on a voluntary basis, and hopes awards

and recognition shall soon follow the good karma.

3.6.6 Reflecting on objectives and expected outcomes of the extension activities organized by

the College, comment on how they complement students‟ academic learning experience and

specify the values and skills inculcated?

The various extension activities that the Institute organizes with active participation of its

students serve two basic purposes. First, it help institute fulfill its own social obligation of

empowering and helping socially under-privileged groups by providing them with certain skills

and knowledge that may be necessary for their social mobility in future. The second benefits of

such activities are creation of awareness among students of the Institute about the social realities

of our country and expose them to the challenges that they may face in future as business leaders.

These activities make them more compassionate, enlightened and a better leader of the future.

3.6.7 How does the College ensure the involvement of the community in its outreach

activities and contribute to the community development? Detail the initiatives of the College

which have encouraged community participation in its activities.

In February last year, the student member of centre for corporate governance with guidance from

the faculty introduced Village Empowerment programme (VEP). In this, young and

economically weaker students of the nearby village, Dorli, were provided with few weeks of free

education on usage of computers by the student volunteers of IMT-Nagpur. The Institute plans to

continue and introduce more such activities in future.

3.6.8 Does the College have a mechanism to track the students‟ involvement in various social

movements / activities which promote citizenship roles?

The extension activities are voluntary, since it requires dedication by the students who truly

believe in importance of such activities. Students are ably guided and supported faculty members

of the Institute, who also do it on a voluntary basis. The Institute encourages their endeavor by

providing the infrastructural and logistic supports.

3.6.9 Give details on the constructive relationships (if any) with other institutions in the nearby

locality in working on various outreach and extension activities.

The student cell of the Institute, KILKARI has adopted two schools from the nearby areas,

Rajeev Gandhi Saraswati Bahuuddeshya Sansthan – Katol and Prerana – Kalmeshwar. The


Page 97

student Volunteers and the faculty of IMT-Nagpur extend their support and expertise to the

students of these schools so that they can overcome their physical and economic challenges.

3.6.10 Give details of awards received by the institution for extension activities

and/contributions to the social/community development during the last four years.

The Institute has been working tirelessly for noble cause on a voluntary basis, and hopes awards

and recognition shall soon follow the good karma.


Page 98

3.7 Collaboration

3.7.1 How has the College‟s collaboration with other agencies impacted the visibility, identity

and diversity of activities on the campus? To what extent has the College benefitted

academically and financially because of collaborations?

The institute has a cell that looks into the affairs of International Relationship. This cell is

headed by a faculty chair and supported by other faculty and the staff members. Organization as

well as participation in various national and international seminars and workshops by the

faculty members of the Institute is another way of establishing linkages with other academic

institutes. The Corporate Interaction Committee (CIC), a student driven cell headed by a faculty

member is another route through with linkages is established between IMT-Nagpur and the

corporate world. This has helped in increased number of final placement of the graduate

students as well as higher number of students being placed in corporations for their summer

internship.

3.7.2 Mention specific examples of, how these linkages promote

Curriculum development

Internship, On-the-job training

Faculty exchange and development

Research, Publication

Consultancy, Extension

Student placement

Any other, please specify

Businesses worldwide need management graduates who have the tools to succeed globally -

leadership skills, cultural awareness, foreign language proficiency, and an understanding of how

the global marketplace functions. The Institute of Management Technology (IMT-Nagpur)

prepares students to meet these demands. At IMT-N, students have as much International

exposure as possible.

IMT-Nagpur has partnerships (MoU)with more than 25 leading schools from the U.S., France,

Australia, Austria, Belgium, South Africa, Canada, Ecuador, Mexico, Poland, Taiwan, Thailand,

Indonesia, Ireland, Italy, Kazakhstan, Germany, South Korea, Singapore, the U.K., etc, for

exchange programs. Visiting students and faculty members add to the diversity and peer-learning

experience on campus

The Inbound Exchange Program and Outbound Exchange Program offer exciting opportunities

for students to learn more about the dynamics of management in different parts of the world.

Students get the opportunity to study for a maximum of two terms at other leading business

schools.


Page 99

The details of student exchange for the last 3 years are given as follows:

Year 2011 2012 2013

Outgoing 14 8 37

Incoming 2 14 1

In addition to the student exchange, there is faculty exchange program.

The faculty from various different countries and universities visit IMT-N campus to share, learn

and deliver best practices on curriculum and pedagogy and learn from each other‟s system. The

program is aimed at enhancing capacity of teaching staff in Higher Education/Further Education

(HE/FE) institutions and schools. The focus of this activity is to support collaborative

partnerships and to enhance the sensibility and awareness for different cultures. The program

was launched to enable the faculty of all partner B-schools to visit each other‟s campuses and

share their diverse experiences with the students.

Year 2011 2012 2013

Outgoing 2 2 2

Incoming 3 1 1

3.7.3 Does the College have MoUs nationally / internationally and with institutions of national

importance/other universities/ industries/corporate houses etc.? If yes, explain how the MoUs

have contributed in enhancing the quality and output of teaching-learning, research and

development activities of the College?

IMT-Nagpur has formal MOUs with more than 25 international institutes of repute whereby the

Institute on regular basis have faculty and student exchange. The practice of inviting corporate

practitioners as guest faculty has proved to a great way of establishing linkage with the business

world and it has resulted in greater number of final placements of our students as well as

increased number of summer internship. Faculty of IMT-Nagpur has also been engaged in

collaborative research work some foreign university and we expect such activities to expand in

near future. The Institute has started implementing the process of review of its existing

curriculum with formal and active participation of industry practitioners. In the endeavor the

linkage that IMT-Nagpur has established over the years with corporate world has been proved to

be highly beneficial.

3.7.4 Have the College industry interactions resulted in the establishment / creation of highly

specialized laboratories / facilities?

IMT-Nagpur has signed a contract with IBM–CEBT (Career Education for Business

Transformation) and in turn IBM had set up an IBM- Business Analytics lab in the campus. As

per the agreement, IBM has install IBM-Cognos Software in our lab and trained thirty five


Page 100

members (Faculty and FRA‟s) on three different modules for duration of four days each. The

benefits of this initiative are as follows.

a) Added advantage for the new elective „Business Analytics‟ course being offered for

2012-14 batch. The course offered in association with IBM and this facilitates students to

get the certificate from IBM.

b) As students will have hands on experience in IBM-Business Analytics Lab, it will

enhance their placement opportunities more so in IBM and its clients.

c) As many faculty members are getting trained in this lab, it may help them to orient their

courses accordingly and offer to the students; in addition the same may be useful for their

research endeavors.

d) Once this lab is set up, in association with IBM, institute may conduct executive

education programs for executives of the corporate world. In the future, IMT-N may

consider offering specialization/PGDM Program in „Business Analytics‟ in association

with IBM.

Any additional information regarding Research, Consultancy and Extension, which the

institution would like to include.


Page 101

Criterion IV: Infrastructure and learning Resources

4.1 Physical Facilities

4.1.1 How does the College plan and ensure adequate availability of physical infrastructure and

ensure its optimal utilization?

IMT Nagpur understands that physical infrastructure is vital for the development of the Institute

and achieving its mission and vision. The Institute has developed a state-of-the-art physical

infrastructure that includes Wi-Fi connectivity throughout the campus, well-furnished and ICT

enabled class rooms, excellent library facility with reading room, well furnished audio video

enabled auditorium, spacious faculty cabins, state-of-the-art IT labs, large playgrounds, facilities

for outdoor as well as indoor games, well maintained guest house and excellent hostel

accommodation, to cite a few.

IMT Nagpur has excellent physical infrastructure and facilities. The Institute is spread over 27

acres out of which approximately 60% is open area well decorated with plants and trees. The

Institute has planted approximately 4,500 plants and trees in the campus. The Institute is located

in peaceful surroundings with no residential or commercial activity around the campus.

Optimum utilization of infrastructure is essential for the Institute to achieve the objectives. The

Institute ensures utmost utilization of the capacity by encouraging faculty members to utilize

audio-visual aids for teaching-learning processes. Institute has also taken various actions to

preserve the green environment within the campus. Auditorium and seminar halls are frequently

used for various events such as MDPs, FDPs, conferences etc.

4.1.2 Does the College have a policy for creation and enhancement of infrastructure in order to

promote a good teaching-learning environment? If yes, mention a few recent initiatives.

The Institute is spread in 27 acres, approximately 60% of which is open. The Institute is located

in peaceful environment with no residential or commercial activity around the campus. The

campus is green and has approximately 4,500 trees and plants. It has seventeen classrooms, five

tutorial rooms, four seminar halls, one auditorium, one library with reading hall and three

computer labs. All rooms, auditorium, library and IT labs are well furnished, air-conditioned, and

equipped with good quality furniture and fixtures with audio – video facility. All rooms are

equipped with LCD projectors, black and white board and quality sound systems. The Institute

has video conferencing facility that can be connected in any of the above rooms. The entire

campus is Wi-Fi enabled with 24-hour internet availability in all rooms and hostel. The Library

of the Institute is one of the best in central India. It has a seating capacity for 175 persons. The

library carries approximately 22,000 titles and subscribes to various national and international

journals and newspapers. The Institute has one cafeteria, student mess, faculty & staff mess, co-

operative store, dispensary and sports clubroom. Apart from this, the Institute has a football

ground, basketball court, two badminton courts, lawn tennis court, golf course, table tennis

facility, cricket ground, and a gymnasium with all sports kits. A separate faculty block has

faculty chambers, Director‟s chamber, Director‟s boardroom, and faculty meeting room. The

details of facilities available are as below:


Page 102

(A) For curricular and co-curricular activities:

i) Teaching rooms: There are flat classrooms called „AEC Classrooms‟, tutorial rooms and

tiered classrooms. All classrooms are air-conditioned and equipped with good quality

furniture and fixtures. All rooms are equipped with LCD projectors, black and white board

and quality sound systems. The Institute has video conferencing facility that can be

connected in any of the above rooms. The class rooms are Wi-Fi enabled. Other details about

the class-rooms are as below:

Room

Type

Room

Number

Carpet

Area

(in Sq m)

Electrificati

on &

Lighting

Air

Conditioni

ng

Floorin

g

Paintin

g Done

Furnitu

re

Class

room 17 1145.28 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Tutorial

Rooms 5

40 sq. m/

room;

totaling to

200 sq.m

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Semina

r Halls 4

140 sq. m/

room;

totaling to

560 sq.m

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

ii) Auditorium: The Institute has one large auditorium to accommodate 350 people at one

time. The auditorium is well furnished and air-conditioned. It is equipped with projectors,

black and white board and quality sound systems. The auditorium is Wi-Fi enabled and video

conferencing facility can be connected.

iii) IT labs: The Institute has three IT Labs with 60 terminals in each of them. All the three

IT labs are air-conditioned and well furnished.

iv) Library: The Institute has one large library that has an area of approx. 1436 sq. meters

spread over two floors. The library is well furnished and air-conditioned. (reading hall,

Bloomberg terminal)

(B) For Extra-curricular activities: The Institute places large importance on overall

development of students and therefore has developed state of the art facilities for extra-curricular

activities.

i. Outdoor games: The Institute has a large playground. The Institute has a football ground,

one basketball court, two badminton courts, one lawn tennis court, a golf course, and a

cricket ground.

ii. Indoor games: Facilities for indoor games such as table tennis, chess, carom etc. are

provided.

iii. Gymnasium: The Institute also has a gym available for students.

iv. The details of above facilities are as below:


Page 103

Recreation Facilities Facility Operational Sports Kit Available

Foot Ball Ground Yes Yes

Basket Ball Ground Yes Yes

Badminton Court Yes Yes

Lawn Tanis Court Yes Yes

Golf Course Yes Yes

Table Tennis Yes Yes

Cricket Ground Yes Yes

Gymnasium Yes Yes

The Institute also has a sports committee. Institute bears the expenses for students participating

in inter-college sports events. Institute provides budgetary support for participation.

In order to keep pace with the changing environment and needs related to academic growth, the

Institute provides additional infrastructure from time to time. Below are details of additions in

last four years as per annual records of the Institute:

(Amounts in Rs.)

Facilities 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13

Building 2.5 Lakhs 5.7 Lakhs

Furniture & Fixture 6 Lakhs 18 Lakhs 65 thousand 10 lakhs

Electrical Equipment 17 Lakhs 11 Lakhs 11 Lakh 13 lakhs

Mess Equipment 1 Lakh 63 thousand

Sports Equipment 1 Lakh 1 lakh

Vehicle 5 Lakhs 10 Lakh

Temporary

Structure/land

Development 4 Lakhs

Sewage Treatment

Plant 22 lakhs

Expansion Plans

New faculty residence

The Institute is expanding facility for faculty residence by adding another building which is

currently under construction. The new building will have six 2 BHK flats with an area of approx.

1200 square feet each and six 1-BHK flats with an area of approx. 900 square feet each. The new

building is expected to be operational by 2014.

Additional Land:

The Institute has purchased additional adjacent land of approximately 31 acres for further

expansion.


Page 104

4.1.3 Does the College provide all departments with facilities like office room, common room,

separate rest rooms for women students and staff?

IMT Nagpur has dedicated offices for each department. All offices are furnished with high

quality furniture and fittings and are air-conditioned. The details of all administrative areas are as

below:

Office Area

in

sq.m

Floorin

g

Electrifica

tion &

lighting

Furnitur

e/

Fixtures

Air

Conditioni

ng

Accounts

department office

80 Yes Yes Yes Yes

Cabin for

Accounts

department head

20 Yes Yes Yes Yes

Cabin for

Administration

department head

20 Yes Yes Yes Yes

Administration

department office

170 Yes Yes Yes Yes

Academic

Program Office

48.3 Yes Yes Yes Yes

Cabin for

Academic

Program Office

head

15 Yes Yes Yes Yes

Housekeeping 40.45 Yes Yes Yes No

IT Department

office

20 Yes Yes Yes Yes

Cabin for IT

department head

15 Yes Yes Yes Yes

Maintenance 32.9 Yes Yes Yes

MDP department

office

40 Yes Yes Yes Yes

Placement Office 134.5

2

Yes Yes Yes Yes

Cabin for

Placement office

head

25 Yes Yes Yes Yes

Project

department office

30 Yes Yes Yes Yes

Reception 30 Yes Yes Yes Yes

Security 14.26 Yes Yes Yes No

Store 1 30 Yes Yes Yes No

Store 2 30 Yes Yes Yes No


Page 105

Faculty offices:

The Institute has a separate office for the Director and the Director‟s secretary. Individual offices

are provided to all faculty members. Additionally, the Institute has a boardroom and faculty

meeting room. All offices, the boardroom and the faculty meeting room are air-conditioned.

They are equipped with a white-board, bookshelves, quality furniture, and direct phone facility.

All the faculty members are provided with individual laptops and staff members with desktop.

Following are the details of these facilities:

Institute has provided for separate common/rest rooms for women staff members and students.

All blocks in the campus has separate common/rest rooms for men and women staff and

students.

4.1.4 How does the College ensure that the infrastructure facilities meet the requirements of

students/staff with disabilities?

The Institute is sensitive to the needs of students with physical disabilities. In order to cater their

needs, the Institute has provided various infrastructural supports. A ramp has been developed at

the student‟s mess. Wheel chairs are available at request. There is a 24 x 7 medical assistance

available. A vehicle is available all the time to take any student from campus to hospital in the

city.

4.1.5 How does the college cater to the residential requirements of students? Mention:

Capacity of the hostels and occupancy (to be given separately for men and women)

Recreational facilities in hostel/s like gymnasium, yoga center etc.

Broadband connectivity / wi-fi connectivity in hostel/s.

The programs offered by the Institute are fully residential and therefore it is essential for the

Institute to provide for appropriate hostel and other facilities. The Institute understands this

requirement and provides best-in-class residential accommodation for students. Below are the

details of hostel accommodation:

Facility Area in

sq.m

Floorin

g

Electrificatio

n & lighting

Furniture

/ Fixtures

Air

Conditi

oning

Board Room 24.08 Yes Yes Yes Yes

Principal /

Director‟s

Office

34.04 Yes Yes Yes Yes

Faculty Cabins 728 Yes Yes Yes Yes


Page 106

Facility

Roo

m

Num

ber

Carp

et

Area

(in Sq

m)

Single

Sharing

Room

Double

Sharing

Room

Electrifi

cation

&

Lightin

g

Flooring Painting

Done Furniture

Sanitar

y &

Washin

g

Facilitie

s

Boys'

Hostel 370

7308.

52 32 339 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Girls'

Hostel 171

2640.

16 134 37 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Boys

Hostel

Toilets

18 450 NA NA Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Boys

Common

Room

1 122 NA NA Yes Yes Yes Yes NA

Girls

Hostel

Toilets

6 150 NA NA Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Girls

Common

Room

1 152.0

3 NA NA Yes Yes Yes Yes NA

The Institute has sufficient rooms to accommodate all students.

Facilities provided in Hostel

The Institute has provided excellent facilities for the students in order to support the overall

learning environment. The facilities include:

i. Canteen.: The Institute has a cafeteria and a student‟s mess

ii. Co-operative store: A co-operative store is available within the campus. The co-operative

store is fully managed by student volunteers.

iii. Recreation and sports: Lush-green open space for outdoor recreation and one room

dedicated for sports club. Apart from this, the Institute provides facilities for indoor and

outdoor games for example; sport kits are available for cricket, football, basketball, table

tennis, etc.

iv. Wi-Fi facility: The hostels are Wi-Fi enabled for 24 hours internet access.

v. Medical room/Availability of Doctor: The Institute has a medical room and a dispensary.

A doctor is available round the clock for any medical assistance. A vehicle is also

available with resident driver in case of any medical emergencies.

vi. Hygiene factors: Water cooler with water purification systems are provided in hostel for

safe drinking water for students. All rooms are equipped with separate dust-bins.

Similarly, all corridors in the hostels are equipped with large dustbins. All garbage is

collected from these dustbins in two very large dustbins, one for plastic waste and other

for other waste. Apart from this, the Institute has three pits for bio-degradable waste.


Page 107

vii. Parking facilities: The Institute is well organized in utilization of the area and has

dedicated parking lots for faculty &staff vehicles, student‟s vehicles and Institute‟s own

buses and cars.

viii. ATM: One ATM is available within a very close proximity of the campus.

ix. Laundry: The Institute has also provided the laundry facility to students within the hostel

premises.

x. Transportation: IMT Nagpur is located in the center of India, Nagpur. The campus is

situated near Dorli Village, 35 Km Milestone, Katol Road, Nagpur, India. Being in the

heart of India, Nagpur is well connected by air, rail, and road. Two dedicated buses are

available for faculty and staff members for travelling from the city to the campus and

back. There is a regular bus service from the Institute‟s campus to its correspondence

office at Byramji Town, Nagpur and back for faculty & staff to facilitate them to come to

campus. Also there is regular bus service for students who want to visit Nagpur City.

Additionally, two cars with residential driver are available at the campus for any urgent

requirement of students such as medical emergency. Apart from above, the public

transport is accessible at the main gate of the Institute.

xi. Power Supply: The Institute has a dedicated 33 KVA express feeder that provides

electric supply from Maharashtra Electric Board. Campus has 1 MVA transformer for

stepping down to 440 Volts and other distribution system. As standby, there are 03

generators having total capacity of 325 KVA.

xii. Water Supply: The Institute has potable water supply. It has its own three bore-wells.

Apart from this, a deep well and a nearby water reservoir is there to meet campus water

supply. There are more than 50 water coolers installed in the campus and each water

cooler is connected with water purification equipment.

xiii. Security: The Institute has hired 39 contractual security guards. The guards are assigned

at various places inside the campus such as main gate, hostel buildings, guesthouse,

faculty residence, mess, administrative block etc. In addition to that, the institute has

designed special policies for the security of students. These are as follows:

Students are not allowed to leave the campus at night or stay out at night. All

students who go out of the campus during evening hours are required to return by

11.00 pm. No student is allowed to enter or exit the campus between 11.00 pm

and 6.00 am expect in case of emergencies and with special approval from hostel

warden.

Students are prohibited from going to the rooftops of hostel blocks.

Students are prohibited from burning any kind of fire-crackers/lighting of fire of

any kind/ creating a fire place or triggering any device that produces noise or

explosive sound inside or near the campus.

No male student is allowed to enter the girl‟s hostel without an entry in register

kept with the security guard at the gate of girl‟s hostel. Further, male students are

prohibited to enter girl‟s hostel after 10.00 pm.


Page 108

All students are required to register their vehicle with the Administration

department.

Students are required to wear helmets in case they go out of campus on a two-

wheeler.

xiv) Recreational facilities: Lush-green open space for outdoor recreation and one room

dedicated for sports club. Apart from this, the Institute provides facilities for indoor and outdoor

games for example; sport kits are available for cricket, football, basketball, table tennis, etc.

Recreation Facilities Facility Operational Sports Kit Available





Golf Course Yes Yes



Gymnasium Yes Yes

xv) Broadband / Wi-fi facility in hostel/s: Entire campus, including all hostels, is wi-fi enabled

for 24 hour internet connectivity throughout the year.

4.1.6 How does the college cope with health related support services for its students, faculty and

non-teaching staff on campus and beyond?

There is a medical dispensary in the campus which is open twenty four hours a day. There are

trained medical attendants available at all times. Two qualified medical practitioners attends the

medical dispensary on all working days of the Institute. For severe cases, which cannot be

treated on campus, the patient is shifted to well equipped hospital in Nagpur. Ambulance

facilities are available from nearby towns of Kalmeshwar and Katol.

Apart from above, a medical insurance is provided to all students, staff members, and family

members of staff.

4.1.7 What special facilities are made available on campus to promote interest in sports and

cultural events?

The Institute focuses on overall development of students, For this purpose, various physical and

infrastructural facilities are provided for sports etc. Below are the details of such facilities:

Recreation Facilities Facility

Operational Sports Kit Available






Page 109

Golf Course Yes Yes



Gymnasium Yes Yes

The Institute has a sports committee and Institute bears the expenses for students participating in

inter-college sports events. Institute provides budgetary support for participation.


Page 110

4.2 Library as a Learning Resource

4.2.1 Does the library have an Advisory Committee? Specify the composition of such a

committee. What significant initiatives have been implemented by the committee to render the

library, student/user friendly?

Yes, Library has an advisory committee. The composition of the advisory committee is as below:

Chairperson

Faculty member nominated by Director on

rotation basis

Dean-Acacdemics Ex-officio member

PGP-Chairperson Ex-officio member

Research Committee Chairperson Ex-officio member

Purchase and Negotiation Committee

Member Ex-officio member

Librarian Ex-officio member

The objective of the Library Advisory Committee (LAC) is to provide a general direction,

academic support, and guidance to Library. The LAC holds meeting at least once in a quarter to

discuss and decide on matters of current operations and strategic nature. The role of LAC include

ratifying the policies of Library with respect to procurement of books, journals, e-resources etc.,

discussing and proposing the budget, evaluating suggestions made by users (Faculty, students

and staff) and reviewing the functioning of Library from time to time.

Some of the initiatives implemented are as follows:

Increasing the limits of books that can be issued to students and faculty.

Introducing a scheme whereby the faculty members can purchase books worth

Rs.10,000/- per annum per faculty and submit the same with Library.

Organizing book exhibitions from time to time.

Sending electronic updates on Financial Times articles and Mckinsey reports.

Sending updates on addition of books in the library.

4.2.2 Provide details of the following:

a) Total area of the library (in Sq.Mts.): 1435 Sq. M

Total seating capacity: 178


Page 111

b) Working hours (on working days, on holidays, before examination days, during

examination days, during vacation)

LRC shall remain open on all the days except the National and Official holidays and shall

observe the time schedule as given:

Monday to Sunday - 9.00 AM - 4.00 AM

Summer Vacation (April to June) - 9.00 AM - 5.30 PM

Lunch Hours - 1.00 PM - 1.30 PM

Issue Return (All Seven Days) - 9.00 AM - 11.00 PM

Issue Return (During Examination) - 9.00 AM - 01.00 AM

c) Layout of the library (individual reading carrels, lounge area for browsing and relaxed

reading, IT zone for accessing e-resources)

Layout of the Library: Attached

d) Access to the premises through prominent display of clearly laid out floor plan; adequate

signage; fire alarm; access to differently abled users and mode of access to collection

Mentioned below are the details

Access to premises: A signage is provided near the main gate of the Institute that directs towards

the Library. There are number of displays inside the Library directing the users to different areas

within the library. Fire alarms are installed for any contingency. In addition CCTV cameras are

installed for security purposes. The library has an open mode of access wherein users can

directly go to the stack, collect the book/reading material etc., and get it issued. For differently

abled/ physically challenged students, a ramp is constructed at the Library gate. Further, the

reading room has been purposefully kept at the ground floor for ease of access to such students.

4.2.3 Give details on the library holdings Total No.

a) Print: 26755 (Books – 22691, Back volumes – 1935, Summer Internship Reports –

2129)(Books, back volumes and thesis)

b) Non Print (Microfiche, AV) : 1944 (CD-ROM)

c) Electronic (e-books, e-Journals) : More than 13000 (through databases)

d) Special collection : Included in books in (a) above (eg. Text book, Reference books,

standards, patents)

4.2.4 What tools does the library deploy to provide access to the collection?

i. OPAC: Available

ii. Electronic Resource Management package for e-journals: Available

(EBSCO,Proquest, JSTOR, Sage, Science Direct, J-Gate etc.) iii. Federated searching tools to search articles in multiple databases: Available

Databases


Page 112

Library Website: Available

In-house/remote access to e-publications: Available

4.2.5 To what extent is the ICT deployed in the library?

i. Library automation – Available (LibSys)

ii. Total number of computers for public access – 4

iii. Total numbers of printers for public access – 1

iv. Internet bandwidth/speed2mbps : 10 mbps 1gb (GB) : 25 + 16 mbps

v. Institutional Repository – Available (10.40.0.4)

vi. Content management system for e-learning – Available

vii. Participation in Resource sharing networks/consortia (like Inflibnet) -Available

(DELNET)

4.2.6 Provide details (per month) with regard to.

i. Average number of walk-ins– 2369 per month

ii. Average number of books issued/returned– 567 per month

iii. Ratio of library books to students enrolled– 32 per student

iv. Average number of books added during last three years - 2031 per year

v. Average number of login to opac(OPAC) – Information not available

vi. Average number of login to e-resources- Information not available

vii. Average number of e-resources downloaded/printed – Information not available

viii. Number of information literacy trainings organized -10

4.2.7 Give details of the specialized services provided by the library

i. Manuscripts - Available

ii. Reference -Available

iii. Reprography -Available

iv. ILL (Inter Library Loan Service) - Available

v. Information deployment and notification (Information deployment and

Notification) - Available


Page 113

vi. OPAC – Available

vii. Internet Access - Available

viii. Download - Available

ix. Printing - Available

x. Reading list/Bibliography compilation - Available

xi. In-house/remote access to e-resources -Available

xii. User Orientation and awareness - Available

xiii. Assistance in searching Databases - Available

xiv. INFLIBNET/IUC facilities – Available (DELNET)

4.2.8 Provide details on the annual library budget and the amount spent for purchasing new

books and journals.

Library procures books, journals etc. and subscribes to e-resources based on the requisitions of

users (faculty, students and staff). On a regular basis, Library organizes in-house book

exhibitions in order to facilitate the procurement of latest titles. Mentioned below are the details

of procurement of books, journals and e-resources by Library:

Number

2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

Number Total

Number Total

Number Total

Total

Cost Cost Cost Cost

Books 1565 2655204 2696 3068105 1436 1269273 1963 2367774

Journals/

Periodicals 247 2064177 247 1752118 216 722943 230 901691

e-

resources 16 4828537 13 3306076 12 2740401 13 2208956

4.2.9 Does the library get the feedback from its users? If yes, how is it analyzed and used for

improving the library services.

Yes, the Library collects feedback from all students on a yearly basis. The feedback is analyzed

and shared with the Library Advisory Committee. The committee takes the discusses the

feedback and suggestions are discussed to improve the library facilities.

4.2.10 List the infrastructural development of the library over the last four years.

Following infrastructural developments have been undertaken:

i. 20 Book shelves have been added for the stacking of newly purchased books.

ii. CCTV system implemented for the additional security purpose.

iii. Computer systems were upgraded with latest configuration.

4.2.11 Did the library organize workshop/s for students, teachers, non-teaching staff of the

College to facilitate better Library usage?

Yes, the library organizes workshop during the orientation program for the newly joined


Page 114

students. Library also provides all access related details to the newly joined faculty and staff

members. In addition, the library details are available in library brochure that can be downloaded

from www.imtnagpur.ac.in. Further, the library staff is open to resolve any problem that a user

(faculty, staff or students) is facing.

4.3 IT Infrastructure

4.3.1 Does the College have a comprehensive IT policy addressing standards on IT Service

Management, Information Security, Network Security, Risk Management and Software Asset

Management?

The Institute provides technological and information resources to faculty, staff, and students

pursuing the mission of IMT Nagpur and used to the extent that they promote that mission.

Technological and information resources are accessed and utilized in an ethical manner. All

users of technological and information resources adhere to high moral, legal, and professional

standards, and are expected to support the mission, and act in the best interests of IMT Nagpur.

IMT Nagpur supports accessibility to technological resources and strives to provide state-of-the-

art, environment friendly facilities for all members of the institution community. The institution

acknowledges its responsibility to all faculty, staff, and students to provide a safe and healthy

technical environment for work and study.

The Institute has clearly defined policy on usage of IT which broadly covers:

Access

Acceptable use policy

Unacceptable use

User responsibilities

Account Security

Internet Usage

Electronic mail (E-Mail) Use (including chat rooms, messenger services or similar)

Copyright

Compliance

Protecting Confidentiality, Integrity and Accuracy

Privacy

Anti-Virus Policy

IT Asset Disposal Policy

Replacement of Equipment

Support Services, and

Backup Policy

4.3.2 Give details of the College‟s computing facilities (hardware and software).

a) Number of systems with configuration

b) Computer-student ratio

c) Dedicated computing facility

d) LAN facility

http://www.imtnagpur.ac.in/


Page 115

e) Wifi facility

f) Propriety software / Open source softwares

g) Number of nodes/ computers with internet facility

h) Any other

IMT Nagpur has been conceptualized as a centre for corporate excellence. The fully Wi-Fi

campus has been meticulously designed to meet world standards. The “Hot-Zone” created by the

wireless LAN provides students with wireless accessibility at any place within the campus.

The IT Resource Centre divides into two sections of 61 higher system configuration desktop,

each well-equipped with latest technology and all system are ensured with the latest versions of

software. Both labs are connected high speed distributed structured CAT-6 cable network that

gives a connectivity of 1Gbps and secure high-speed internet connectivity.

The Institute has following various computing resources for students, faculty and staff.

Particulars Numbers

Desktop Computers

Students 244 (in 3 IT Labs)

(including 61 backup

inventory)

Staff 54

Laptops

Faculty 50

Staff 07

Servers 12

Printers 76

Each faculty in the Institute is provided with a laptop and a printer in his/her office cabin. Apart

from this, students also have their own laptops. The computer-student ratio is 1:1. All computers

(desktops and laptops) have access to internet.

Computing Resources – Configurations and Quantity

Desktops

S. No. Model No. Qty.

1 HP Compaq D220M 16

2 HP Compaq Dx6120MT 50

3 HP Compaq Dx2280 32


5 HP Compaq Dc7100cmt (Workstation) 02

6 HP Compaq Pro 6300 MT 75

7 HP Compaq Pro 6300 MT 61


TOTAL 298


Page 116

Laptops

S.No. Model No. Qty.

1 HP - Compaq-6720s 05

2 HP - Compaq 2210b 01

4 HP ProBook 4530S 15

5 Dell - Vostro 1250 01

6 HP ProBook 4540S 35

TOTAL 57

Servers


1 HP Proliant DL380 G6/Xeon 04

2 HP Proliant Dl-380 G4/Xeon 01

3 HP Proliant Dl-360 G4/Xeon 02



6 HCl- Infinity NAS 2700S0/Xeon 01

TOTAL 12

Printers


1 HP laser Jet 1015 04

2 HP laser JetJ022 46

3 HP laser Jet 2600n (Color) 01

4 HP PSCF2608(AII-ln-One) . 01

5 HP PSC1608 (AII-In-One) 01

6 Epson LQ1150 01

7 Epson LX-300+. 01

8 Zebra TLP 2844 01

9 HP laser Jet P1008 15

10 HP LaserJet M1130 MFP Series 04

11 HP LaserJet CP1215 01

TOTAL 76

Video Conferencing : Polycom VSX 7000 01

Software details :

Software Details

S.No. Type of Software

No. of User

License

1) Operating System

Windows 2008, 2K3, Advance Server,

Campus

Agreement


Page 117

Windows 7 ,Windows 8.0

Campus

Agreement

Red Hat Linux 9.0 Open Source

2) Application Software

A) Office Automation

Microsoft Office 2010 / 2007

Campus

Agreement

Front Page 2000

Campus

Agreement

MS Infopath

Campus

Agreement

MS Visio

Campus

Agreement

MS Project

Campus

Agreement

Online Learning and Teaching Unlimted user

ASSET Expert Unlimted user

PIS (Placement Information System) Multi Users

Staff Employee Bio-attendance

System Multi Users

HR Management System Integrated

with Bio Attendance Multi Users

Vehicle Management System Multi Users

Student Bio-Attandace System and

Integrated with OLT System- In

Process Multi Users

Moodle 2.5 Open Source

B) ERP

Microsoft Dynamics AX-2012 -

Academic Alliance free for Education

Institute

C) Plagiarism Software

Turnitin 100 Users

D) Statistical Analysis

SPSS 18.0 40 Users

SPSS Text Analysis Surveys 2.1 4 Users

SPSS AMOS 16.0 4 Users

Clementine 11.1 10 Users

Eviews 6.0 Single User

E) Management Simulation

Marketplace

F) Library Management

LibSys 6.0 Multi Users


Page 118

Web Opac Multi Users

G) Accounts

Tally ERP 9 Rel. 4.8 Multi User

Taxman - TDS 2013 Multi User

3) Language Compilers

Visual Studio Enterprise 6.0 Pro

Campus

Agreement

Turbo C++ 35 Users

4) RDBMS/ Front-end Software

Microsoft Access

Campus

Agreement

SQL Server 2008

Campus

Agreement

5) Anti Virus

Symantec End-Point 12.1 350 Users

6) Firewall/Bandwidth Management

Cyberoam 10.04.3 build 543 500 Users

4.3.2 What are the institutional plans and strategies for deploying and upgrading the IT

infrastructure and associated facilities?

The Institute has embarked on the following up-gradation in the following areas:

i. Bio-Attendance System for Student attendance in - 14 Nos. class rooms.

ii. Bandwidth up-gradation 33 MBPS to 75 MBPS in all hostels for the AY 2014-15. It

will cater to the internet requirements of 720 students in the campus along with access to

faculty and staff members in the entire campus.

iii. One of the Boys‟ Hostel along with Faculty Residence Area which were earlier provided

with LAN facility for internet are now being up gradated with Wi-Fi facility.

4.3.3 Give details on access to online teaching and learning resources and other knowledge,

and information provided to the staff and students for quality teaching, learning and research.

The Institute provides excellent resources for high quality teaching-learning activities and

research.

Usage of intranet:

Network Based and web based application software and database.

Students are provided with server space to save their work

Student data sharing over the network.

Server space provided to faculty members to share reading materials/ notes etc. with

students

Support to MDP / Conference / Alumni / Annual Event Programs


Page 119

Usage of Internet:

On learning resource centre (LRC) portal of the Institute, a web page is devoted exclusively for

various e-resources like e-periodicals, e-audio visual materials, corporate videos and databases.

Another page is devoted for links to e-newspapers both national and international.

Mail

Online Certificate Exam

Online Quiz

Online (self-evaluation)

Online Test for Placement

Online Database

Online Live Lecture

Web – Conference / Workshop / Company Interaction

Find material of related project and research work

Company information

Web Development

All e-resources

E-Journals: Proquest, EBSCO, J-Gate Management Sciences, Sage Online, Science

Direct, Legal Pundit:

Social network media: Facebook,

E-news: National – Business Line, Times of India, etc., International –Chicago Tribune,

Washington Post, etc.

E-Books: Ibiblio collection Index Ebooks, Man in Nature, etc., Dictionary, Encyclopedia,

Quotations, & various resources on management like CRM, Finance and Accounting,

Human Resources and Organization, etc.

4.3.4 Give details on the ICT enabled classrooms/learning spaces available within the College

and how they are utilized for enhancing the quality of teaching and learning.

The Institute has provided state of the art IT infrastructure to enable computer aided teaching and

learning. The Institute encourages extensive use of ICT resources for teaching and learning. All

faulty members have been allotted a laptop for this purpose. All classrooms, seminar halls and

auditorium are equipped with quality audio-video facilities and multimedia projectors. The

campus is fully wi-fi enabled and internet connectivity is available in all classrooms, seminar

halls and auditorium. Further, the Institute has video conferencing facility that can be connected

to any of the class rooms.

The Institute has always focused on student centric teaching and learning. In this process, the

ICT enabled infrastructure plays a vital role. Availability of quality audio-video systems and

multimedia projectors in classrooms facilitates the faculty member. Use of power-point, excel

spreadsheets, videos, and online databases in classrooms helps the students to master the basic

and advanced understanding of the subject with greater clarity in application of the concepts.

Students also play a critical role here. For example, in many courses the students are allotted

exercises/ assignments in terms of presentation of case studies, topics etc. Such activities not

only enhance the learning outcomes but also develop self-confidence among students. Similarly,


Page 120

in many courses the quizzes are conducted online. All such activities put students at the centre of

the teaching and learning process.

4.3.5 How are the faculty facilitated to prepare computer aided teaching-learning materials?

What are the facilities available in the College or affiliating University for such initiatives?

Faculty members are highly encouraged to make optimum use of IT infrastructure for enhancing

teaching-learning activities. All faculty members are provided with individual laptops and

printers. Faculty very often uses application softwares such as MS Powerpoint, MS Excel, SPSS

etc. in classrooms. Further, the databases such as Bloomberg, Prowess, Capitaline, Industry

Outlook, Economic Outlook etc. are regularly used in classroom. Students are encouraged to use

these databases for their projects and presentations. The Institute has a highly qualified team of

IT professionals who are available for any query / problem related to IT. Facilities for online

learning and testing are available through two applications viz. OLT and Moodle.

In addition, the Institute provides 24 x 7 access to intranet and internet to all the users viz.

faculty, students staff, guests, and visitors. The intranet installed at IMT Nagpur, has advanced

optic fiber cables running at 2 Gbps and a star connected high speed distributed structured CAT-

6 cable network that gives a connectivity of 1Gbps to the entire campus including the student‟s

residence. The Institute has high-speed multi-services enabled network infrastructure. The

network is converged with integrated voice, video and data. The Institute has two leased lines

[Reliance 25 MB (1:1), BSNL 16 MB (1:2)] for providing access to secured and fast internet.

The Institute also provides remote access capability for network users.

4.3.6 How are the computers and their accessories maintained? (AMC, etc.)

Maintenance of IT infrastructure is taken care by the IT department. The Institute has qualified

technical team for maintaining computer and networking facilities. The details of the IT staff are

as below:

Name Designation Academic

Qualification

Professional Qualification

Mr. Sanjay Pandey Manager(IT) M.Sc.(CS),B.Sc CCNP,CCNA,MCP,CIC,DCA

Mr. Shridhar Rao Dy. Manager(IT) MCA, BCA Diploma in Web Design,DB2

Mr. Manoj More Lab. Assistant BCA DCHM,CCNA,MCP,I.T.I

(Electrician)

Mr. Naushad Minde Lab. Assistant Pursuing MCM Ist

Yr., B.A

MCSA,DCHM,I.T.I(Comp.)

Mr. Fahim Raja H/w Eng. (On

Contract)

B.Sc. H/w Dip.(JetKing)

The Institute has entered in AMC with various private parties for the following services:

Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) in IT labs and Server room

Servers Maintenance

Network and Switches


Page 121

4.3.7 Does the College avail of the National Knowledge Network connectivity directly or

through the affiliating University? If so, what are the services availed of?

No.

4.3.8 Provide details on the provision made in the annual budget for update, deployment and

maintenance of the computers in the College?

The Institute understands the changing environment due to technology. To keep pace with the

changes, the Institute invests liberally for IT resources. The budget allocations for last four years

are as below:

Budget (Rs. in Lakhs)

Year

Up-gradation, maintenance and day

to day operations (Operating

Budget)

Procurement

(Capital

Expenditure

Budget)

2010-11 42.51 49.90

2011-12 46.13 22.50

2012-13 43.55 69.70

2013-14 50.80 38.25


Page 122

4.4 Maintenance of Campus Facilities

4.4.1 Does the College have an Estate Office / designated officer for overseeing maintenance

of buildings, class-rooms and laboratories? If yes, mention a few campus specific initiatives

undertaken to improve the physical infrastructure.

Yes, the Institute has designated officers for overseeing the maintenance of physical

infrastructure. Chief Engineer and Deputy Chief Administrative Officer oversee the maintenance

of physical infrastructure.

The infrastructure of the Institute is best-in-class and following initiatives were taken in last one

year to improve it further:

Sewage treatment plant was installed in the year 2013.

As a part of energy conservation drive, all sodium vapor street lights were replaced with

LED lights.

New block of faculty residence is added with 12 apartments in the year 2014

The internet bandwidth has been proposed to increase to 75 mbps (1:1). This shall be

effective from June 1, 2014

A new air-conditioned 48 seater bus has been added to the fleet of Institute‟s transport

A new IT lab with 60 terminals was added in financial year 2013-14.

4.4.2 Does the College appoint staff for maintenance and repair? If not, how are the

infrastructure facilities, services and equipment maintained? Give details.

Yes, the Institute has dedicated staff for maintenance and repair activities. Chief Engineer and

Deputy Chief Administrative Officer oversee the maintenance of physical infrastructure.

The Institute has 45 housekeeping staff (gents and ladies) for the cleaning of the bathrooms,

hostel rooms, hostel corridors, hostel premises as well for cleaning and upkeep of the

classrooms and administrative areas like faculty offices, director‟s office, Administrative

offices, Mess, Library, Placement department, Academic Programs Office, etc. The Institute

also has three classroom facilitators who assist the faculty members and visiting faculty/guests to

conduct classes. These facilitators are responsible for upkeep of the classrooms and report any

kind of problem to concerned department like IT, Administration, Housekeeping, Academic

program office. Further, the Institute has seven office assistants in various departments and areas

like faculty & director office(s), library, administration, accounts, placement, APO. These office

boys help faculty members in carrying out inter-office work and also they also serve refreshment

from time to time. The Institute has 15 acres of green landscape many lawns, flower beds & pots,

trees and shrubs. The Institute has 21 gardening staff comprising of a head gardener and many

support gardening staff who maintain round-the-year greenery in the campus. The Institute hired

38 private security personnel for 24x7 round-the-year security of the campus. These security

personnel are responsible for security of hostel premises, administrative buildings and other key

assets in the campus.

Maintenance and repair of the infrastructure is taken care in systematic manner. Staff appointed

for cleaning and maintenance of building carry out Day to day maintenance. The Institute has

designated areas for sensitive equipments such as generators, water coolers and purifiers etc. The


Page 123

support staff is responsible for upkeep of these equipments, under the supervision of Deputy

Chief Administrative Officer.

The Institute has on its roll the following support staff:

Facilitators Numbers

Carpenters 01

Electricians 03

Plumbers 02

Since the Institute has three in-house electric generators (100 KV (Kirloskar) – 01 No., 125

KV (Bhaskar) – 02 Nos), the electricians are on-duty in the campus 24x7 for uninterrupted

electricity supply in event of power-cuts or power failure.

The Institute has entered in AMC with various private parties for the following services:

Water Purification (Aqua Guard)

Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) in IT labs and Server room

Servers Maintenance

Network and Switches


Page 124

CRITERION V: STUDENT SUPPORT AND PROGRESSION

5.1 Student Mentoring and Support

5.1.1 Does the College have an independent system for student support and mentoring? If yes,

what are its structural and functional characteristics?

Institute has informal mentoring system; students can approach faculty members any time during

the office hours with prior appointment. Faculty members also act as guides for their Summer

Internship Projects.

5.1.2 What provisions exist for academic mentoring apart from class room work?

Being residential program students are encouraged to meet the concerned faculty members

outside the classroom hours. Faculty members guide them to prepare for their SIP and placement

interview. Special attention is given to the weak students and they are asked to meet the faculty

regularly.

5.1.3 Does the College provide personal enhancement and development schemes for students?

If yes, describe techniques employed e.g., career counselling, soft skill development, etc.

i. Student Counselor: The Girls‟ Hostel warden is the acting student counselor in the

Institute with background in Psychology. She counsels the students either when

approached by students voluntarily or as required by the Institute.

ii. Mock Interviews: During the AY 2012-13, after a Need Assessment &Analysis workshop

conducted by an external expert and followed by a series of workshops and training in

communication skills, at the end of AY 2012-13, mock interview was conducted for all the

students for testing their overall knowledge of the subjects, general market/industry and

analysis of their attitudes & behavior. Various panels comprising of faculty member and two

experts from industry and field of psychology was setup to conduct the interview. The

proceedings of the mock interview were videotaped and handed over to the respective student

along with feedback of the panel members.

iii. Comprehensive Viva-Voce: The Institute also conducted a comprehensive viva-voce for

each student in each subject at the end of each trimester.

iv. Career Guidance and Placement: The Placement Department‟s Manager –Corporate

Relations conducts career guidance and counseling for the students on ongoing basis. The

students seek an appointment with the manager and discuss their inhibitions, doubts, and seek

guidance.

5.1.4 Does the College publish its updated prospectus and handbook annually? If yes, what are

the activities / information included / provided to students through these documents? Is there a

provision for online access?


Page 125

Institute publishes both prospectus and student handbook annually.

Prospectus: The Institute publishes the admission brochure every year providing the latest

information about IMT, Nagpur. It includes details of fees, faculty profile and other

infrastructure details.

Student Handbook: Every academic year, at the time of registration of the student, a student

handbook is given. The handbook is prepared by the program chairperson, which is revised every

year (depending on the changes/requirements) after thorough discussions in annual faculty

meeting held at the end of each academic year.

The student handbook acts as academic guide to the student community. The handbook also

contains various rules and regulations related to usage of library and other facilities like, hostel

student mess and other general clauses. The handbook starts with “notice on ragging”, followed

by introduction to the Institute, academic programs, academic calendar, pedagogy, attendance,

evaluation, faculty feedback, examination. The Handbook also cites various rules and regulations

related to discipline in the campus.

5.1.5 Specify the type and number of scholarships / free ships given to students

(UG/PG/M.Phil/Ph.D./Diploma/others in tabular form) by the College Management during the

last four years. Indicate whether the financial aid was available on time.

Scholarships & Awards: IMT Nagpur offers institutional scholarships to the students every

year. These scholarships include the 'Institute Day Merit Scholarship' and the 'Late Mahendra

Nath Merit cum Means Scholarship' which amounts to approximately total of 10-12 Lakhs of

Rupees every year. Scholarships' Award is an annual event that aims to recognize exceptional

individual students who have shown noteworthy excellence in academia.

Institute Day Merit Scholarship

'Institute Day' of IMT, Nagpur is celebrated every year on the 26th July. Established to

recognize the academic achievements of students, a competitive merit scholarship is awarded by

the Institute on this day based upon the students' academic performance. The toppers of first year

batch are awarded scholarships on this day. All the enrolled students of the PGDM Program are

considered for scholarships. No additional application is required for this scholarship. The

criterion for selection is purely on merit basis. There are various categories like Overall Toppers

and Stream Specialization Toppers. These academic merit-based scholarships vary in amount

from year to year.


Page 126

Institute Day Scholarship (2009-11)

Overall Topper

Sr.

No. R. No Name

1 2009142 Mukherjee Shankarshan Shyamal

2 2009211 Revati Naik

3 2009084 Grafila Jain

4 2009071 Keyur Bhalavat

5 2009024 Anirudha Kotgire

6 2009191 Rakesh Bawari

7 2009078 Divya Mehta

8 2009139 R Dipti

9 2009008 Ankur Kedia

10 2009254 Soumyajit Samanta

HR Courses

Sr.

No. R. No Name



3 2009192 Rashmi Prasad

4 2009205 Rahul Sridhar Raghavan

Marketing Courses

Sr.

No. R. No Name

1 2009082 Gaurav Modi

2 2009149 Poornima Y K

3 2009205 Rahul Sridhar Raghavan

4 2009287 Sonal Chhaparwal

5 2009023 Animesh Srivastav

6 2009031 Deepika Agarwal

7 2009055 Abhay Verma

8 2009071 Keyur Bhalavat


10 2009080 G Hareesh

11 2009139 R Dipti


Page 127

12 2009141 Meghana Joshi

13 2009154 Prerana Sharma

14 2009201 Siddharth.M

15 2009209 Rani Treasa Joseph

Finance Courses

Sr.

No. R. No Name

1 2009150 Prakash Bahety


3 2009136 Pooja Surana


Operations Courses

Sr.

No. R. No Name

1 2009008 Ankur Kedia

2 2009084 Grafila Jain





7 2009254 Soumyajit Samanta

IT Courses

Sr.

No. R. No Name

1 2009275 Sreeram R



4 2009144 Neha Jha

5 2009157 Rachita Gulati


7 2009257 Sushant Jaipuria

8 2009282 Varun Somaiya

9 2009315 Tajinder Arora


Page 128

Best Student of exchange Programme with foreign

Universities

Sr.

No. R. No Name

1 2009156 Rachit Bhatia


Overall Topper

Sr. No. R. No Name

1 2010196 Sajal Agrawal

2 2010250 Vidhi Jaiswal

3 2010265 Canute Serrao

4 2010223 Shraya Bharani

5 2010014 Aditi Atre

6 2010104 Kishore P

OB & HRM

Sr. No. R. No Name


2 2010154 Momi Saha


4 2010015 Aditi Chawla

5 2010029 Ananya Palchoudhury


7 2010241 Tanvi Mehta

8 2010259 Anshika Gupta

Marketing

Sr. No. R. No Name




Page 129

Finance

Sr. No. R. No Name

1 2010078 Himanshu Arora


3 2010079 Hitesh Babbar


Operations

Sr. No. R. No Name


2 2010044 Anurag Chogtu

3 2010116 Mayank Chowdhary


IT & MIS

Sr. No. R. No Name





Overall Topper

Sr. No. R. No Name

1 2011197 Sonam Khare

2 2011195 Singla Pooja Rajeshkumar

3 2011120 Neeti Rastogi

4 2011055 Bhuvaneswari Devi Cheruvu

5 2011070 Dushyant Chaturvedi

HR Courses

Sr. No. R. No Name





Page 130

Marketing Courses

Sr. No. R. No Name

1 2011106 Madhulika Gaur

2 2011176 Shankit Agarwal


4 2011054 Bhola Singh


6 2011125 Nikita Chaturvedi

7 2011199 Sudhanshu Sharma

Finance Courses

Sr. No. R. No Name



Operations Courses

Sr. No. R. No Name

1 2011085 Haritha


3 2011127 Nishant Naresh Singhania


IT Courses

Sr. No. R. No Name


2 2011068 Divya Abraham


4 2011190 Siddhartha Roy



7 2011144 Pritika Shukla


9 2011219 Varsha Narsaria


Page 131

Economics Courses

Sr. No. R. No Name



3 2011224 Vibhor Arora


5 2011067 Disha Gupta

6 2011101 Lakshay Mahna

7 2011175 Shalini Jalan


Overall Topper

Sr. No. R. No Name

1 2012383 Shreya Jalan

2 2012316 Sunil Gupta

3 2012294 Shilpi Bhandari

4 2012297 Shreya Mahesh Khandelwal

5 2012195 Ojasvi Prasad

6 2012324 Suchismita Dhal

7 2012245 Ritwika Deb

Marketing Courses

Sr. No. R. No Name

1 2012226 Radhika Agarwal


3 2012012 Abhishek Garg

4 2012081 Avinash Anand

5 2012302 Shrutika Dayal


Finance

Sr. No. R. No Name

1 2012256 Rohit Kanoi



Page 132

HR & OB

Sr. No. R. No Name


2 2012135 Kanika Bhatia


IT

Sr. No. R. No Name

1 2012079 Ashish Kumar Gupta


3 2012093 Bhawana Moondra


5 2012253 Sagar Ahuja

6 2012294 Shilpi Bhandari


8 2012324 Suchismita Dhal

OM

Sr. No. Roll No Name

1 2012047 Ankit Choudhury

2 2012114 G Snigdha

3 2012282 Saurabh Singhal

4 2012070 Anoop Sharma C N

5 2012123 Harshit Chugh


Ecnomics

Sr. No. Roll No Name

1 2012123 Harshit Chugh

2 2012159 Mansi Singhal

3 2012374 Vishal Wadhwa

Late Shri Mahendra Nath Merit cum Means Scholarship

Shri Mahendra Nath was a great patriot, an eminent industrialist, educationist, a visionary, a

great institution builder and above all, a karma yogi. He is the founder of IMT Group of

Institutes. Late Shri Mahendra Nath Scholarships are distributed on 'Shri Mahendra Nath

Memorial Day' on 10th September. It's a Merit cum Means Scholarship awarded to second year


Page 133

students, based on their academic performance in first year, socio-economic status, general

behavior and attitude. Students desirous to avail this scholarship apply and submit the

documentary evidence pertaining to their family income. Beneficiaries of the scholarship are

selected from the applicants by a committee of faculty members constituted for the same.

Late Shri Mahendra Nath Scholarship

Batch 2010-12

Sr. No Roll no Name of students

1 2010050 Arjun Dasgupta

2 2010154 Momi Saha

3 2010197 Saket Rathi

4 2010229 Sidharth Aggarwal


6 2010296 Sarita Chowdhary

Batch 2011-13

Sr. No Roll no Name of Students

1 2011253 Pankaj Garg

2 2011019 Aditya Vikram

3 2011004 Aashima Gupta

4 2011154 Rathi Mohit

5 2011201 Supratim Bose

Batch 2012-14

Sr. No Roll No Name of Students

1 2012012 Abhishek Garg

2 2012232 Rajiv Pani

3 2012282 Saurabh Singhal

4 2012291 Shashank



5.1.6 What percentage of students receives financial assistance from state government, central

government and other national agencies? (e.g., Kishore Vaigyanik Protsahan Yojana

(KVPY),SN Bose Fellow, etc.)

Not Applicable


Page 134

5.1.7 Does the College have an International Student Cell to cater to the needs of foreign

students? If so, what measures have been taken to attract foreign students?

To make the international relations process efficient, transparent and accountable, the

international relation office works with advice and decision of International Relations Committee

(IRC). The Chairperson heads the international relations committee, International Relations who

are supported by two other faculty members.

All academic programs of IMT Nagpur are approved and accredited by All India Council for

Technical Education (AICTE) and no major customization is feasible outside the scope provided

by the AICTE. IMT Nagpur therefore maintains consistency in the courses taught during various

programs and both international exchange students and the home students have homogenous

course content, taught in the same classroom together. However, all courses being participatory

in nature, the perspective of exchange students and their application of business problems

becomes part of the course delivery automatically, through discussions, presentations,

participations of foreign students through class deliberations, group works and tasks. Further, as

most of the exchange programs have (dis) similar course credits and performances, the

international relations committee (IRC) with due discussion with our Academics Program Office

(APO) and the Program Chairperson of IMT Nagpur ascertains equivalence. Only after the

recommendation of the IRC over the equivalence of subject credit, the same is accepted by the

APO.

The number of students coming to IMT Nagpur from abroad under the foreign exchange

program has increased over the years. Students from various international institutions in places

like Rennes, France and Kufstein, Austria have been coming to IMT Nagpur on a regular basis.

On the other hand, students from IMT Nagpur also go to various foreign institutions such as

Rennes, Burgundy, Negocia in France and Chonnam in South Korea. IMT Nagpur has signed a

number of MOUs with various institutions abroad to further an objective to have a better

International Relations and increase in the number of students for foreign exchange programs.

5.1.8 What types of support services are available for

a) Overseas students

b) Physically challenged / differently abled students

c) SC/ST, OBC and economically weaker sections

d) Students to participate in various competitions/ conferences in India and abroad

e) Health centre, health insurance etc.

f) Skill development (spoken English, computer literacy, etc.,)

g) Performance enhancement for slow learners / students who are at risk of failure and

dropouts

h) Exposure of students to other institutions of higher learning/ corporates/business houses,

etc.

i) Publication of student magazines

Support for Weak-Students The Institute has policy on remedial for second year students only. The Institute has no remedial

policy for first year students.


Page 135

For second year students, if they have not cleared the threshold of 5.0 CGPA, then remedial

courses will be given to such students.

Maximum three courses (3 credits) would be given to these students.

Lowest score courses would be allotted to the students.

No visiting faculty course will be allotted to the students.

The course instructor of the respective course will assign the coursework / project to the

students.

They have to submit their coursework/project within the stipulated time notified by APO

(Academic Program Office), failing which the course will not be considered for

evaluation.

The grades given by the course instructor will be binding and no request will be

entertained after that.

Those who will be able to clear the threshold of 5 CGPA will be awarded a diploma

subsequently with mention of remedial course/s in their mark sheet, and others have to

repeat second year.

Orientation Program

An orientation program (induction) for every new batch of students is scheduled and conducted

immediately after their registration for program. The program is intended to provide fundamental

conceptual base with an application orientation on core management areas. Sessions on

quantitative techniques, case method of teaching, entrepreneurship development and self

development workshops form part of a two-week induction program. In addition, corporate

interaction sessions delivered by industry professionals and practitioners and an outbound

program of adventure and teambuilding are conducted as part of the orientation program. The

Program Chairperson in consultation with the Dean (academics) structures the orientation

program in terms of its content, distribution of sessions and sourcing of faculty, guest speakers

and other resource persons to execute the program.

Student Counselor

The Girls‟ Hostel warden is the acting student counselor in the Institute with background in

Psychology. She counsels the students either when approached by students voluntarily or as

required by the Institute.

Facilities for Attending Conferences and Workshops

The Institute encourages its students to present papers and participate in the conferences

organized by external bodies in India in order to supplement their academic inputs at the Institute

with views from external experts.

In this AY 2013-14, students have participated in various sports and cultural events held at IIM-

Bangalore, IMT-Ghaziabad, IMT-Hyderabad, IIT Roorkee. The students have also presented

papers in various conferences held in India and abroad.

Communication Training

In this AY 2013-14, a series of workshops was conducted by an external expert on resume

writing for PGDM I and II year students.


Page 136

Another external expert was invited to conduct a series of workshops for PGDM students for

need assessment and analysis with objective to identify the students‟ communication skills. After

this assessment and analysis, a training program was developed which is spread across three tri-

semesters.

Medical Assistance to students Medical room/Availability of Doctor: The Institute has a medical room and a dispensary. A

doctor is available round the clock for any medical assistance. A vehicle is also available with

resident driver in case of any medical emergencies. Institute provides medical insurance of 3

lakhs to each student.

Overseas Students

The world is shrinking and the corporate world even more so. The economies across the globe

are rapidly integrating into a mega world economy. In this era of strategic alliances, joint

ventures and unpredictable market conditions, cross cultural capabilities and visionary leadership

are prerequisites for corporate worldwide. Clearly, the need of the hour is leaders with a global

perspective on economic, technological, cultural and political interfaces with business.

IMT Nagpur, as per its mission, prepares students who are not only resourceful at regional level,

but also leaders who are global in their approach. IMT Nagpur provides conducive environment

and infrastructure for its students to ignite and sustain a passion for excellence at international

levels. With this, IMT Nagpur realizes the importance of international exposure for its students.

To achieve this objective, IMT Nagpur, through its international relations office, has

collaboration with a large number of reputed institutions and universities, for students exchange

in order to expose them to prevalent international practices in business and management

education.

To make the international relations process efficient, transparent and accountable, the

international relation office works with advice and decision of International Relations Committee

(IRC). The Chairperson heads the international relations committee, International Relations who

are supported by two other faculty members.

All academic programs of IMT Nagpur are approved and accredited by All India Council for

Technical Education (AICTE) and no major customization is feasible outside the scope provided

by the AICTE. IMT Nagpur therefore maintains consistency in the courses taught during various

programs and both international exchange students and the home students have homogenous

course content, taught in the same classroom together. However, all courses being participatory

in nature, the perspective of exchange students and their application of business problems

becomes part of the course delivery automatically, through discussions, presentations,

participations of foreign students through class deliberations, group works and tasks. Further, as

most of the exchange programs have (dis) similar course credits and performances, the

international relations committee (IRC) with due discussion with our Academics Program Office

(APO) and the Program Chairperson of IMT Nagpur ascertains equivalence. Only after the

recommendation of the IRC over the equivalence of subject credit, the same is accepted by the

APO.


Page 137

The number of students coming to IMT Nagpur from abroad under the foreign exchange

program has increased over the years. Students from various international institutions in places

like Rennes, France and Kufstein, Austria have been coming to IMT Nagpur on a regular basis.

On the other hand, students from IMT Nagpur also go to various foreign institutions such as

Rennes, Burgundy, Negocia in France and Chonnam in South Korea. IMT Nagpur has signed a

number of MOUs with various institutions abroad to further an objective to have a better

International Relations and increase in the number of students for foreign exchange programs.

Students to participate in various competitions/ National and International

Students are encouraged to participate in the competitions organized by external bodies.

Application for such participation is forwarded to the Chairman, Student Affairs. The

Chairman, Student Affairs will formally accord his consent after ascertaining evidence of

participation. All application, so cleared by the Chairman, Student Affairs, shall be eligible for

absence from classes for the respective period and attract other provisions that may be decided

from time to time. Students are also advised to enquire about the separate rules, which exist for

overseas participation.

Publication of student magazines

Institute publishes a quarterly student magazine OPUS. This quarterly magazine is the students‟

initiative in which information about guest speakers, conferences, students‟ achievements, events

organized by various forums and committees, and regarding Campus life in general is published.

5.1.9 Does the College provide guidance / coaching classes for Civil Services, Defense

Services, NET/SLET and any other competitive examinations? If yes, what is the outcome?

Institute has a professional PGDM program and most of the students get campus placement after

the completion of the program

5.1.10 Mention the policies of the College for enhancing student participation in sports and

extracurricular activities through strategies such as

Additional academic support, flexibility in examinations

Special dietary requirements, sports uniform and materials

Any other

Official Absence of Students for Evaluations

Students who miss single components of evaluation with a weightage of 15% or more, for

being away on pre-approved work of the Institute, are allowed to appear for a re-

examination. In case of components with lesser weightages, the concerned faculty member can

prorate the marks from similar components. The APO initiates the process for conducting the re-

examination of End term for respective courses. It is the responsibility of concerned student to

co-ordinate with the concerned faculty member for other components of evaluation.Does the

College have an institutionalized mechanism for placement of its students? What services are

provided to help students identify job opportunities, prepare themselves for interview, and

develop entrepreneurship skills?


Page 138

Placement Cell/Department

The Institute has a placement cell/department, commonly called at IMT Nagpur, Placecom, and

is headed by a faculty member referred as Chairperson-Placements. The chairperson, placements

is responsible for coordinating the placement functions and processes in liaison with the

students‟ placement committee; corporate relations manager, placement staff and resident

placement officers located in various cities. The chairman – placements is responsible for

smooth and timely flow of communication and information across all action areas while

reporting to and consulting with the Director on placement strategies from time to time.

A review of the activities is presented by the chairperson at the annual faculty meeting.

The chairperson is appointed by the Director of the Institute for such period as deemed fit and

proper.

The Academic Program Office, APO, also facilitates the smooth functioning of the placement

cell. Company visits to the Campus for placement process is coordinated by the APO

with the placement department. The following activities are coordinated by the APO:

a) The placement department takes the APO‟s consent for the venue requirement for the

whole process.

b) The placement department sends a list of students registered for the process to the APO

which ascertains the number of students participating in the placement process who

will be missing their scheduled class sessions.

c) There is a provision for class attendance equivalence for students taking part in the

placement process. Placement department sends a certified list of students participating in

the placement process to APO for claiming attendance for the missed class sessions

clashing with the process based on which the APO accords attendance compliance.

d) The Placement Department along with its Chairperson and various officers within in the

Institute and in other cities is also assisted by a student-run committee called placement

committee. The senior students‟ members of the committee select the junior committee

following a rigorous process of written test/group discussion followed by a personal

interview. Thus, the Placement Committee has two sub committees –Junior and Senior.

The activities of Placement Committee are coordinated and monitored through Placecom.

5.1.11 Give the number of students selected during campus interviews by different employers

(list the employers and the number of companies who visited the campus annually for the last

four years).

Campus placements

Year Batch size Campus Placements

2012-14 358 264

2011-13 224 140

2010-12 262 190

2009-11 299 229

2008-10 334 205


Page 139

The following is the list of companies visited campus for placements

Year 2009-11

S.

No Company Name

1 ACC Limited

2 ADANI

3

AJIS (Amulya Jeevan Infinite

Solutions)

4 Asian Paints Ltd.

5

Bajaj Allianz General Insurance Co.

Ltd

6

Bank of America Continum Solution

Pvt. Ltd.

7 Berger Paints

8 Capital IQ

9 Crisil

10 DLF

11 Eicher Engineering Solutions

12 ELNATHAN

13 Essar

14 Firefly E-Ventures

15 HCL

16 HDFC Limited

17 Helix Tech.

18 ICICI Bank Limited

19 IDBI Bank

20 IMRB

21 IMT

22 Indiabulls Securities Ltd

23 ING Vysvya Bank Ltd.

S.

No Company Name

24 Jindal Steel & Power Limited

25 JPL Developers Pvt. Ltd

26 Karvy Insurance Broking Limited

27 Kotak Mahindra Bank

28 Larsen & Toubro

29 Lexi

30 Magma Fincorp Limited

31 Mahindra Finance

32 Matrix Cellular

33 Oyster Learning

34 Punj lloyd

35 Ramco Systems Limited

36 Regus

37 SBI Life Insurance Company Limited

38 Sonata Software

39 State Bank of India

40 Sterlite Technology

41 TCS E-Serve

42 Timken Engineering

43 Torrent

44 TVS MOTORS

45 Valiant Automotations

46 YES Bank Ltd.


Page 140

Year 2010-12

S.No. Company Name

1 Asian Paints

2 Verity Knowledge Solutions

3 HDFC Bank

4 CRISIL/ IREVANA

5 SBI Life

6 Welspun

7 Zee Learn

8 TCS

9 ICICI Lombard

10 Bajaj Auto Finance

11 Tata Technologies

12 Capital IQ

13 Bajaj Allianz

14 Magma Fincorp

15 Reckitt Benckiser

16 Infosys BPO

17 ITZ Cash

18 TCS Eserve

19 Kotak Mahindra Bank

20 Grail Research

21 Tata Chemicals

22 Jindal Power Ltd

23 IMRB

24 Aranca

25 L&T

26 Just Dial

27 RMS Regrow

28 Eveready

29 Time Analytics

30 Adani

31 Cheers Interactive

32 Empower Research

33 Futures First

34 Bharat Forge

35 South Indian Bank

36 GVK Bio

S.No. Company Name

37 Tata Motors

38 Timken

39 IDBI Bank

40 TVS Motors

41 KPIT Cummins

42 Torrent

43 Aditya Birla Retail

44 Greenply

45 Raymonds

46 IL & FS

47 FLIP

48 Bank of Baroda

49 Berger

50 Draft FCB

51 Antal International

52 Core Education

53 Manford

54 GVK

55 Tata International

56 Allahabad Bank

57 UCO Bank

58 Johnson and Johnson

59 Adani Wilmar

60 Jubiliant Foods

61 KPMG

62 KCC

63 Progressive Financial Services

64 Indian Overseas Bank

65 Jaro Education

66 Wipro

67 HDFC Bank HR

68 IMT Nagpur

69 99 Acres

70 NexGen


Page 141

Year 2011-13

S.No. Name of company

1 Asian paints

2 Verity knowledge solutions

3 Bajaj auto finance ltd

4 Hdfc ergo

5 ICICI lombard

6 Tata motors

7 Indus health plus

8 Bajaj allianz

9 TCS-eserve

10 Usha international

11 S&P capital IQ

12 SBI life

13 Eclerx

14 IMRB international

15 The Smart Cube

16 Godrej Properties ltd

17 Oxylane ltd

18 L&t hydrocarbon

19 Yes bank

20 Samsung electronics

21 Jindal steel & power ltd

22 Magma fincorp

23 Maruti suzuki

24 Idea cellular

25 Ifb

26 Trident group

27 Toyota kirloskar auto parts

28 99 acres

29 Ecomzera

30 Gift online


31 MU Sigma

32 Red quanta

33 Time analytics

34 Berger paints

35 Mahindra logistics

36 Irelays

37 Wipro

38 Kotak securities

39 Orient cement

40 Kpmg

41 L&t infotech

42 Uco bank

43 Gati

44 Empower research

45 Aditya birla retail

46 Bloomberg

47 Icici securities

48 Paper products ltd

49 Blue star

50 Lic housing finance

51 Rms regrow

52 Torrent pharma

53 Ecosense

54 Zomato

55 Endevour careers

56 Capital via

57 Axis bank

58 Tmtc

59 Tupperware

60 Aspiring minds


Page 142

Year 2012-14


1 VERITY KNOWLEDGE

SOLUTIONS

2 ECLERX

3 HDFC ERGO

4 ASIAN PAINTS

5 ICICI LOMBARD

6 BAJAJ AUTO FINANCE

7 BAJAJ ALLIANZ GENERAL

INSURANCE

8 ICICI BANK

9 DELLOITE

10 SBI LIFE

11 L & T INFOTECH

12 CAPITAL VIA

13 S&P CAPITAL IQ

14 ADITYA BIRLA RETAIL

15 HCL TECHNOLOGIES LTD.

16 GENPACT

17 FLIP

18 ORIENT CEMENT

19 SAGAR GROUP

20 CAREVEL MEDICAL

SYSTEMS

21 TATA AIG

22 KOTAK MAHINDRA BANK

23 ING VYSYA BANK

24 BEROE

25 ITC HOTELS

26 MAGMA FINCORP

27 ADFACTORS

28 GREEDGE

29 EVEREADY INDUSTRIES LTD.


30 99 ACRES

31 BARISTA

32 RMS REGROW

33 GIC HOUSING FINANCE

34 GREENPLY

35 EINS EDUCATION

36 AXIS BANK

37 XL DYNAMICS

38 NIELSEN

39 GRAIL RESEARCH

40 TATA AIA

41 L & T HYDRO CARBON

42 ZOMATO

43 E-Clerx(PPO Offered)

44 Greenlam Laminates

45 Persistent Systems

46 Oxigen

47 Maruti Suzuki

48 Adani Group

49 LICHF

50 Hitech Audio Systems

51 IPSOS

52 KPIT

53 KPMG

54 Neeyamo Enterprise Solutions

55 Mahindra Finance

56 Factset

57 Buzooka

58 Gati

59 Exide


Page 143

60 Phronesis Strategies

61 Bajaj Life

62 Dun & Bradstreet

63 TAS

64 Fractal Analytics

65 Vishvaraj Infrastructure

66 Green Back Forex

67 HDFC Bank

68 BHARTI AIRTEL

69 KHIMJI RAMDAS

70 ARYAKA NETWORKS

71 USIPL

72 SOUTH INDIAN BANK

73 THOMSON REUTERS

[Type text] Page 144

5.1.12 Does the College have a registered Alumni association? If yes, what are its activities

and contributions to the development of the College?

IMT Nagpur has numerous alumni chapters in almost all metro cities. These chapters

regularly conduct alumni meets. However, every year there is one annual alumni meet –

Melange is conducted in the Nagpur campus. Melange, the official alumni meet of IMT

Nagpur, was organized by the alumni committee (ALCOM) on 5th

and 6th

October 2013 last

year.

Melange is organized every year and alumni of all the batches are invited on a personal level.

It is a two day event where alumni live their college days once again, share their corporate

experiences with the current batch and the interaction is done in a very candid way. The

alumni meet their old friends and relive the precious moments spent in IMT Nagpur.

This year Melange saw an overwhelming response, as around 220 alumni came down for the

event. They stayed for two days and attended the batch meet, where there was an interaction

among the alumni, faculty and the current batches. The interaction between alumni and the

faculty assists the faculty in knowing as to what the organization really expects from us,

where lies the gaps and when the curriculum is redesigned or revisited the course instructor

do consider it for improvements and amendments.

5.1.13 Does the College have a student grievance redressal cell? Give details of the nature of

grievances reported and how they were redressed.

Student Grievance Committee/Guidance Cell The Student Grievance Redressal Committee is constituted by the Dean (Academics).

The primary objective of this committee is to redress the grievances (academic or non-

academic) of students of IMT Nagpur. The committee also offers counseling services if any

personal problem is reported. The committee is headed by faculty member and comprises of

other chairpersons like chairperson – PGDM, chairperson – students affairs‟, wardens (boys

hostel), wardens (girls hostel), and the controller of the examination. All these chairpersons

are faculty members of the Institute.

Grievance Redressal Mechanism i. The students of IMT Nagpur, are informed about the existence of such a

committee, the members and the procedure of submitting grievances-academic or

non-academic.

ii. The Grievance Redressal Mechanism does not replace their existing

establishment(s) of IMT Nagpur. Students must approach the respective

establishment(s) within IMT Nagpur first. Only in cases where the issues are not

resolved, they can communicate the matters to Grievance Redressal Committee

(GRC).

iii. In this context, the aggrieved student is required to submit the grievance or

complaint in writing to the coordinator-GRC, IMT Nagpur. Students are advised

to make a detailed submission of grievances along with necessary

evidence(s)/document(s).

iv. The coordinator-GRC, IMT Nagpur, convenes a meeting within ten working days

of receiving the complaint. To facilitate expedition of multiple cases during a

period, the coordinator takes a call for convening the meeting by collating all the


Page 145

cases. Members of the committee discuss and suggest remedial steps or dismiss

as the case may be.

v. The redressal meeting are convened with a quorum of minimum three

members including/excluding the coordinator.

vi. The report, only in case of remedial steps suggested by the committee, is

submitted to Dean, IMT Nagpur, and the same is placed before the Director, IMT

Nagpur within five working days of the meeting.

vii. The decision of committee is communicated to the student within three further

working days. GRC, IMT Nagpur, will also ensure proper and timely

execution of suggested remedial steps through respective establishment(s) of IMT

Nagpur.

5.1.14 Does the College have a cell and mechanism to resolve issues of sexual harassment?

Student‟s disciplinary committee looks into the cases of sexual harassment. Students

Disciplinary Committee (SDC) is working as the representative of Student Body of IMT

Nagpur for quick grievance response, campus disciplinary issues and events/get together

permissions. It is within the scope of the Students Disciplinary Committee's role to strictly

ensure that the college code of conduct and decorum is maintained smoothly and the decision

between Student Body and the management is facilitated. It is the duty of SDC to ensure the

safety and comfort of every student manager and to maintain the dignity and healthy

environment of campus and make IMT a better place for learning.

5.1.15 Is there an anti-ragging committee? How many instances (if any) have been reported

during the last four years and what action has been taken on these?

Anti-Ragging Committee

The Anti-Ragging committee is constituted by the Director as a permanent body

nominating its members from faculty/staff. The composition of the committee shall be as

following:

Hostel Wardens (boys and girls) - Ex-officio Member

Chairperson, Student Affairs - Ex-officio Member

Student Counselor - Ex-officio Member

Other members as nominated by the Director

The Anti-Ragging Committee is vested with the responsibility of preventing any kind of

ragging and is empowered to take spot action in cases of reported instances of acts or

abatement of ragging contingent upon the need and circumstances of such incidents and

reports all such cases/incidents to the Director and Disciplinary Committee for Non-

Academic Issues for appropriate action. The members of the committee keep a constant

vigil at night by rotation, during the period of influx of fresh batch of students. The

Committee addresses all students explaining the various acts that constitute ragging and the

consequences of ragging. The names and contact numbers of the members of anti-

ragging committee are notified by the Director are prominently displayed in the notice

boards at or near the student hostels, mess, class-rooms, main gate of the campus and remains

prominently displayed. The provisions of „Maharashtra Prohibition of Ragging Act, 1999‟

and the guidelines of Supreme Court on ragging are also prominently displayed on all notice

boards in the campus.


Page 146

5.1.16 How does the College elicit the cooperation from all stakeholders to ensure overall

development of the students considering the curricular and co - curricular activities, research,

community orientation, etc. ?

The institute believes in overall development of the students to ensure that, in program

calendar itself specific days for both sports and cultural events are given. Institute also

provides full support to the students participating in national and international conferences.

Students are encouraged to participate in various community and other activities.

5.1.17 What special schemes/mechanisms are in place to motivate students for participation

in extracurricular activities such as sports, cultural events, etc?

The Institute lays great emphasis on co-curricular activities like sports, literature and socio-

cultural events. Various committees conduct the events leading to exercising the student

minds and bodies and manifest creativity and team spirit in them.

The following student committees and forums are entirely run by the students with

activity /functional focus at IMT Nagpur, with the assistance and guidance of a faculty

member who is either an activity Chairperson or functional chairperson.

Student Forums i. Okonomos– The Business and Economics Forum: Okonomos – Greek for

economics – promotes interest in day-to-day occurrences in the world of business, as

well as inter-disciplinary interactions. Through its activities, Okonoms brings a

practical approach to classroom learning. Activities such as budget symposium,

panel discussions, business games, B-plans are regularly conducted by this forum.

ii. Marque– Marketing Forum: It is a platform for budding marketing

professionals. It provides a stage to discuss latest trends and concepts in the field of

marketing and share the same with eminent personalities from the corporate

world. The forum also organizes regular marketing-related quizzes, case study

discussions, ad games, panel discussions and guest lectures from eminent

personalities in the industry. Marque team coordinates the annual Marketing

Conclave, Marquepedia – a three-day event comprising of theme-based guest

lectures, discussions, innovative and creative marketing games – intended to link the

real and current marketing scenarios with predefined marketing concepts and models.

iii. Finaholics–Finance Forum:It is an interactive student forum that takes the learning

of Finance beyond the classroom. Acknowledging the need for strong finance

fundamentals, this forum adds knowledge and skills through activities such as mock

stock market games, panel discussions, case studies and presentations. „Smart

Finance‟ is a new concept introduced by Finaholics which helps students learn

difficult concepts in finance in simplest ways like a 4-minute video featuring things

that we experience in day to day life. Finaholics also publish Maalamal Weekly to

solidify the understanding in finance.

iv. StrategIT–IT Forum: The forum strives to ensure that IMTians stay ahead of the

knowledge curve by inculcating computing logic and key skills. It achieves this by

organizing discussions on successful as well as failed implementations of

information models, internet-based business modeling, quizzes and industry

interaction with eminent practicing IT professionals.


Page 147

v. XploHRe–HR Forum: Acknowledging the need and importance of HR in the ever-

competitive and globalized corporate world, XploHRe conducts role plays,

guest lectures, and hosts various games to equip the students with necessary

people skills.

vi. Cyclops– Operations Forum: Cyclops provides a platform for IMTians to

showcase their creativity and ingenuity in operations management and allied

activities. The forum conducts various events and games based on concepts of

operations management. It is also a medium to update students on the latest

developments in the field of operations and supply chain management. The forum

guides students desiring to take up APICS certification exams and helps them

prepare for various B-School events in Operations management.

vii. Brain Dread– Quiz Forum: From the quiz junkies to the casual quizzers,

everyone can pitch their brains against each other in regular, specialized quizzes in

the areas like business, sports, marketing, IT, general quiz etc. BrainDread has

made a mark outside IMT Nagpur, as well in various B-quizzes such as AIMA Quiz,

Pune; Tata Crucible; IMT Ghaziabad; NMIMS, Mumbai; Nirma fest and VNIT Quiz.

It has conducted quizzes at IMT Nagpur e-35‟with professional quizzers like Pranab

Mukherjee and Avinash Mudaliar.

viii. Vyaktitva–Personality Development Forum: Vyaktitvahas been founded on the

firm belief that within every human being lies unlimited potential – the power to

dream big and then realize those dreams. It has been the quest at Vyaktitva to bring

out the best in people through interventions specifically designed to enhance their

performance. This group organizes activities such as presentations,

extempore, group discussions, mock interviews and news reading. It is also

entrusted with the noble task of organizing the Blood Donation Camp every year on

the occasion of Institute Day.

ix. KILKARI (The language of Love): A student driven initiative supported and

sponsored by IMT Nagpur, with the object of creating opportunities for meaningful

engagement of students to support NGOs working for differently-abled children on a

sustainable and continuous basis. All the initiatives, activities and endeavors of

KILKARI are undertaken, planned and executed by the students in an environment of

participative autonomy, with a Faculty member guiding them in the process.

KILKARI is a catalyst of attitudinal transformation igniting young and

powerful minds towards committing a small part of them to a cause greater than self.

Such an engagement enables them to experience the joy of caring and sharing, the

process which diminishes their own mental, emotional and psychological barriers and

disabilities, leaving a lasting positive impact on their lives.

Students to participate in various competitions/ National and International

Students are encouraged to participate in the competitions organized by external bodies.

Application for such participation is forwarded to the Chairman, Student Affairs. The

Chairman, Student Affairs will formally accord his consent after ascertaining evidence of

participation. All application, so cleared by the Chairman, Student Affairs, shall be eligible

for absence from classes for the respective period and attract other provisions that may be


Page 148

decided from time to time. Students are also advised to enquire about the separate rules,

which exist for overseas participation.

Official Absence of Students for Evaluations

Students who miss single components of evaluation with a weightage of 15% or more, for

being away on pre-approved work of the Institute, are allowed to appear for a re-

examination. In case of components with lesser weightages, the concerned faculty member

can prorate the marks from similar components. The APO initiates the process for conducting

the re-examination of End term for respective courses. It is the responsibility of concerned

student to co-ordinate with the concerned faculty member for other components of

evaluation.

5.1.18 How does the College ensure participation of women in „intra‟ and „inter‟ institutional

sports competitions and cultural activities? Provides details of sports and cultural activities in

which such efforts were made?

The institute encourages participation of women in both intra and inter institutional sports

competitions and cultural activities.


Page 149

5.2 Student Progression

5.2.1 Provide details of programme-wise success rate of the College for the last four years.

How does the College compare itself with the performance of other autonomous Colleges /

universities (if available)

Not Applicable

5.2.2 Providing the percentage of students progressing to higher education or employment

(for the last four batches) highlight the observed trends.

Student progression %

UG to PG

PG to M.Phil

PG to Ph.D

Employed

Campus selection

Other than campus recruitment

Most of the students are placed in well known companies; some of the students have started

their own ventures and some have gone for FPM or doctorate program.

Campus placements

Year Batch size Campus Placements

2012-14 358 264

2011-13 224 140

2010-12 262 190

2009-11 299 229

2008-10 334 205

5.2.3 What is the Programme-wise completion rate/dropout rate within the time span as

stipulated by the College/University?

Around 90% of the students complete the program within the stipulated time (i.e. 5 years)

5.2.4 What is the number and percentage of students who appeared/ qualified in

examinations like UGC-CSIR-NET, UGC-NET, SLET, ATE / CAT / GRE / TOFEL /

GMAT / Central / State services, Defense, Civil Services, etc.

Not Applicable

5.2.5 Provide details regarding the number of Ph.D/D.Sc./D.Litt. theses submitted,

accepted, resubmitted and rejected in the last four years.

The institute does not have its own Ph. D program


Page 150

5.3 Student Participation and Activities

5.3.1 List the range of sports and games, cultural and extracurricular activities available to

students. Provide details of participation and program calendar.

IMT Nagpur organizes inter college event called Milestone 35 and sports meet called

Ranbhoomi, which are part of the academic calendar and special days are allotted for these

activities every year.

Milestone 35: The Annual Cultural Fest of IMT Nagpur represents the fruits of effort put in

by a crucible of talented young minds, having the right mix of contemporary management

ideas, ingenuity and business „gyaan‟ – all packed up with loads of energy and passion.

Milestone 35 provides a perfect platform for confluence of ideas with colleagues from peer

management institutions across India and corporate representatives.

Sports: IMT Nagpur believes in the dictum “Work hard and Play hard”. In-house and inter

house physical sports meets are part of normal student life. Apart from that, a two-day non-

stop sports event Ranbhoomi is conducted for students and alumni. This, apart from serving

as a welcome change from rigorous academic routine, helps in better boding between alumni

and the Institute.

5.3.2 Provide details of the previous four years regarding the achievements of students in

co-curricular, extracurricular activities and cultural activities at different levels: University /

State / Zonal / National / International, etc.

IMT Nagpur encourages its students to participate in co-curricular, extracurricular and

cultural activities at different levels; details of their achievements are given below

Academic Year: 2013-14

Sports Achievements

S.

No. Name Awards

1 Vignesh

Ravichandran

1. Captained the IMT-N Cricket team at Athlos 2013

(XIM-B) and ended Runners.

2. Captained the IMT-N Cricket team at Periodos 2014

(IMT-H) and ended Winners.

2 Siddharth Mathur

1. Most valuable player in Ranbhoomi 2013

2. Member of the winning team in Ranbhoomi 2012 &

2013

3. Member of the winning team at Periodos (IMT

Hyderabad sports fest) 2014.

3 Divya Singh

1. Represented IMT Nagpur at Periodos (sports fest at

IMT -H) and won Table Tennis tournament.

2. Most Valuable Player of IMT-N ( Mahasangram &

Ranbhoomi-2013)


Page 151

3. Winner of Badminton Tournament, Athlos (XIMB-

2013)

4. Winner of Throwball, TT, Basketball, Periodos

(IMT-H, 2014)

4 Tanmay Shah

1.Member of the winning team of both the years at

Rannbhoomi.

2. Member of the Cricket team which represented our

institute both the years for XIMB and IMT -

Hyderabad.

3. Member of the basketball team of IMT - N that went

to XIMB.

5 Ameya Sood

1. Won a few basketball tournaments in college at

various intra college events.

2. Represented IMT-N at XIMB for tennis and stood

second in the inter college sports event if XIMB

College.

-3. Represented IMT-N at IMT-Hyderabad in

basketball sport and emerged as the winner amongst 7

other colleges that participated in it.

6 Shashank Doveriyal Won at IMT hyderabad.

7 Anuja Sinha

1. Winner silver medal for 100 m at Atholos,XIMB in

2013

2. Winner badminton at Atholos,XIMB in 2013

3. Winner basketball at Atholos,XIMB in 2013

8 Akhil Bedi

1. Won Best player for volleyball in Runbhoomi &

mahasangram (2012-13)

2. Won Best player for volleyball in Runbhoomi

(2013-14)

3. Winners of volleyball competition held at XIMB

bhubaneshwar

4. Winners of volleyball competition held at IMT-

hyderabad

9 Abirbira Samal Winners of Volleyball in the Inter B School

tournament at IMT, Hyderabad.

10 Aakash Kishan Runners up in LAN Gaming Competition (Counter

Strike) of Milestone 35.

11 Shweta Hasija

1. Awarded 1st position in Ranbhoomi‟13, in-house

sports event at IMT, Nagpur in the year 2013.

2. Awarded 1st position in Ranbhoomi‟12, in-house

sports event at IMT, Nagpur in the year 2012.

3. Awarded emerging Basketball player Trophy in

Ranbhoomi‟12, in-house sports event at IMT, Nagpur

in the year 2012.


Page 152

12 Sourya

Bhattacharya

1. Member of the IMT Nagpur team which won the

Table Tennis Event in the Inter-college Sports Meet

(Periodos '14) organised by IMT Hyderabad in 2014.

2. Awarded The Best Emerging Player in Table Tennis

in the Intra-college Sports Event (Ranbhoomi '13)

organised by IMT Nagpur in 2013.

13 Rohit Suneja Part of college cricket team, which won inter college

competition at IMT Hyderabad.

14 Paramveer Singh

1. Won football at IMT-Hyderabad (2014)

2. Won Ranbhoomi (2013)

3. Stood third in mahasangram (2013)

Inter College Cultural Achievements

S. No. Name Awards

1 Punyashlok Dwibedy Chairperson UN General Assembly, BITS Pilani,

Hyderabad campus, MUN held in October 2013

2 Divya Singh Won 1st prize in short film competition at IIM-B

cultural fest Unmaad in 2013

3 Achinthyo Kumar Participated in Unmaad IIM-B cultural fest.

4 Aakash Kishan

Participated in Dance Competition, 'Nukkad

Natika' and On-Spot Acting Competition held at

IIM, Banglore.

5 Priyanka Tiwari Shortlisted in top 9 in India in essay writing

organised by ambitionME in Mint Contest

6 Phalguni Banerjee * Participated in group and solo dance dance

competition at IIM Bangalore fest 2013

7 Suhasini Verma Came second in Intra- College Cultural Fest -

Milestone 34 Buzzhard, 2012

8 Shweta Singh First prize in dance and fashion show in milestone

35- Buzz Hard year-2012

9 Mukul Walia

Won 1st prize in Gangster city the national event

organised by strategit.

Won 2nd prize in Excelometer in the national

event organised by strategit.

Won 2nd prize in oconomos game in M35


Page 153

Inter- College Management Achievements

S.

No. Name Awards

1 Praveen Iyer Won 1st prize in UDYAM ,B-plan event at IIM Raipur

2 Rahul Mishra Won 1st prize in UDYAM ,B-plan event at IIM Raipur

3 Aditya Sharan 2nd runner's up in Marketing forum of IMT Nagpur's

National event Marquepedia 2014

4 Sumant Kharbanda

Stood first in trojan ( event in ranniti-national festival

of strategit)

Stood first in suitup (event in marquepedia-national

festival of marque)

Stood first prize in okonomos event

5 Sunny Krishna Won 1st position in Intercollege finance event

organized at IMT,Nagpur Milestone 35

6 Ashajyoti Parida Was declared winner in an article writing competition

by K J Somaiya in august 2013.

7 Supreet Kini 4th Place, 1000 Faces, Ignisense, B-School Fest of

SIIB, Pune

8 Shweta Singh 2nd prize in Xplohre game in Milestone 35 - Azzardo

year-2013

9 Prasoon

Won 1st prize twice in „Konnexion‟- a national event

conducted by Marque(Marketing forum) at IMT

Nagpur, one in customer retention workshop and

another in case study competition.Finalists in Mahindra

Rise Scorpio case study competition organized in

„Melange‟, an event conducted by K.J. Somaiya

Institute of Management Studies & Research, Mumbai.

10 Rahul Mishra

Stood amongst top-5 teams all over India in IIT-

MUMBAI Strategia Event in 2012 .On the basis of our

performance 2 IIT Startups ENELEK & Atomberg

came for SIP Recruitment

Stood amongst top-10 teams all over India in IIM-L

Manfest Event,2013

Listed in top-5 teams all over India in IIM RAIPUR

UDYAM B-Plan event on 31st Janyary 2014(going to

attend)-Winner of Marque -Annual Flagship Event of

Marketing Forum in IMT Nagpur,2013

11 Vishal Wadhwa

Winner of workshop event in "Konnexion 2013"

(Marquepedia) held in IMT Nagpur.

Finalists of Mahindra Scorpio case study competition

organised by Mahindra Rise and K J Somaiya Institute

of Management Studies & Research during "Melange

2013".


Page 154

12 Sanchita Mathur

Won an Apple iPod shuffle for being a 'Daily winner'

of the online trading event Pips 'n' Profit, conducted

during Backwaters'12, the annual international

management festival hosted by IIM Kozhikode.

13 Divya Singh

1) Winner of Envision Game (related to entertainment

industry) at Milestone35, 2013.

2) Winner of short film competition, Milestone35,

2013.

3) Runnersup of Venturia (Marketing Game) at

Milestone35, 2013.

14 Soham Bagchi

Won second prize at an all-India Story writing

competition- "Storyhack" organized by SJMSOM, IIT-

Bombay.

Participated as a delegate representing Japan at a

Model G8 Summit "Avenues", organized by SJMSOM,

IIT-Bombay.

15 Vishal Moonka Stood first in the International Marketing Summit at St.

Xaviers college Kolkata

Academic Achievements

S.

No. Name Awards

1 Chakradhar Shah

Topped Faculty Of Management, University Of

Warsaw and IMT, Nagpur with 9.71 GPA in 3rd

trimester.

2 Soham Bagchi

Completed NISM Series V A, Mutual Fund

Distributors certificate under SEBI.

In the process of getting an ARN (AMFI Registration

Number)

3 Sneha Ramesh Amongst the top 10 in class for Rural

marketing,Consumer Behaviour and Sales and

Distribution Management electives

4 Ameya Sood Successful up and running of Campus Oxygen, got it to

a level where we can call it the most profitable

business in campus.

5 Bhawana Moondra Overall 9th rank (first year)

6 Rohit Kanoi Finance topper for first year

7 Mansi Singhal Received merit scholarship for securing second

position in Economics in PGDM 1st Year.

8 Vishal Wadhwa CGPA: 8.16---- Amongst the top 15 students in the

batch(2012-14).

9 Parvati Sameer

Twice "section D" topper(GPA) in term I(8.46) & term

V(9.00).

Secured 2nd rank (GPA) in term V in the entire batch

of 2012-14.


Page 155

10 Shubham Saxena

Was awarded with 'Quick Starter' certificate, 'Silver'

Medal, 'Gold Medal' & 'Platinum Medal' for achieving

the assigned sales target of 250K Rs premium amount

during my SIP in IDBI Federal Life Insurance Co. Ltd.

11 Ojasvi Prasad

1. Secured 'Fourth' Position in 1st Year across all

sections

2. Secured 'Second' Rank in HR & OB in 1st Year

3. Secured 'Second' Rank in IT in 1st Year

12 Swati Bhatt First trimester 8.85 and 2nd trimester 9 CGPA.

13 Utkarsh Batch Topper - Services Marketing Elective

14 Monika Sindhu 1st year class topper (Section C).

15 Ritwika Deb 5th batch topper for 1st year PGDM

16 Nitin Boratwar 1st Trimester CGPA : 8.00

2nd Trimester CGPA: 8.33

17 Radhika Agarwal won the marketing scholarship for the 1st year.

18 Sunil Gupta

Some of academic achievements:

1. Batch Topper in second and third trisemester of

PGDM 1st year.

2. Secured the second position in 1st year of PGDM.

Cases & Paper Submission

S.

No. Name Title

1 Vishal Moonka

Case published on " Sustainability and CSR as leading

Business Objectives at Infosys Ltd. " in IMT Case

Journal

2 Sneha Ramesh

Submitted a paper on "Marketing and branding

strategies towards the launch of a new product:Agni+"

to the Executive Office at Tata Tea for a contest and

won the consolation prize for the same

3 Abhinav Aggarwal A case on "Hariyali Kisaan Bazaar- A DCM Sriram

initiative" presented at International Case Conference,

Goa 2012 organized by IMT-Nagpur.

4 Bhawana Moondra

Summer Internship project was selected among the top

25 by Institute of Management Consultants of India

where in all the B schools of India participated.

5 Vishal Wadhwa

Co- authored& Presented a Case study on the topic

”Shaping Dreams through Village Empowerment

Program” at ICC, Goa 2013

6 Rahul Mishra

Research Paper published in IMT -Case journal through

ITBI Conference,2012

Research Paper published in IJACP Journal through

ICBMIS Conference,2013 Dubai (ISSN: ISSN 2164-

263X)

(http://www.newhealth.in/ojs/index.php/ICBMIS/index)


Page 156

7 Vijaya Srivastava One of the top teams to have been short-listed for

Campaign for a Cause-IIM(A)

8 Aakash Kishan

Presented Paper at International Conference on

Inclusive & Sustainable Growth (ISG) 2012 held at

Pune.

9 Abhishek Presented research paper at „INTERNATIONAL

CONFERENCE ON INCLUSIVE AND

SUSTAINABLE GROWTH-2012‟

10 Puneet Bhardwaj Business plan selected by Rajasthan Government

Working with ITC as part time job

13 Sandip Bose Case submission of Marico operation case in SP Jain

14 Raunak Gattani

Organized and represented IMT Nagpur by a paper

presentation titled “Inclusive Growth of India" in the

“International Conference on Inclusive and Sustainable

Growth ISG - 2012” held at BAIF Development

Research Foundation, Pune.

15 Aditya Sharan

Presented a case on "Hariyali Kisan Bazar, a rural retail

initiative by DSC Shriram Ltd." in IMT Nagpur's

international conference held in Goa in 2012

16 Radhika Agarwal pehlajob case in simsr, won 3rd position

17 Rohit Krishna Conference on Business Management & Information

Systems and the research paper is also published in the

International Journal.

18 Nitish Chandra

Presented a research paper on consumer behavior in the

ICBMIS (International Conference of Business Mgmt.

and Information Systems) which later got published in

Google scholar and the ICBMIS Journal.

http://www.newhealth.in/ojs/index.php/ICBMIS/article/

view/188

http://scholar.google.co.in/scholar?q=consumer+behavi

or+in+shopping+mall&btnG=&hl=en&as_sdt=0%2C5

&as_vis=1

2012 -13

Students‟ Achievement

S.

No. Name Awards

1 Praveen Iyer

Top 5 finalists at IIT Mumbai‟s live consulting event

“Staregia” wherein they provided live consultancy for

“Enelek Power”.

Participated in IIM Lucknow‟s Marketing Event and

were among the top 10 finalists.

2 Rahul Mishra

Top 5 finalists at IIT Mumbai‟s live consulting event

“Staregia” wherein they provided live consultancy for

“Enelek Power”.


Page 157

Participated in IIM Lucknow‟s Marketing Event and

were among the top 10 finalists.

3 Anant Kharad Ranked 10th in Trade Mogul, a national trading

simulation organized by GHF group

4 Manjari Mundanad

Presented a research paper on “Digital Marketing” in

16th Nirma International Conference from Jan 9-12,

2013.

5 Anoop Sharma

1st in Article Writing contest conducted by NMIMS for

their iNM Magazine and was published in the same

Won a prize in Article Writing contest conducted by IIM

Shillong for their 4th Anniversary Edition – Niveshak

and his article was published in the same.

6 Punyashlok

Dwibedy

Attended the following conferences in the year 2012-13

1. United Nations Conference of Parties, Council on

Environment and Climate change, Hyderabad from 5th to

9th October 2012.

2. Indian Youth Parliament Conference, Delhi

University from 7th to 10th November 2012.

3. He was the chairman, United Nations Security

Council, Model United Nations, IIT Banaras Hindu

University, and Varanasi from 23rd to 25th January 2013.

7 Monika Misra

Most valuable player in Volleyball, Table Tennis,

Badminton, and Basketball (girl‟s category)

2011 -12

Students Achievement

S.

No. Name Awards

1 Ankit Gupta

Wrote a research paper under the guidance of Dr. Saleena

Khan, entitled "Leadership styles in relation with the

Motivational needs to assess effectiveness in PGDM

students", published in World Academy of Science,

Engineering and Technology, Vol 7, Issue 80, August

2011.

2 Sumir Josan

Wrote a research paper under the guidance of Dr. VS.

Gajavelli, on "European Integration- Meeting the

competitive challenges" for the Sixth International

Conference on European Integration held at University

American College, Skopje, Macedonia on 19th May,

2011.

3 Tanu Raj

Kulshreshta

Wrote a research paper under the guidance of Dr. VS.

Gajavelli, on "European Integration- Meeting the

competitive challenges" for the Sixth International

Conference on European Integration held at University

American College, Skopje, Macedonia on 19th May,

2011.

4 Sayantan Banerjee Research paper titled, "Globalization: Is labor

rnarket falling behind Consumer Market?" was selected


Page 158

for presentation at IIT-Kharagpur, VGSOM, ICFIF 2011

Conference held between 28-30 December, 2011.

5 Sankha Dip Datta's

Research paper titled, "Globalization: Is labor

rnarket falling behind Consumer Market?" was selected

for presentation at IIT-Kharagpur, VGSOM, ICFIF 2011

Conference held between 28-30 December, 2011.

6 Sumeet Gupta

Presented a paper titled "CSR: Contribution to India's

Inclusive Growth" at 2nd Annual International

Sustainability Conference, 11M Shillong

7 Debashish Bagg

Presented a paper titled "CSR: Contribution to India's

Inclusive Growth" at 2nd Annual International

Sustainability Conference, 11M Shillong

8 Fahad Ahmad Khan

Runner-up for the research paper presented on

"Identifying problems in Rural Tourism in India and

developing a concept of sustainable model of Rural

Tourism" at the Annual National Marketing Conclave,

RICERCA 2011 at SCMHRD, Pune

9 Pradyumna Mohanty

Won the Nikon D5100 Extraordinary Angles Contest

special prize last year. His picture was placed among the

top 50 pictures in the Asia Pacific region which had over

5000 entries.

10 Nagesh Savukar Won 1

st prize in the Mahindra Scorpio Marketing

Challenge organized by liT Bombay.

2010-11

Students Achievement

S.

No. Name Awards

1 Sreeram

Ramakrishnan

Presented the case "Oracle Financial Services

Software Ltd. - Challenges of Change" at the Intenational

Case Conference 2010 at Goa.

2 Gowri N Kishore

Presented the case "Oracle Financial Services

Software Ltd. - Challenges of Change" at the Intenational

Case Conference 2010 at Goa.

3 Kishore Pathur

Research paper was selected for presentation at the ICT

Conference held in Singapore. It was among the five

papers selected from India.

4 Vinay Mathur

presented a paper at the 2'" International Conference on

Institutional and Technological Environmentfor

Microfinance held in Dijon, France.

5 Md. Shahnawaz

Akhtar

Presented a paper at the 2'" International Conference on

Institutional and Technological Environmentfor

Microfinance held in Dijon, France.

6 Tulip Sen

Achieved second position in the Short Term Project

Competition during Conquest 2010. held at IMT

Ghaziabad.

7 Abhishek Choudhary Stood third in the business proposal competition held

during Fusion 2010 at IMT Ghaziabad.

8 Alok Paliwal Stood third in the business proposal competition held


Page 159

during Fusion 2010 at IMT, Ghaziabad.

9 Swati Sinha Won the Best Internship (HR) Competition- Tatva at the

Passion 2010, organized by IMT, Ghaziabad.

10 Neha Katyal

Won the Nagpur region round of Tata Crucible Quiz. It

was a business quiz conducted by the Tata qroup, seeing

a participation of more than 130 teams in the Nagpur

region and more than 3000 teams internationally.

11 Soumyajit Samanta

Won the Nagpur region round of Tata Crucible Quiz. It

was a business quiz conducted by the Tata qroup, seeing

a participation of more than 130 teams in the Nagpur

region and more than 3000 teams internationally.

12 Meenu Mynam Stood first in the Essay Writing Competition organized

by XIMB during their CSR Summit 2010.

13 Pranav Chawla

Won the first prize for his article at the GO Goenka

World Institute competition and the article was published

in their monthly newsletter Bizbook (Dec. 2010 issue).

14 Apoorva Agarwal

Research paper was selected for presentation at the

"International Conference on Financial Innovations and

Change for Survival and Growth" conqucted jointly by

MOl, Gurgaon and University of Connecticut School of

Business.

15 Mekhala Maiti





Business.

16 Namita Chaudhary





Business.

17 Ankit Bhasin

Stood second in the business plan competition during

'Consortium' organized by Visvesvaraya National

Institute of Technology (VNIT).

18 Akhil Agrawal

Stood second in the business plan competition during

'Consortium' organized by Visvesvaraya National

Institute of Technology (VNIT).

5.3.3 How often does the College collect feedback from students for improving the support

services? How is the feedback used?

The institute informally takes feedback from students about various facilities. There mess

committee comprising of students which looks after the quality of food and also decides the

menu. There is a facility officer who looks after the hostels and various needs of students


Page 160

5.3.4 Does the College have a mechanism to seek and use data and feedback from its

graduates and employers, to improve the growth and development of the College?


recruiters and their representatives on the curriculum and course outline pertaining to courses

belonging to that sector of industry. The feedback and their inputs are then shared with the

concern area to update and revise as per the requirements of the industry depending on the

relevance of their comments.

Students‟ Feedback: In order to bring about positive changes and improvement in the

course delivery and quality of inputs by faculty members, anonymous on-line feedback is

collected from students. Such course-wise, faculty-wise feed-back is collected twice during

every term (mid-term as well as end-term) in respect of every faculty teaching courses in

respective terms.

The aim of having the midterm feedback is to allow the students to communicate incognito as

to how the course is going on in the matter pertaining to design, delivery, evaluation, etc. The



Students are required to provide wholesome feedback on pre-defined parameters while

offering open ended comments on courses they have participated. Online faculty feedback is

received in the OLT (Online Learning and Teaching) in the mid-term of a course and also

before end term examinations. The APO shall notify the dates on which the OLT (Online

Learning and Teaching) system would be kept open for such feedback. Student, who fails to

give faculty feedback within the notified period, is penalized with one grade reduction in the

respective course(s).

5.3.5 How does the College involve and encourage students to publish materials like

catalogues, wall magazines, College magazine, and other material? List the major

publications/ materials brought out by the students during the previous academic session.

The Corporate Communications Committee publishes the Institute magazine, OPUS. This

quarterly magazine is the students‟ initiative in which information about guest speakers,

conferences, students‟ achievements, events organized by various forums and committees,

and regarding Campus life in general is published. This magazine is circulated to the faculty,

staff, students on and off campus (alumni), and the corporate guests who visit the institute for

guest lectures, MDPs and Placements.

5.3.6 Does the College have a Student Council or any similar body? Give details on its

constitution, major activities and funding.

Institute has no single student council instead in IMT, Nagpur several small student bodies

carrying out various activities, these bodies are decentralized and participation to these

committees is on voluntary basis. There is no election and selection for these committees.


Page 161

5.3.7 Give details of various academic and administrative bodies that have student

representatives on them. Provide details of their activities.

Policy on Student Committees and Forums

To ensure holistic learning, the Institute encourages various activities in the college to be

student-driven. The students run and manage various committees and forums, under the aegis

of a head faculty.

The placement committee is responsible for sourcing of recruiters and facilitating the campus

placement process for final placements as well as summer internship program.

The placement committee is headed by the Chairperson-Placements; a senior faculty member

nominated by the Director, and is run by the students selected through a rigorous process

from the final year batch as well as the first year batch of students, with equal representation

from all the specialization areas. Corporate Relations Managers (CRM) appointed by the

Institute for various geographical regions as well as a placement assistant for campus

coordination supports the committee. The placement committee comprises of two major

groups:

Senior Placement Committee (SPC): The SPC comprises of students from the final

year batch

Junior Placement Committee (JPC): The JPC comprises of students from the first

year batch

The committee (SPC &JPC) is further divided into different geographical regions for ex:

Delhi, Mumbai& Pune, South India, Kolkata, Gujarat, etc. where in students are divided into

these regions according to their preferences. Each member of SPC is given the responsibility

of mentoring the JPC members allotted in his/her region.

Corporate Interaction Committee (CIC): The committee is responsible for developing

interaction with corporate world by organizing guest lectures and industry seminars in the

campus.

The committee carries out the following activities and functions:

i. Making initial contacts with the industry experts and invite them to the campus for

guest lecturers;

ii. Arranging transportation and accommodation for the industry experts;

iii. Communicating about the guest lecture to all students and inviting them to participate

in the event;

iv. Registering students‟ attendance during the guest lectures and coordinating with APO;

v. Hosting the guest lecturers;

vi. Hosting the Institute Day‟s program;

vii. Coordinating workshops, seminars, and conferences conducted by industry experts

and faculty members at the Institute;

viii. Inviting student managers and coordinating their participation in external events such

as conferences and seminar conducted by industry associations such as CII, NHRD,

NIPM;


Page 162

ix. Collaborating with industry bodies such as NHRD, NIPM to organize seminars,

conclaves, conferences at our Institute

The smooth functioning of the committee is carried out by the chairman (faculty member)

along with student volunteers.

At the beginning of every academic year senior CIC members select a team of junior CIC

members through a selection process under the guidance of Chairperson. The senior CIC

members induct the junior CIC members for about 6 months before they assume greater

responsibilities. The Chairperson and student volunteers use LinkedIn extensively to identify

potential industry experts who can be invited. In addition, upon identifying the potential

experts, student volunteers get the permission from the Chairperson to invite the identified

experts. The volunteers also obtain necessary permission from the Dean (academics)/ the

Director for transportation and accommodation of the invited guests.

The Chairperson meets the student volunteers once in two months to review the performance

of CIC.

Any additional information regarding Student Support and Progression, which the



Page 163

CRITERION VI: GOVERNANCE, LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT

6.1 Institutional Vision and Leadership

6.1.1. State the vision and mission of the College.

IMT Nagpur‟s Vision and Mission as evolved over time are presented below:

VISION

To Create Socially Responsible Business Leaders.

MISSION

• Constantly strive for excellence.

• Inculcate values and ethics.

• Foster thought leadership.

• Provide a conducive and enabling environment for continuous learning, research,

management development, consulting and international partnerships.

• Constantly innovate the curriculum design, delivery & pedagogy.

• Collaborate with alumni, industry, social organizations and international institutions

for sustainable development.

• Provide the necessary facilities for nurturing entrepreneurship

6.1.2 Does the mission statement define the College‟s distinctive characteristics in terms of

addressing the needs of the society, the students it seeks to serve, College‟s traditions and

value orientations, vision for the future, etc.?

The Vision and Mission of IMT Nagpur have been developed with the active involvement

and participation of all faculty members in thoughtful and focused deliberations and debate

under the guidance of the Dean (Academics) and the Director. The Vision, Mission

statements serve the Institute as a navigational guide for direction and action.

The Vision and Mission statements have been the starting point for developing the Institute‟s

strategic objectives and the program level goals of our flagship academic program, i.e.,

PGDBM.

Being an Institute of excellence, IMT, Nagpur, believes in reinventing itself in the changing

business scenario, incorporate in its vision, and mission the dynamics of the business world.

In order to do so, IMT, Nagpur, has been working on creating a new vision for itself, which

shall be very soon communicated to all its stakeholders.

Core Values

Integrity and Ethical Code of Conduct

Collaborative, inclusive and continuous learning,

Participation, empowerment and innovation

Commitment to meet with the local and global challenges of business

Steps taken to achieve Mission and Vision:

In alignment with the Mission and Vision, strategic objectives of the Institute and program

level goals are developed with the active involvement of faculty committees, and task forces


Page 164

to provide a guide map for academic programs. These program level goals are percolated

down to faculty members through extensive communication and discussion in faculty

meetings.

On one hand, faculty members are expected to map student-learning outcomes with the

course objectives of their respective courses and on the other hand strive to achieve alignment

of their respective course objectives with the program level goals. Institutional support is

provided to faculty members by sponsoring and nominating them to attend academic

accreditation workshops held at national and international levels in order to train and develop

faculty competencies in the processes of academic alignment and mapping of courses to

achieve objective, tangible and measurable results.

Innovative practices in design, development and delivery of cross-functional elective courses

in emerging areas of management are encouraged, appreciated and supported by the Institute.

The process of curriculum and pedagogy review of courses – content, structure and delivery –

is directed towards establishing relevance of courses to business context, in alignment with

the Mission and Vision of the Institute.

6.1.3 How is the leadership involved in ensuring the organization‟s management system

development, implementation and continuous improvement interaction with stakeholders

reinforcing culture of excellence identifying needs and championing organizational

development (OD)?

Role of Top Management:

The top management of IMT Nagpur comprising of the Governing Board, Academic

Advisory Council, the Director and the Dean (Academics) have played a significant strategic

role in the evolutionary process of transformational initiatives directed towards positioning

IMT Nagpur in the realm of top ranking Institutes in the country.

a) Governing Board: Governing Board is the highest body of superintendence and

control of IMT Nagpur, which is constituted by the parent society – Center for

Advanced Education. The Board provides guidelines and strategic direction for

aligning the programs, policies and processes of IMT Nagpur with the changing

environmental contexts and demands of business world. The Governing Board meets

periodically to review and deliberate on emerging issues relevant to evolving

management education in India and the world over, to provide insights on priorities

and focus areas for the Institute.

b) Academic Advisory Council: The Academic Advisory Council is constituted by the

Governing Board to advise the Governing Board on all academic policies, programs

and processes concerning courses, syllabi, curricula, pedagogy, research, faculty

appraisal and development in tune with the emerging best practices in management of

business and management education.

c) Roles of Faculty Members: Faculty members of IMT Nagpur play diverse roles at

various levels in the entire value chain of academic and allied processes. Faculty

members are actively engaged in a wide range of academic and allied functions and

processes. They are responsible for:

design and delivery of courses;

achieving course objectives by mapping learning outcomes of their courses

and aligning them with the program level goals;

periodical review of curriculum and pedagogy;


Page 165

contributing towards achieving excellence in teaching, research and training;

Active involvement and participation in academic administration, Institutional

development and student development initiatives.

d) Involvement of Faculty in Institutional and academic administration: As can

be seen from the above structural arrangement at IMT Nagpur, its faculty members

are actively engaged and involved in various administrative roles in the domains of

academic program execution, research, MDP and consultancy, placements to

purchases; academic benchmarking roles such as curriculum and pedagogy review,

research, accreditation; and on student interface platforms (student affairs, alumni

affairs, hostel wardens, student grievances, disciplinary issues) apart from their

regular individual roles of teaching, research, training and consultancy.

In order to provide leadership the management, in addition to the tasks mentioned in

the question above carry various acts for the benefit of the organization and its

stakeholders. Below mentioned positions explains the roles and responsibilities

assigned by the management to:

e) Director: The Director of IMT Nagpur is appointed by the Governing Board and is

vested with the overall responsibility of superintendence and administrative control

over the affairs of the Institute including its day-to-day activities towards operational

efficiency and planned effectiveness in its processes. The Director of IMT Nagpur

reports to the Governing Board and participates in the quarterly review meetings

conducted by the Board to review the performance and developmental agenda of the

Institute. Director exercises line authority over faculty members who in turn have a

direct administrative reporting relationship with the Director. All faculty members,

Area Chairpersons (for each functional area of academics), Activity Chairpersons

(faculty coordinators for each academic and allied activity) and the Dean (Academics)

have an administrative reporting relationship with the Director.

d) Dean (Academics):The Dean (Academics) is appointed by the Governing Board

and has an administrative reporting relationship with the Director while functionally

reporting to the Governing Board. The Dean (Academics) is responsible for all

academic and allied functions of the Institute and exercises functional authority over

faculty members on all academic and allied matters. The Dean (Academics) provides

direction, guidance and supervision while exercising control on all academic

functions, policies and processes. He is responsible for realizing the Institute‟s

Mission by achieving strategic objectives and program level goals through curriculum

review and design, and assurance of quality through continuous improvement in

academic processes and delivery systems. Dean (Academics) plays a proactive role in

policy formulation and implementation by actively engaging all faculty members in

academic debate, peer review and constructive feedback mechanisms. The Dean

(Academics) exercises functional authority on faculty members with regard to all

academic matters.

6.1.4 Were any of the senior leadership positions of the College vacant for more than a year?

If so, indicate the reasons.

So far, at IMT-Nagpur, no senior leadership position has remained vacant for more than one

year. Whenever a transition of leadership happens, the Institute appoints leaders on


Page 166

officiating basis, to maintain the smooth flow of its operation.

6.1.5 Does the College ensure that all positions in its various statutory bodies are filled and

conduct of meetings at the stipulated intervals?

Yes, the Institute does insure that all its statutory bodies are filled and the Institute conducts

meetings at regular intervals. Regular meetings are held at different levels, with

representatives of various committees and bodies.

6.1.6 Does the College promote a culture of participative management? If yes, indicate the

levels of participative management.

The institute does promote a culture of participative management. The entire faculty body is

involved in decision-making process, and they are the supreme body for all academic

decisions.

Decentralization in Decision-making:

The organizational structure of IMT Nagpur is a blend of professional autonomy, individual

accountability and well-defined authority structure enmeshed in a network of integrating

roles – the roles of activity and area chairpersons. The Institute functions under the overall

superintendence and control of the Governing Board. The Director is the Chief Executive and

administrative head responsible for providing direction, leadership and for the day to day

functioning of the Institute and the Dean (Academics) is the functional head responsible for

the conduct of academic programs and processes within the broad framework of its Mission,

Vision, strategic objectives and goals and the guidelines issued by the Governing Board from

time to time.

Within this overall framework, faculty members have the professional operational autonomy

in conducting their teaching, research, training and consultancy apart from introducing new

courses of relevance. The chairpersons of various areas and activities do similarly operate

independently in their respective domains within the framework of clearly defined

expectations reflected in the Institutional objectives. The Director thus delegates his

administrative authority to various activity Chairpersons for effective discharge of

multifarious activities and the Dean (Academics) delegates his academic functional authority

to the Area Chairpersons of different functional areas of specialization. This results in

delegation of functional and administrative authority percolating down to faculty members

creating professional autonomy through this enmeshed structure.

Faculty members are involved in the processes of faculty recruitment and selection wherein

their inputs and feedback play a significant role in selecting new faculty members. Their

involvement in identifying their own training and development needs matches with the

Institutional support of sponsorship for such programs for talent development. The provisions

of IMT NAGPUR Service Rules govern the policies and processes concerning faculty

recruitment, performance appraisal, training and development and other service conditions of

Faculty and the Employee Handbook circulated to all faculty members.

The interface and involvement of faculty members in all aspects of academic administration

throughout the Institution is assured by the structural design. The positions of Hostel

Wardens are held invariably by faculty members to ensure better appreciation and control of

student administration.


Page 167

The faculty members invariably assume the roles of activity chairpersons and membership in

administrative committees and the budgetary inputs for various activities and the activity

chairpersons who are expected to match budgetary allocations with the academic priorities

ensuring their relevance submit functions. Faculty members are actively involved in the

admission process where they select prospective students of IMT Nagpur exercising control

over student input quality.

Transparency in academic administration is achieved through well-defined roles and

objectives, professional practices and processes communicated through the Academic Manual

and Students‟ Handbook circulated to all faculty members and students respectively. All

academic programs and processes including the respective roles of faculty members, Dean

(Academics), chairpersons and the staff of Academic Program Office (APO) programs are

guided by the provisions of Student Handbook, Academic Manual, Faculty guidelines and

circulars issued from time to time. Modifications to the academic policies, programs and

processes as deemed necessary, are carried out after due deliberations and debate at the

faculty body meetings.

6.1.7 Give details of the academic and administrative leadership provided by the University

to the College?

Not applicable.

6.1.8 How does the College groom the leadership at various levels?

The institute provides various forums and platforms for faculty and staff to develop

leadership at various levels by giving them various portfolios of areas/activity. Some of them

are as follow:

i. Program Chairperson

ii. Area Chairpersons

iii. Activity Chairpersons

iv. Student Placements,

v. MDPs and Consultancy,

vi. Student Affairs,

vii. Alumni Affairs,

viii. Examinations,

ix. International Relations,

x. Library Committee,

xi. Corporate Communications Committee,

xii. Corporate Interaction Committee,

xiii. Admissions Coordination,

xiv. Placement Training,

xv. Disciplinary Committee for non-academic issues,

xvi. Students‟ Grievance Redressal Committee,

xvii. Prevention of Sexual Harassment Committee,

xviii. Anti-Ragging Committee,

xix. Purchase Negotiation Committee and

xx. Hostel Wardens.


Page 168

In addition faculty members are also involved in task forces for specific purposes such as

Accreditation, Curriculum and Pedagogy Review, Academic Manual, Convocation etc. Their

roles and responsibilities are as under:

Program Chairperson:

The Director of IMT Nagpur nominates one of the faculty members as Program Chairperson

who will be responsible for administering the academic program (PGDM). The Program

Chairperson‟s domain includes scheduling of classes, design and notification of academic

calendar, updating of Students‟ Handbook, conducting PGDM committee meetings and the

proceedings of result declaration meetings; initiating and coordinating the process of SIP

(Summer Internship Program), dealing with students‟ issues such as attendance, electives,

malpractices in examinations etc. The Program Chairperson has an administrative reporting

relationship with the Director and functionally reports to the Dean (Academics). He / She will

coordinate with all Area Chairpersons with respect to the administration of academic

program.

Area and Activity Chairpersons:

A faculty member nominated by Director and designated as Area Chairperson to coordinate

all academic matters relating to the Area heads each academic functional area of

specialization – i.e. Finance; Marketing; OB & HR; Quantitative Techniques; IT; Economics;

and General Management –. The Area Chairperson acts as a connecting link between the

Dean (Academics) on one side and faculty members on the other. He/she coordinates with

faculty members on allocation of courses, their design review and benchmarking, and

sessions in management development programs of the Institute while reporting to the Dean

(Academics) on respective matters. The Area Chairs are responsible for all academic and

allied processes of their respective academic functional area while striving to achieve

program level goals.

Faculty members are also nominated to assume active roles in leading various academic,

allied and administrative activities. Activity heads designated as activity chairpersons, are

nominated by the Director for various domains such as Research, Student Placements, MDPs

and Consultancy, Student Affairs, Alumni Affairs, Examinations, International Relations,

Library Committee, Corporate Communications Committee, Corporate Interaction

Committee, Admissions Coordination, Placement Training, Disciplinary Committee for non-

academic issues, Students‟ Grievance Redressal Committee, Prevention of Sexual

Harassment Committee, Anti-Ragging Committee, Purchase Negotiation Committee and

Hostel Wardens. In addition faculty members are also involved in task forces for specific

purposes such as Accreditation, Curriculum and Pedagogy Review, Academic Manual,

Convocation etc.

All faculty members and Chairpersons of different Areas and Activities have a functional

reporting relationship with the Dean (Academics) and an administrative reporting relationship

with the Director.

6.1.9 Has the College evolved any strategy for knowledge management? If yes, give details.

The institute has various forums and platforms and these forums and platform are free to

devise their own knowledge management strategy and that they are in line with the overall

objectives and policies of the institute.

The following committees and forums are entirely run by the students with activity


Page 169

/functional focus at IMT Nagpur, with the assistance and guidance of a faculty member who

is either an activity Chairperson or functional chairperson.

i. Okonomos– The Business and Economics Forum: Okonomos – Greek

etymology for economics – promotes interest in day-to-day occurrences in the

world of business, as well as inter-disciplinary interactions. Through its activities,

Okonoms brings a practical approach to classroom learning. Activities such as

budget symposium, panel discussions, business games, B-plans are regularly

conducted by this forum.

ii. Marque– Marketing Forum: It is a platform for budding marketing

professionals. It provides a stage to discuss latest trends and concepts in the field of

marketing and share the same with eminent personalities from the corporate

world. The forum also organizes regular marketing-related quizzes, case

study discussions, ad games, panel discussions and guest lectures from

eminent personalities in the industry. Marque team coordinates the annual

Marketing Conclave, Marquepedia – a three-day event comprising of theme-

based guest lectures, discussions, innovative and creative marketing games –

intended to link the real and current marketing scenarios with predefined marketing

concepts and models.

iii. Finaholics–Finance Forum:It is an interactive student forum that takes the

learning of Finance beyond the classroom. Acknowledging the need for strong

finance fundamentals, this forum adds knowledge and skills through activities such

as mock stock market games, panel discussions, case studies and presentations.

„Smart Finance‟ is a new concept introduced by Finaholics which helps

students learn difficult concepts in finance in simplest ways like a 4-minute video

featuring things that we experience in day to day life. Finaholics also publish

Maalamal Weekly to solidify the understanding in finance.

iv. StrategIT–IT Forum: The forum strives to ensure that IMTians stay ahead of the

knowledge curve by inculcating computing logic and key skills. It achieves this by

organizing discussions on successful as well as failed implementations of

information models, internet-based business modeling, quizzes and

industry interaction with eminent practicing IT professionals.

v. XploHRe–HR Forum: Acknowledging the need and importance of HR in the

ever-competitive and globalized corporate world, XploHRe conducts role

plays, guest lectures, and hosts various games to equip the students with

necessary people skills.

vi. Cyclops– Operations Forum: Cyclops provides a platform for IMTians to

showcase their creativity and ingenuity in operations management and allied

activities. The forum conducts various events and games based on concepts

of operations management. It is also a medium to update students on the

latest developments in the field of operations and supply chain management. The

forum guides students desiring to take up APICS certification exams and

helps them prepare for various B-School events in Operations management.

vii. Brain Dread– Quiz Forum: From the quiz junkies to the casual quizzers,

everyone can pitch their brains against each other in regular, specialized quizzes in

the areas like business, sports, marketing, IT, general quiz etc. BrainDread

has made a mark outside IMT Nagpur, as well in various B-quizzes such as AIMA

Quiz, Pune; Tata Crucible; IMT Ghaziabad; NMIMS, Mumbai; Nirma fest and

VNIT Quiz. It has conducted quizzes at IMT Nagpur e-35‟with professional

quizzers like Pranab Mukherjee and Avinash Mudaliar.


Page 170

viii. Vyaktitva–Personality Development Forum: Vyaktitvahas been founded on the

firm belief that within every human being lies unlimited potential – the power to

dream big and then realize those dreams. It has been the quest at Vyaktitva to bring

out the best in people through interventions specifically designed to enhance their

performance. This group organizes activities such as presentations, extempore,

group discussions, mock interviews and news reading. It is also entrusted with the

noble task of organizing the Blood Donation Camp every year on the occasion of

Institute Day.

6.1.10 How are the following values reflected in various functions of the College?

Contributing to national development

Fostering global competencies among students

Inculcating a value system among students

Promoting use of technology

Quest for excellence

The institute boasts of state of the art physical and intellectual infrastructure, which is

compare to any global or national B-Schools of repute. In discharge of its academic and non

academic activities, the Institute extensively uses Information Technology and other

advanced mode of research, communication and knowledge transmission. The IT lab, Wi-Fi

enable campus and hostel, availability of top graded research software and database are

testimony to IMT-Nagpur‟s commitment toward promotion of technology and quest for

excellence. The innovative teaching and learning methods, relevant and updated course

content, wide range of choice for specialization , use of participatory pedagogy and IT facility

help student develop global competency in them.

IMT-Nagpur is dedicated toward the cause of nation building and its development by creating

a pool of talented and high skill graduates who will take the nation to towards higher path of

glory and achievement. Academic integrity, transparency in conduct and a fair system of

evaluation are some of the ways in which the institute inculcates values among its students

that would become part their life-long learning.

6.1.11 Give details of the UGC autonomous review committee‟s recommendations and its

compliance.

Not Applicable


Page 171

6.2 Strategy Development and Deployment

6.2.1 Does the College have a Perspective Plan for development? If so, give the aspects

considered in development of policy and strategy.

i. Teaching & Learning

ii. Research & Development

iii. Community engagement

iv. Human resource management

v. Industry interaction

i) Teaching & Learning: The Institute has an Academic Program Office (APO), a nodal

establishment facilitating the conduct and control of academic programs. APO functions

under the direct superintendence and control of Dean (Academics). However the APO

coordinates with the Program Chairperson for its day-to-day functioning. The APO is headed

by Academic Program Officer who is assisted by executives and staffs holding independent

charge of various academic responsibilities associated with the execution of academic

programs. The APO extends academic support in the following areas:



Procurement & distribution of text books and other readings to the students;

Scheduling, notification and conduct of examinations in accordance with the

guidelines of Controller of Examinations;

Assisting the Program Chairperson in the preparation and execution of Academic

Calendar;




Regulating the access of Online Learning & Teaching (OLT)** program;

Updating the results in Online Learning & Teaching (OLT);



Coordinating and facilitating Student Internship Program (SIP)

ii) Research & Development: IMT Nagpur provides full or partial financial assistance to

organize seminars/ conferences/workshops in order to promote research in management

sciences in India. The Institute has organized more than „8‟ conferences during last three

years. The chairperson of Research & PhD committee carries the following responsibilities

Encouraging the faculty members:

To actively engage in research and publications

Attend and present papers in research conferences and seminars

Write and publish case studies, books and monographs of scholarly standards.

Documenting the research contributions of individual faculty members and

authenticate the same in their performance appraisal reports;


Page 172

Creating necessary infrastructures for research and publications by way of:

Organizing faculty research seminars.

Identifying and procuring research databases.

Providing faculty research associates for support.

Creating and implementing annual research budget.

Periodically update the list of research journals for grading purposes;

Advice the management in assessing research contributions of faculty members for

grading purposes;

Recommend faculty members for participation in international and national

conferences, and research seminars;

Create and maintains web pages for working papers in the Institute‟s web site;

Coordinate the PhD program of IMT Nagpur;

Explore and formalize research tie-up with national and foreign universities and

institutions of repute;

Facilitate sponsored research programs.

iii) Community engagement

a) Kilkari: “KILKARI”- a voluntary initiative taken by the student managers at IMT

Nagpur, emulates the quote. The objective is to generate awareness among the students

to be sensitive to the differently-able children and learn from them.

“Team Kilkari” is devoted for the past 5 years (March 2009 onwards) to contribute

meaningfully to the lives of the specially-abled children at the Rajiv Gandhi Saraswati

Bahu-Uddeshya Sansthan, Katol, an institution, which is involved for the upliftment

and education of these children.

The belief that the volunteers share can be stated as- “Everybody can be great...because

anybody can serve. You don't have to have a college degree to serve. You don't have to

make your subject and verb agree to serve. You only need a heart full of grace. A soul

generated by love”.With a prima facie desire to bring moments of happiness to these

children, the Institute organizes myriad events for these children.

Medical camps at their school, backed by the unwavering support of doctors

from Nagpur City.

Students of the Institute and staff members contribute to this cause by

providing them with books and other donations.

Students of the Institute visit the school on festivals such as Rakhi, Holi etc.

and interact with them.

They are invited to our campus and are given an opportunity to unfurl their

creativity.

Without fail, they leave us gasping in amazement with their multifarious

talents.

In 2011, “Team Kilkari” expanded itself and included “Prerna”- another school for the

especially abled children from Kalmeshwar into its zone to interact and learn from. The

differently abled children are those miracles of God who are blessed with special

abilities that we can learn from. At the end the aim for the student managers is to

respect the difference that they have and love them for who they are.


Page 173

iv) Human resource management

Welfare Schemes for Faculty Members: IMT Nagpur provides the following faculty care

and welfare support facilities:

Medical Insurance: Medical insurance is provided to all faculty members covering

their spouse, dependent parents and dependent children to the extent of Rs. 5,00,000/-.

Individual insurance cards are issued to all faculty and their dependent family

members every year.

Medical Reimbursement: In addition to the medical insurance coverage, all faculty

members and staff are provided with medical reimbursement facility to the extent of

Rs. 15,000/- per annum (financial year) which is paid every quarter upon submission

of medical bills.

Leave Travel Allowance (LTA): Leave Travel Allowance is paid to all full time

regular employees up to a maximum limit of one month‟s salary (Basic Pay, Grade

pay and Dearness Allowance) once in two years.

Salary Advances: All full time regular employees of IMT Nagpur are eligible to

avail interest-free salary advance up to a maximum limit of one month‟s gross salary

for any purpose which is recoverable in equated installments spread over not more

than 12 months.

Summer Vacation Leave: The Institute provides paid summer vacation leave to all

faculty members up to a maximum duration of 15 days during the period from April

15 to June 15 every year, in addition to the regular paid leave (Earned leave, Casual

leave and Sick Leave). The faculty is required to avail earned leave for equivalent

duration to utilize the benefit of summer vacation leave.

Sabbaticals: IMT Nagpur provides sabbatical assistance to Faculty members in


conducting research, writing books or cases by spending time away from the Institute.

Such pre-approved sabbatical is granted for a period of six months during which the

Faculty on sabbatical is paid regular salary and allowances.

Financial Assistance / Gifts for Marriage: The Institute provides financial

assistance / gifts in case of marriage of dependents / self-marriage of all employees up

to a maximum cost of Rs. 10,000/- to the Institute.

Reimbursements: The Institute provides conveyance reimbursement to all faculty

and officers working on week-ends and holidays at 50 % of Per Diem applicable for

Domestic Travel under the travel policy. The Institute also reimburses mobile and

data card expenses of all HODs and Dean upon submission of bills. In addition,

relocation expenses are reimbursed at actual to all candidates selected for employment

at IMT Nagpur and to existing employees on permanent transfer to other campuses /

sister Institutions subject to prescribed limits specified in the Service Rules.

v) Industry Interaction

Two sessions (out of the 20 sessions for a standard 3-credit course, where each session is of

90 minutes, meaning each credit is equivalent to ten-hours of classroom teaching) in each

course are compulsorily required to be dedicated to industry practitioners, and to be handled

by industry professionals (some case policy-makers/NGOs). The two guest sessions are

expected to be handled by two different professionals from industry. The same guest, who

has delivered a guest lecture in another course/term, shall not be repeated in any other

course/term. The Institute reimburses economy class airfare to the industry practitioners

visiting our campus for guest sessions in addition to providing accommodation, conveyance

facility and payment of an honorarium/memento as desired based on seniority of the visiting


Page 174

professional. Assistance of the APO shall be availed for coordinating transport arrangements

and for processing the payments with the accounts department. The following guidelines

shall be applicable for inviting corporate/industry personnel for guest lectures:

i. The guest should be from Industry, not academia.

ii. At a given point of time, the guest is supposed to address one section, no

clubbing business is allowed.

iii. Clubbing/Merging of sections is allowed only with the permission of the

Director. Prior approval is a needed.

iv. A single section can be clubbed with any CIC guest with prior approval

from the Program Office.

v. A course (course here refer to a course taught by an individual faculty,

not the course per se) needs at least two such guest, irrespective of the

number of sections a faculty is handling.

vi. As per the policy, an honorarium of not more than 3000 INR would be

paid to the guest.

vii. The travel and other hospitality expenses would be borne by the Institute.

6.2.2 Enunciate the internal organizational structure of the College for decision making

processes and their effectiveness.

The organizational structure of IMT Nagpur (as given below) is a blend of professional

autonomy and hierarchical authority interfaced with coordination mechanisms.

[Type text] Page 175

Legend: Line Authority Functional Authority

MANAGING

COMMITTEE

DIRECTOR

Chairperson

CCC Chairperson

CIC

Chairperson

Research Chairperson

EEP Chairperson

Intl. Relations Chairperson Student Affairs and

Counseling

Chairperson

Placements

Hostel

Warden

Chairperson

Alumni Affairs

Chairperson

Library

Committee

Editor

Journal

Coordinator

Computer

Centre

Area

Chairperson Faculty Faculty Faculty Faculty Faculty Faculty Faculty

Area

Chairperson

Area

Chairperson

Area

Chairperson

Area

Chairperson

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Faculty

Manager

Accounts Dy. CAO

Acc

ou

nts

Ex

ecu

tiv

e

Acc

ou

nts

Ex

ecu

tiv

e

Ad

min

. E

xec

uti

ve

Ad

min

. E

xec

uti

ve

Ass

ista

nts

Ass

ista

nts

Ass

ista

nts

Ass

ista

nts

Academic

Matters

Dean

(Academics)

Chairperson

PGDM

Controller of

Examination

Academic

Program

Office


Page 176

6.2.3 Specify how many planned proposals were initiated/ implemented, during the last four

years. Give details.

Some of the proposals planned and implemented are:

a) Curriculum and pedagogy review committee

During AFBM 2013, Curriculum and Pedagogy Review Committee was formed, which came up

with a broad guidelines and objective of the exercise to modify and update course curricula that

suit the changing need of the business world. Four other faculty members were inducted, along

with the Dean (Academics) – one from area of Economics, two from General Management (one

also working for marketing area), one from OB and HR, and one from IT & Operations. These

members identified ways to improve structure first, of a course outline, and suggested norms on

how to improve it.

Initiatives have been taken to introduce more interdisciplinary courses in the first year core

courses, which is planned to be implemented from 2014-16 academic year. Also the distributions

of credits across areas were identified as another area of change given the changes in the external

business environment over the last decade. All these are being worked out, with the single

objective of making the courses relevant for current socio-economic and business environment,

and also for next 3-5 years. Post this radical change, every year; incremental area-review and

updating of courses are also to be institutionalized.

b) Introduction of soft skill courses like mock interview and comprehensive viva voice

Mock interviews and comprehensive viva-voice were started for second year students from

session 2010-11. The sole purpose of this process is to provide students with a self evaluation

and test platform. To extend its reach and bring more sincerity in students, MICVV was

proposed in AFBM (Annual Faculty Body Meeting) and accepted as a half credit compulsory

course for second year students. Students will be tested on each of his/her specialization area

hence; he/she needs to revisit courses from 1st to 6th term before appearing in the interview.

The video recording of the mock interview and written feedback on their performance help them

to evaluate their preparedness themselves.

C) Research credit incentive system Being an Institute of Top-ranked B-School, IMT Nagpur believes that faculty research plays a

pivotal role in fostering the quality of thinking and the rigor of scholarship in its delivery of

management education. For promotion of Research, annual performance appraisal of faculty has

an explicit component of research contribution. From the academic year 2012-13, Faculty

members are given increments and promotions on the basis of following criteria:

Teaching Contribution – 40%

Research Contribution – 30%

Institutional Contribution – 20%

Compliance to Institutional Codes – 10%


Page 177

In order to make the computation of point objective, transparent and fair , Research Credit

Points (for an academic year) that may be earned by a faculty member, has been decided on the

following parameters :

Category / Points A B C D

Journal Editorship 10 3 1 0

Research paper 8 3 2 1

Case Study 4 2 1 0

No. of PhD Students 3 1 - -

6.2.4 Does the College have a formally stated quality policy? How is it designed, driven,

deployed and reviewed?

The quality policy of the institute is deployed and reviewed by the information collected through

various stakeholders like students, parents, industry, faculty, staff, society, etc. The institution

always strives to improve its quality of program‟s design and delivery through various formal

and informal feedback mechanisms.

6.2.5 How does the College ensure that grievances / complaints are promptly attended to and

resolved effectively? Is there a mechanism to analyze the nature of grievances for promoting

better stakeholder-relationship?

The institute has Student Grievance Redressal Committee to address the grievances of students

community.. The committee also offers counseling services if any personal problem is reported.

The committee is headed by faculty member and comprises of other chairpersons like

chairperson – PGDM, chairperson – students affairs‟, wardens (boys hostel), wardens (girls

hostel), and the controller of the examination. All these chairpersons are faculty members of the

Institute.

Grievance Redressal Mechanism i. The students of IMT Nagpur, are informed about the existence of such a

committee, the members and the procedure of submitting grievances-academic or non-

academic.

ii. The Grievance Redressal Mechanism does not replace their existing establishment(s)

of IMT Nagpur. Students must approach the respective establishment(s) within IMT

Nagpur first. Only in cases where the issues are not resolved, they can communicate the

matters to Grievance Redressal Committee (GRC).


Page 178

iii. In this context, the aggrieved student is required to submit the grievance or complaint in

writing to the coordinator-GRC, IMT Nagpur. Students are advised to make a detailed

submission of grievances along with necessary evidence(s)/document(s).

iv. The coordinator-GRC, IMT Nagpur, convenes a meeting within ten working days of

receiving the complaint. To facilitate expedition of multiple cases during a period, the

coordinator takes a call for convening the meeting by collating all the cases. Members of

the committee discuss and suggest remedial steps or dismiss as the case may be.

v. The redressal meetings are convened with a quorum of minimum three members

including/excluding the coordinator.

vi. The report, only in case of remedial steps suggested by the committee, is submitted to

Dean, IMT Nagpur, and the same is placed before the Director, IMT Nagpur within five

working days of the meeting.

vii. The decision of committee is communicated to the student within three further working

days. GRC, IMT Nagpur, will also ensure proper and timely execution of

suggested remedial steps through respective establishment(s) of IMT Nagpur.

6.2.6 Does the College have a mechanism for analyzing student feedback on institutional

performance? If yes, what was the institutional response?

Yes, there exist a continuous feedback mechanism of such kind – it is there for both orientation

program as well as our core flagship program and includes feedback on faculty and course.

Feedback on Curriculum

Students‟ Feedback: In order to bring about positive changes and improvement in the course

delivery and quality of inputs by faculty members, anonymous on-line feedback is collected from

students. Such course-wise, faculty-wise feed-back is collected twice during every term (mid-

term as well as end-term) in respect of every faculty teaching courses in respective terms.

The aim of having the midterm feedback is to allow the students to communicate incognito as to

how the course is going on in the matter pertaining to design, delivery, evaluation, etc. The



Students are required to provide wholesome feedback on pre-defined parameters while offering

open ended comments on courses they have participated. Online faculty feedback is received in

the OLT (Online Learning and Teaching) in the mid-term of a course and also before end term

examinations. The APO shall notify the dates on which the OLT (Online Learning and Teaching)

system would be kept open for such feedback. Student, who fails to give faculty feedback within

the notified period, is penalized with one grade reduction in the respective course(s).

Alumni Feedback: IMT Nagpur has numerous alumni Chapters in almost all metro cities. These

chapters regularly conduct alumni meets. However, every year there is one annual alumni meet –

Melange is conducted in the Nagpur campus. Melange, the official alumni meet of IMT Nagpur,

was organized by the alumni committee (ALCOM) on 5th

and 6th

October 2013 this year.


Page 179

Melange is organized every year and alumni of all the batches are invited on a personal level. It

is a two day event where alumni live their college days once again, share their corporate

experiences with the current batch and the interaction is done in a very candid way. The alumni

meet their old friends and relive the precious moments spent in IMT Nagpur.

This year Melange saw an overwhelming response, as around 220 alumni came down for the

event. They stayed for two days and attended the batch meet, where there was an interaction

among the alumni, faculty and the current batches. The interaction between alumni and the

faculty assists the faculty in knowing as to what the organization really expects from us, where

lies the gaps and when the curriculum is redesigned or revisited the course instructor do consider

it for improvements and amendments.

6.2.7 In what way the affiliating University helped the College to identify the developmental

needs of the College?

Not applicable.

6.2.8 Does the affiliating university have a functional College Development Council (CDC)

or Board of College and University Development (BCUD)? If yes, In what way College is

benefitted.

Not applicable.

6.2.9 How does the College get feedback from non-teaching, teaching, parents and alumni on

its functioning and how it is utilized?

There are regular visits by Management Committee to the campus, wherein they not only interact

with top line leadership but also meet the entire faculty for their opinion and feedback on the

activities planned and executed. There are various meetings between non teaching staff,

represented by their HoDs with Director and Dean. As far as the feedback of alumni is concerned

it is achieved through alumni chapter meets.

6.2.10 Does the College encourage autonomy to its academic departments and how does it

ensure accountability?

There is a fair degree of autonomy which a faculty enjoys in this institute but with its share of

accountability. The feedback systems at different levels, the annual performance appraisal

system and a free and transparent communication system within the organization are some of

the ways in which the accountability of every individual are ensured in the Institute.

6.2.11 Does the College conduct performance auditing of its various departments?

Performance auditing is done through performance appraisals of individuals. Every year it is an

exercise which is carried out and an informal feedback is given to the heads of various

departments regarding their progression and also scope for improvement.


Page 180

6.3 Faculty Empowerment Strategies

6.3.1 What efforts are made by the College to enhance the professional development of

teaching and non teaching staff?

A) Faculty Empowerment Strategies: IMT Nagpur adopts a multi-pronged approach towards

faculty empowerment as described below:

Faculty Development Programs: As a capacity building initiative, the Institute provides

sponsorship, support and encouragement to faculty for their participation in self development as

well as for the conduct of programs by in-house faculty in the following areas:

i. Case writing workshops

ii. Workshops on teaching-learning process through the use of case method

iii. Workshops on specific areas of faculty‟s research interests.

iv. Workshops on research methodology including Structural Equation Modeling.

v. Workshops on Statistical and analytical tools such as SPSS, AMOS etc.

vi. What are the strategies adopted by the institution for faculty empowerment through

training, retraining and motivating the employees for the roles and responsibility they

perform?

B) Research seminars: The Institute organizes various research seminars in the campus.

Through this platform the faculty members present and share their research insights and work-in-

progress with other faculty members for seeking inputs and insights on their work on one side

and sharing of knowledge with and providing encouragement to faculty members on the other.

C) Study Circles: IMT Nagpur encourages and supports creation of faculty study circles as per

the interests of faculty members. Members of study circles periodically meet at regular intervals

for the purpose of learning and sharing of knowledge on the major themes of the study group.

Study Circle on Structural Equation Modeling is one such study circle in operation at the

Institute. In addition, SPSS workshops spread over a long period in time are conducted by in

house faculty for the benefit of young faculty members pursuing their research and research

associates pursuing their Ph.D., program in the campus.

D) Discretional Library Fund for Faculty members: The Institute provides a grant of Rs.

10,000/- to each individual faculty through budgetary allocations. Each faculty member is free to

use this fund for buying books of their choice for the Institute‟s Library each year. This initiative

empowers the faculty with discretionary power one side, enabling them to procure a collection of

literature in their areas of interest in research, teaching and training on the other.

6.3.2 What is the outcome of the review of the Performance Appraisal Reports? List the major

decisions.

Performance Appraisal: The performance appraisal process is encapsulated in clearly defined

dimensions of faculty performance in the areas of teaching, research, institutional development

and compliance. Research output is measured through a structured point credit system

quantifying publications on the basis of categorization of national and international journals and


Page 181

the respective credits attached to each category. Similarly faculty performance in the domain of

guidance offered to Ph. D., scholars; membership on editorial boards of reputed journals etc., are

captured objectively. The performance appraisal process, criteria, dimensions and weightages are

laid down in the Faculty Handbook which is circulated to all faculty members including

notifications on changes made thereto from time to time. The performance of faculty members is

reviewed annually by an Appraisal Committee comprising of independent experts appointed by

the Governing Council as well as the Dean (Academics) and the Director, on the established

dimensions and measures. Faculty Performance Review interview is conducted for each faculty

member by the Appraisal Committee upon conclusion of which constructive feedback is given to

each faculty member every year. Faculty members are encouraged to develop a work plan for the

forthcoming year detailing their plans and objectives to be achieved in different domains of their

performance.

6.3.3 What are the welfare schemes available for teaching and non teaching staff? What

percentage of staff have availed the benefit of such schemes in the last four years?

i. Medical Insurance: Medical insurance is provided to all faculty members covering their

spouse, dependent parents and dependent children to the extent of Rs. 5,00,000/-.

Individual insurance cards are issued to all faculty and their dependent family members

every year.

ii. Medical Reimbursement: In addition to the medical insurance coverage, all faculty

members and staff are provided with medical reimbursement facility to the extent of Rs.

15,000/- per annum (financial year) which is paid every quarter upon submission of

medical bills.

iii. Leave Travel Allowance (LTA): Leave Travel Allowance is paid to all full time regular

employees up to a maximum limit of one month‟s salary (Basic Pay, Grade pay and

Dearness Allowance) once in two years.

iv. Salary Advances: All full time regular employees of IMT Nagpur are eligible to avail

interest-free salary advance up to a maximum limit of one month‟s gross salary for any

purpose which is recoverable in equated installments spread over not more than 12

months.

In last 4 years almost everyone has been a beneficiary of the various welfare schemes available

to them.

6.3.4 What are the measures taken by the College for attracting and retaining eminent faculty?

IMT Nagpur provides the following faculty care and welfare support facilities to attract and

retain eminent faculty:

i. The compensation package: The Institute provides to its faculty one of the most

competitive compensation packages and it is one of the best in the industry. Along with

it, there are several other monetary and non monetary benefits provided to the faculty

members :

ii. The Faculty members are given access to the most comprehensive, advanced and modern

tools, techniques and data bases that they could use for churning out high quality research

work. Research and publication is greatly encouraged and the workload of the faculty is


Page 182

adjusted against his/her research contribution. This help faculty grow intellectually and

advance their academic career.

iii. The Institute encourages and provides financial support for faculty members to

participate and present various research papers in national and international conference

and seminars. A minimum of two national and once in two year international

conference/seminar participation is provided to all faculty members. In addition, a faculty

can present papers in other seminar and conferences as well, which will be subject to

approval of the appropriate authority.

iv. Medical Insurance: Medical insurance is provided to all faculty members covering their

spouse, dependent parents and dependent children to the extent of Rs. 5,00,000/-.

Individual insurance cards are issued to all faculty and their dependent family members

every year.

v. Medical Reimbursement: In addition to the medical insurance coverage, all faculty

members and staff are provided with medical reimbursement facility to the extent of Rs.

15,000/- per annum (financial year) which is paid every quarter upon submission of

medical bills.

vi. Leave Travel Allowance (LTA): Leave Travel Allowance is paid to all full time regular

employees up to a maximum limit of one month‟s salary (Basic Pay, Grade pay and

Dearness Allowance) once in two years.

vii. Salary Advances: All full time regular employees of IMT Nagpur are eligible to avail

interest-free salary advance up to a maximum limit of one month‟s gross salary for any

purpose which is recoverable in equated installments spread over not more than 12

months.

viii. Summer Vacation Leave: The Institute provides paid summer vacation leave to all faculty

members up to a maximum duration of 15 days during the period from April 15 to June

15 every year, in addition to the regular paid leave (Earned leave, Casual leave and Sick

Leave). The faculty is required to avail earned leave for equivalent duration to utilize the

benefit of summer vacation leave.

ix. Sabbaticals: IMT Nagpur provides sabbatical assistance to Faculty members in


conducting research, writing books or cases by spending time away from the Institute.

Such pre-approved sabbatical is granted for a period of six months during which the

Faculty on sabbatical is paid regular salary and allowances.

x. Financial Assistance / Gifts for Marriage: The Institute provides financial assistance /

gifts in case of marriage of dependents / self-marriage of all employees up to a maximum

cost of Rs. 10,000/- to the Institute.

xi. Reimbursements: The Institute provides conveyance reimbursement to all faculty and

officers working on week-ends and holidays at 50 % of Per Diem applicable for

Domestic Travel under the travel policy. The Institute also reimburses mobile and data

card expenses of all HODs and Dean upon submission of bills. In addition, relocation

expenses are reimbursed at actual to all candidates selected for employment at IMT

Nagpur and to existing employees on permanent transfer to other campuses / sister

Institutions subject to prescribed limits specified in the Service Rules.


Page 183

6.3.5 Has the College conducted a gender audit during the last four years? If yes, mention a

few salient findings.

So far, the Institute has not conducted any gender audit in last four years. However, it is an idea

that could be explored in future.

6.3.6 Does the College conduct any gender sensitization programs for its staff?

The Institute has a cell that deals with issues pertaining to gender discrimination or harassment.

The cell has informally been active in spreading the awareness about gender related issues.

6.3.7 What is the impact of the University‟s UGC-Academic Staff College Programmes in

enhancing competencies of the College faculty?

Not Applicable.


Page 184

6.4 Financial Management and Resource Mobilization

6.4.1 What is the institutional mechanism to monitor effective and efficient use of financial

resources?

Financial management and resource mobilization:

The Institute has established a structured system of budgeting for effective allocation of financial

resources and budgetary control system to ensure efficient utilization of such resources. The

budget development process of estimating the requirement of funds for various academic, allied

and support activities of the Institute is carried out through involvement and participation of Area

and Activity Chairpersons, Program Chairperson, Dean (Academics) and the Heads of Finance,

Administration and Academic Program Office. Budgetary Control of comparing the budgetary

allocations with the actual utilization of resources for analyzing deviations is exercised through

internal and external audits carried out at periodic intervals.

a) The Budget Cycle of IMT Nagpur: The Institute‟s Budget Committee and

Administration engage in an annual strategic planning process commencing in November

/ December every year. The Head of Finance (Controller of budget) coordinates with the

Administration Department, Area and Activity Chairpersons and heads of committees as

well as Faculty members for preparing the budget for the forthcoming financial year

based on previous year‟s data and the new initiatives planned for the forthcoming year. In

the month of January the initial budget proposals discussed in details with the Director,

Dean (Academics) along with the concerned departments / area and activity heads for any

additions / deletions in the budget. In the month of February the budgetary proposals are

submitted to the Management Committee (administrative arm of Governing Council) for

discussion and approval. In the event Management Committee deems it necessary to

make any changes to the same, the budgetary proposals are revised accordingly and

resubmitted for approval. The final approved budget is received from the Management

Committee In the month of March every year.

b) Budget Implementation: The following procedures are followed to ensure that all

expenditure incurred is in accordance with the approved budgetary allocations:

c) Constitution of Purchase Committee / Price Negotiation Committee (PNC): The

Purchase Committee / Price Negotiation Committee is constituted under the orders of the

Director. In general, the constitution of the purchase committee / Price Negotiation

Committee is as following:

Faculty Member Chairperson

Faculty Member Member

Head- Administration Member Secretary

Project Head Member

Finance Head Member

Administrative Officer (Purchases) Member

The Director may reconstitute the committee as deemed fit and necessary. The

Committee meets as required from time to time to discuss and approve all procurement


Page 185

proposals and related issues or for any price negotiation. The concerned person

submitting the requisition for procurement of material / services may also be invited for

the meeting to offer clarifications as needed.

d) Approval of PNC Proposals and Decisions on Contracts and Procurement:

All rate contracts finalized by the PNC are to be finally approved by the Director.

All capital expenditure finalized by the PNC to be finally approved by the Director.

Any expense exceeding the Purchase Order needs to be re-approved by the PNC

before settlement of account.

All requirements for purchases / services to be negotiated by PNC except

procurement of small urgent requirements / items, which shall be ratified by the PNC

in its next meeting).

e) Periodical Analysis of Budget vs. Actual Expenditure: The analysis on monthly budget vs.

actual expenditure is carried out by the Head of Finance and the report is discussed with the

Director and Departmental Heads at the Institutional level. A quarterly variance analysis report is

submitted to the Management Committee for discussion and approval at the end of each quarter.

6.4.2 Does the College have a mechanism for internal and external audit? Give details.

a) Internal and External Audit: Independent auditors appointed by the Management

Committee carry out audit at two levels (Internal and External).

b) Internal Audit: Internal Auditors carry out their inspection work within the Institute and

submit their report to the management. They also help in designing the Institute‟s systems

and processes and in developing specific risk management policies. Internal Auditors

ensure the implementation of Institutional policies for effective utilization of resources as

well as risk management apart from assessing their effectiveness. The work of the

internal auditors is continuous and based on the internal control systems. IMT Nagpur

follows a quarterly internal audit system wherein the internal auditors submit their report

to the Vice Chairman / Management Committee. In their report the auditors submit their

findings on budget vs. actual expenditure apart from reporting on compliance with the

Institutional policies extending beyond financial areas such as Administration, Academic

Program Office and Library. The Internal audit report is sent to the Institute‟s local

management for their response and comments.

c) External / Statutory Audit: External auditors are appointed by the Management

Committee to audit the accounts of the Institute and submit their report to the

Management Committee. They provide their experienced opinion on the truthfulness of

the organization‟s financial statements and perform work on a test basis to monitor

systems that are in place.


Page 186

6.4.3 Provide audited income and expenditure statement of academic and administrative

activities of the previous four years.

Audited Income & Expenditure Statement for last four year from F.Y 2009-10 to 2012-13

Financial Year Income Expenditure

2009-10 311,460,537.00 207,283,634.00

2010-11 243,998,597.00 259,126,802.00

2011-12 237,809,815.00 255,573,453.00

2012-13 295,896,497.00 268,846,072.00

6.4.4 Have the accounts been audited regularly? What are the major audit objections and how

are they complied with?

The Institute‟s accounts are audited both internally and externally at a regular interval. On an

average the accounts are audited once in every quarter. The observations are recorded and

communicated to the top management as well as all the concerned staff members.

So far, the Institute‟s accounts have never faced any major audit objections.

6.4.5 Narrate the efforts taken by the College for resource mobilization.

Not applicable.

6.4.6 Is there any provision for the College to maintain the „corpus fund‟? If yes, give details.

The Institute does maintain a corpus fund in line with the statutory requirement.


Page 187

6.5 Internal Quality Assurance System

6.5.1 Does the College conduct an academic audit of its departments? If yes, give details.

Thought not titled as such, but our institution quality assurance has following policies:

Sticking to the academic calendar designed and communicated

Adherence to the norms and policy as mentioned in SHB

Strict implementation of rules and norms of attendance

Continuous performance evaluations

Time bound activity planning and execution

Year-long planning and compliance

6.5.2 Based on the recommendations of academic audit what specific measures have been

taken by the College to improve teaching, learning and evaluation?

During Annual Faculty Body Meeting all these matters and issues are raised and discussed. A

thorough review of the program is carried out and all measures are taken to improve teaching,

learning and evaluation processes, and this is a continuous process at IMT, Nagpur.

6.5.3 Is there a central body within the College to continuously review the teaching learning

process? Give details of its structure, methodologies of operations and outcome?

For continuous monitoring and review of the process of teaching and learning, the Institute has

Academic Program Office (APO) that work under the program chair and the Dean (Academics).

Along with it, there is Controller of Examination (COE), who monitors the process of evaluation.

The APO facilitates academic programs. The APO is headed by Academic Program Officer who

is assisted by executives and staff holding independent charge of various academic

responsibilities associated with the execution of academic programs.

The APO extends academic support in the following areas:



Procurement & distribution of Text books and readings to students;

Scheduling, notification and conduct of examinations in accordance with the guidelines

of Controller of Examinations;

Assisting the Program Chairperson in the preparation and execution of academic

calendar;




Regulating the access of OLT (Online Learning & Teaching) program;

Updating the results in OLT;



Coordinating and facilitating Student Internship Program


Page 188

Controller of Examination (COE)

The Controller of Examinations is vested with the overall superintendence and control of

examination processes in respect of all academic programs. The Controller of Examinations is

appointed by the Director in consultation with the Dean (Academics) and holds office for a

minimum period of one year or for such extended period at the discretion of the Director. The

Controller of Examinations performs the following functions and duties:

Preparation and notification of schedules / re-schedule/re-exams for Term examinations

of all courses and programs through the Academic Program Office in coordination with

the Program Chairpersons;

Issuing guidelines on printing, packing and sealing of examination question papers and

their supply to examination centers;

Assigning and notifying invigilation duties for various end-term examinations and SIP

presentations;

Monitoring arrangements for conduct of examinations, collection of answer papers and

prescribing norms for seating arrangements in examination halls;

Inspection of examination centers and submitting reports on malpractices in examination

to the Program Chairperson for appropriate action; which are further taken to the PGP

Committee;

Submitting reports on dereliction / failure in the performance of examination duties and

providing details of such persons to the Dean (Academics) and the Director for

appropriate action;

Supervising the arrangements for preparation, printing and distribution of marks sheets,

and other certificates to the students and correction of mistakes in marks sheets;

Supervising the preparation of eligibility list of students for each Convocation;

Supervising the compilation of merit list, rank list and medals list of students;

Issuing guidelines on the conduct of examinations and other related matters;

Performing other duties assigned by the Academic Council, Director, Dean (Academics)

from time to time.

6.5.4 How has IQAC contributed to institutionalizing quality assurance strategies and

processes?

Almost all the initiatives taken by the assurance cell had been approved by the top management

and most of them are implemented with varying degree of success. During activities like

evaluations of students in MICVV there is an involvement of external members from industry as

well as academia.

Alumni visit the campus on and off and sometimes they are invited to deliver Corporate Guest

Lectures on various topics under the aegis of different areas.

Since it‟s not a formal body as such, the assurance cell is comprised of all the employees directly

or indirectly associated with academic and non-academic activity.


Page 189

6.5.5 Does the IQAC have external members on its committees? If so, mention any significant

contribution made by such members.

There are external reviewers and experts who are formally there on different boards, like Board

of Studies, Faculty Recruitment Experts, Faculty Appraisal Board, etc. All these eminent

personnel would be asked to give their opinion on various aspects of academics and research

domain.

6.5.6 Has the IQAC conducted any study on the incremental academic growth of students

from disadvantaged sections of society?

IMT-Nagpur is an institute that is built on the philosophy of merit based education system, where

the ultimate parameter of a student‟s selection, evaluation and graduation is her merit.

Therefore, the Institute does not classify/discriminate its students on any other basis and no study

has been made in this regard.

6.5.7 What policies are in place for the periodic review of administrative and academic

departments, subject areas, research centres, etc.?

A thorough study is carried out and if needed for the betterment of the institute the policies of the

place is revisited and reviewed.

The institute has a formal process of annual review of performance of individual faculty and

administrative staff. The system is transparent, fair and comprehensive in nature.

Annual Faculty Body Meetings and Annual meeting between administrative staffs and faculty

are two main platforms where the review of academic department, administration and research

department are reviewed. The goals are set for the next academic year as well as communication

is made among the stakeholders regarding the achievements and short-comings of every

department.

The representatives of the Management Committee visit the campus at a regular interval and take

stock of the various departments of the Institute.

Any additional information regarding Governance, Leadership and Management, which the



Page 190

Criterion VII: INNOVATIONS AND BEST PRACTICES

7.1 Environment Consciousness

7.1.1 Does the Institute conduct a Green Audit of its campus and facilities?

The Institute maintains a high standard in terms of keeping the environment of the campus

green and follows practices that are environment friendly. However, so far there has been no

formal process evolved for green auditing. IMT-Nagpur, would surely like to create a formal

system for such purpose in future.

7.1.2 What are the initiatives taken by the college to make the campus eco-friendly?

Energy conservation

Use of renewable energy

Water harvesting

Check dam construction

Efforts for Carbon neutrality

Plantation

Hazardous waste management

e-waste management

IMT Nagpur as an Institute is well aware of its responsibilities and obligation not only towards

its immediate stakeholders, but also of others who are indirectly or in a remote fashion may be

affected and influenced by the Institute and its activities. One of them is the physical

environment of the campus and community that surrounds the Institution.

Since its inception, IMT Nagpur has been maintaining a lush green campus with hundreds of

trees and plants been grown and maintained by good number of contractual gardeners. By doing

so, the Institute tries to maintain a balance between flora and fauna, which is vital for sustaining

our healthy survival.

At IMT Nagpur, renewable source of energy, Solar Power is used for heating up water in the

guesthouse area (AEC) as well as student‟s hostels. The total number of heating panels is 192

and the total heating capacity of these panels is 23,000 litres.

The Institute has a sewage treatment plant (STP) with a capacity of one lakh liter. This facility is

used to recycle the used -water for watering the plans and trees in the campus. This significantly

cuts down total consumption of water without reducing its use for preservation of natural beauty

of the campus.

Motion sensitive lighting is used in the campus that economizes on the consumption of

traditional sources of electricity power. Immediately after over the sessions are over, all the

power consuming devices like ACs, electric fans and lights are switched off by the class

attendants to avoid the wastage of power. The Urinals are fitted with motion sensitive devices

that optimize the use of water without compromising on the hygiene and cleanliness of the area.


Page 191

IMT Nagpur encourages its faculty and staff to use ICT facilities for internal communication and

administrative issues in place of traditional paper and file approach. By doing so, the Institute is

able to reduce consumption of paper and other materials that require destructions of natural

resources.

In order to spread the awareness and need for sustainable development, the Institute has created a

centre for sustainable development. The mission of centre is to develop and promote an

environmentally and socially responsible community that uses various natural resources in a

prudent manner and preserves the environment and bio-diversity for the future. The objective of

the centre is to encourage public and private sector and communities to participate in the

sustainable development process through collaborative approach and channelize national/

international financial resources, technology and expertise in designing and executing

development projects. Through Individual Research & Publication, Sponsored Research,

Consultancy Projects, Case Writing and Development the centre plans to apply sustainable

principles to development projects that meet present and future societal needs.

IMT Nagpur encourages its faculty and staff to use extensively ICT facilities for internal

communication and administrative matters instead of use of tradition paper and file approach. By

doing so, the Institute is able to reduce consumption of paper and other materials that require

destructions of natural resources.

In order to spread the awareness and need for sustainable development, the Institute has created a

centre for sustainable development with the mission of having an environmentally and socially

responsible community that uses various resources in a prudent manner and preserves the

environment and bio-diversity for the future. The objective of the centre is to encourage public

and private sector and communities to participate in the sustainable development process through

collaborative approach and channelize national/ international financial resources, technology and

expertise in designing and executing development projects. Through Individual Research &

Publication, Sponsored Research, Consultancy Projects, Case Writing and Development the

centre plans to apply sustainable principles to development projects that meet present and future

societal needs.


Page 192

7.2 Innovations

7.2.1 Give details of innovations introduced during the last four years which have created a

positive impact on the functioning of the college.

Being an Institute among top 20 private business schools in India, IMT Nagpur has been and

continues to experiment with innovative methods of learning and teaching. The innovations are

seen in terms of elective courses offered to the students for their specialization, in terms of

pedagogy of delivery of the courses and in implementing various practices with an objective of

keeping the Institute in the forefront of the knowledge sharing and learning.

The Institute is aware of necessity of providing students with first hand encounter of corporate

world even when they are still a student. The idea is to let the students see the relevance of their

learning inside the classroom with real world applicability in the corporate world. In order to do

so, in each course, a minimum of two guest speakers are invited from the corporate world , who

narrate and discuss some of the real issues the corporate world faces and how the learning of

certain theories and their applicability may help deal with such situations. The guest speakers are

generally selected by the course faculty on the basis of experience, position and relevance of the

speakers profile for the course. Preference is always given to speakers who come from middle to

senior level management positions reputed companies.

Business education requires a constant update and modification that best describe, analyze and

make students understand the changing scenario which every business should be aware for

successful operations. Keeping this philosophy in mind, Faculty members at IMT, Nagpur

continually update and modify the contents and delivery of the courses. The Institute encourages

the faculty members to offer the new courses in areas that are yet to become part of the

traditional business school learning. In the last academic year (2013-14) students were provided

with option of choosing a course on Digital Economy, a course that combines varied field of

management education and innovation with an objective of preparing them for doing business in

the „new economy‟. Another course in finance (simulation on portfolio management) was

offered to the students in the finance area that is completely based on simulation method and use

of real time data that could be accessed from Bloomberg terminal that Institute has installed in

the learning resource centre (the Library). A course titled Business Analytics was also offered

which prepared students for Data Analytics, a comparatively new area in India.

The evaluation process of student‟s performance in a course is often a mix of traditional method

of pen and paper and innovative methods like use of Moodle software, online internet based tests

and innovative group or individual assignments. The varied and continuous evaluation process

help maintain the standard of learning process as well as offer students an glimpses of real world

challenges they may face after they join the corporate world as manager or a business leader.

The Institute provides the students with an opportunity to hone and test their managerial skills

and enterprising abilities. The students Managers take the membership of a Cooperative store

situated in campus, operated and maintained by the students. The other enterprising venture in

campus which is operated and maintained by students is “FnF”. These are innovative steps taken

by IMT Nagpur for nurturing as well as encouraging students to take responsibilities, make

decisions and use their business skills real time, something crucial for a manager or business

leader of future.


Page 193

7.3 Best Practices

7.3.1 Elaborate on any two best practices which have contributed to the achievement of the

Institutional Objectives and/or contributed to the Quality improvement of the core activities

of the college.

IMT Nagpur has quite a few number of forward looking practices, some of which also get

regularly reviewed to maintain their relevance in the rapidly changing external environment. A

few of these are, as the Institute sees it:

A) Marriage of Theory and Practice: Inviting practitioners from corporate sector, policy-

makers or people from NGOs, in 10% of sessions, in every course of the program. Around 200

practitioners visited IMT Nagpur in the year 2013-14 to address students, be it in course specific

industry-practices; or through sessions beyond courses, through Corporate Interaction Committee

(CIC).

B) Curriculum and pedagogy review: Starting from core courses to electives, the Institute has

a policy to review them periodically. Electives, by their very nature, represent the dynamism as

expected from market requirements. Over the last one year, the Institute has established a

Curriculum and Pedagogy Review Committee (CPRC) to review core courses, along with

finding and standardizing structure of course outlines.

A) Marriage of Theory and Practice:

i) Objectives of the Practice: The objective of inviting guest faculty from the corporate sector

in every course is to bring to the classroom first-hand experience and information about the

challenges and practices of the business world. The practice has been followed by the Institute

since its inception, to facilitate corporate exposure to students in areas of practical aspects of

business and how those issues could be dealt through their classroom learning.

The secondary objective of this practice has been to ensure good number of corporate footfall in

the campus and thereby promote the Institute‟s brand in the corporate world.

Management being a practitioners‟ field; and keeping in mind the severe criticism Indian higher

education, including professional education like B-Schools have faced, this unique program

helps students know the rapidly changing business practices in a global world. These

practitioners‟ are mostly from top and senior management, from respected corporate. To further

strengthen this practice, a new initiative of documenting and disseminating the learning from

these lectures are updated in the website, so that others can also use the same

(http://www.imtnagpur.ac.in/guestlecture.html & http://imtnagpur.ac.in/Guest%20speaker.html ).

ii) The Context: Business education is essentially application oriented learning process where

students learn the skills and knowledge that prepare them to manage and lead business

organizations. The need, therefore, for such an education system is to combine judiciously pure

academic learning with applications of the knowledge in real business scenario. However, unlike

certain other professional education, like medicine, it is almost impossible for students to deal

http://www.imtnagpur.ac.in/guestlecture.html

http://imtnagpur.ac.in/Guest%20speaker.html


Page 194

with organizational issues first hand, when they are still going through their formal education.

Learning, for this reason, remains mostly theoretical and academic in nature. Although, the

Summer Internship is meant to bridge this gap; keeping in mind that nearly 60% of our students

enter IMT Nagpur without significant full-time work-experience, the Institute felt that integration

of practice should be done from the very 1st term itself.

To bridge this gap between what the program requires and what is relevant and practically

applicable, the Institute has innovated the practice of inviting minimum two practitioners, mostly

from the corporate world, in each course that is offered to the students. These practitioners‟

lectures, termed as Guest Lecture in IMT Nagpur, have been part of the Institute since last few

years, and over the years it have been strengthened. Careful discretion and scrutiny is applied in

ensuring reasonably senior level management practitioners turn-up for it, as it gets carefully

selected by the course instructors. These people share their experiences and understanding to the

students which help them get a glimpse of the corporate world and its functions. In doing so, the

Institute makes sure that students get to see the connection between the learning in a course and

how those could be applied in dealing with real life situations. A minimum of 2 sessions, out of

total 20 sessions in a course are thus designed to bring maximum possible value addition to the

students learning experience in terms of both academic and theoretical knowledge as well as

applicability of those knowledge.

iii) The Practice

The Institute‟s policy regarding inviting guest faculty from the corporate is as follows: Two

sessions (out of the 20 sessions for a standard 3-credit course, where each session is of 90

minutes, meaning each credit is equivalent to ten-hours of classroom teaching) in each course are

compulsorily required to be dedicated to industry practitioners, and to be handled by industry

professionals (some case policy-makers/NGOs). The two guest sessions are expected to be

handled by two different professionals from industry. The same guest, who has delivered a guest

lecture in another course/term, shall not be repeated in any other course/term. The Institute

reimburses economy class airfare to the industry practitioners visiting our campus for guest

sessions in addition to providing accommodation, conveyance facility and payment of an

honorarium/memento as desired based on seniority of the visiting professional. Assistance of the

APO shall be availed for coordinating transport arrangements and for processing the payments

with the accounts department. The following guidelines shall be applicable for inviting

corporate/industry personnel for guest lecturers:

The guest should be from Industry, not academia.

At a given point of time, the guest is supposed to address one section, no

clubbing business is allowed.

Clubbing/Merging of sections is allowed only with the permission of the

Director. Prior approval is a needed.


Page 195

A single section can be clubbed with any CIC guest with prior approval from

the Program Office.

A course (course here refer to a course taught by an individual faculty, not

the course per se) needs at least two such guest, irrespective of the number of

sections a faculty is handling.

As per the policy, an honorarium of not more than 3000 INR would be paid

to the guest.

The travel and other hospitality expenses would be borne by the Institute.

iv) Evidence of Success

Objectives of both these two stated best practices, in the macro-level, are to provide students

with insight to applications to the practicing world. Through this visit of practitioners in the

campus, students see applications of concepts that full-time faculty members teach them.

These guest lectures are meant to be complementing the internal faculty members, many of

which do not have significant industry experience or else consulting experience. This way, the

learning happens to both the students, and also the internal faculty understands how industry has

been using the various concepts, tools, techniques.

Although we have not yet firmed up with absolute measures to have evidence of success for this

practice (which is a good idea, and the Institute can think of it going forward); based on practices

of updating these lectures in website for public dissemination, better interests among students to

attend these lectures (through records of attendance), etc, clearly show that this practice has

received popularity among students.

v) Problems Encountered and Resources Required

One of the major problems in inviting guests from the industry is the location of the Institute.

Even though Nagpur is a growing city with ample potential for future development, at present it

is not a hub of industry or corporate in terms of their presence in large number or in terms of

location of their head-quarters. IMT Nagpur emphasize on inviting corporate guests who are at

an important position of the decision making process, which invariable implies inviting guests

from different metro cities of the country where the head quarters are located. This brings a

major constraint in scheduling the sessions where the speakers are supposed to deliver their talks.

It requires them to plan for at least one full day of travel to the city and that many a times

becomes difficult. In certain cases, the lectures had to be rescheduled due to certain exigencies

on part of the guests, which makes the process little uncertain from the scheduling point of view.

Implementation of such elaborate policy of involving corporate guest lecturers in every course

requires a huge logistical planning, manpower to run the process smoothly, and of course, large

expenditure in terms of guest‟s travel expenses, honorarium paid to them and certain

miscellaneous items. Last year the total amount budgeted was Rs. 35 lakh.


Page 196

B) Curriculum and pedagogy review:

i. Objectives of the Practice IMT Nagpur has been having one Annual Faculty Body Meeting (AFBM), where

medium-to-long term decisions, more so for the next academic year are discussed. During

AFBM 2013, a new taskforce, titled Curriculum and Pedagogy Review Committee was

formed under the Dean (Academics) then (presently under Dean (Academics) &

Officiating Director). This taskforce includes four other faculty members from different

functional areas of management. Over the last year, this team has worked significantly in

improving (1) structural content of course outlines to (2) academic content of courses.

Over the last 2-3 years, a series of work were carried out in this area, in which

interpretations of a good course outline were debated and discussed. Interpretations

varied on what becomes a good evaluation system, it was felt that there is need for more

of original thinking, critical thinking, analytical abilities, industry practices, etc. It took

significant effort in making faculty members agree that regulators, be it UGC to AICTE

(and same for NBA, NAAC or AACSB) appreciated innovations and forward looking

policies, as in present information age, it is the ability to use and process information that

matters the most.

Subsequently, each area did a comprehensive benchmarking exercise of its core-course

offerings against those of top Indian and global B-Schools, to identify the gaps; and

examine whether present core-courses need any revamping to address those gaps. IMT

Nagpur also believes in offering cross-functional courses as management is a cross-

functional area first and then an area of specializations; new general management

courses, like that of (1) Sustainable Development, (2) Entrepreneurship (earlier an

elective), (3) Business History, (4) Change Management, (5) Society, Business and

Government, (6) International Business are planned to be offered as core courses (course

titles may vary).

Following the detailed CPRC guidelines, respective area-faculty members have also been

in the process of getting their core and electives courses reviewed, in a systematic and

formal and institutional manner (earlier it was more informal), from March 2014 onward.

ii. The Context

Although there were informal practice, as per older Academic Manuals, to keep new

electives regularly being reviewed by both area-faculty first and then by overall faculty

body before its launch; informally same should have been followed even for core courses

that have been running over years. However, over the years, it was found that structure

and contents of the core courses, that were offered since the inception of this institute

(though Comprehensive Viva-Voce was launched last year), have remained almost

unchanged. Even when faculty members changed, one rarely found any radical change in

course outlines; and no major up-gradation of it was fund in many courses over the years.

The systematic area-review for core existing courses was also missing in few cases.

Although for new electives it was still followed, one rarely found faculty-engagement in

the process (mails were sent, but no constructive inputs from other faculty-members were


Page 197

received).

To address the gap, during AFBM 2013, Curriculum and Pedagogy Review Committee

was formed, which came up with a broad guidelines and objective of this exercise. Four

other faculty members were inducted, along with Dean (Academics) – one from area of

Economics, two from General Management (one also working for marketing area), one

from OB and HR, and one from IT & Operations. These members identified ways to

improve structure first, of a course outline, and suggested norms on how to improve it

(rather than citing JSTOR or Elsevier or The Business Line/Business Standard; which

was a practice; need was to give session-wise specific study-materials, there was lack of

uniformity in the course structure as well as a single-top-shop for students where they can

access all course-related materials).

As expected, it took time for faculty members to appreciate the need for it; and it still is a

work-in-progress. Next was review of content in course outlines, where specific

observations were meant. After that, an internal benchmarking exercises of courses with

external top B-Schools. In between, in a short meeting, where heads of B-School of IISc

Bangalore, IIT Kanpur and professors of B-Schools from IIT Bombay & IIT Kharagpur

were present, a quick review and feedback were taken, and minutes circulated later

among faculty colleagues.

Initiatives have been taken to introduce more interdisciplinary courses in the first year

core courses, which is planned to be implemented from 2014-16 academic year. Also the

distributions of credits across areas were identified as another area of change given the

changes in the external business environment over the last decade. All these are being

worked out, with the single objective of making the courses relevant for current socio-

economic and business environment, and also for next 3-5 years. Post this radical change,

every year; incremental area-review and updating of courses are also to be

institutionalized.

iii. The Practice Curriculum and pedagogy review (Please refer to the CPRC

guidelines):

a) One time curriculum review (core courses):

Benchmark courses, in view of existing vision, mission, learning objectives of the

Institute (this is also being revised now).

Identify gaps keeping needs of external socio-economic and business

environment.

Have area-level meetings, with CPRC members, and minute them.

Identify action points.

Repeat till consensus is reached.

Invite external industry and academic personnel for combined review.

Freeze courses.

Allocate faculty/identify faculty training need (as in case of Sustainable

Development recently).

Develop detailed course outline, circulate in area/faculty body, get approval


Page 198

b) Regular curriculum review:

Ensure all core courses, and electives, being repeated for next batch, must have

updated by concerned faculty member/s.

Circulate updated course outline to area-faculty.

Receive comments over e-mails/otherwise.

Have area-meeting to discuss/finalize same, develop a Minutes of Meeting and

get it accepted.

Incorporate changes agreed upon and re-circulate to area, before uploading in

OLT, or before circulating to students.

iv. Evidence of Success

2013-14 being the first year of this exercise, final evidence of success, which can

result from comprehensive achievement of program-level learning goals as stated

through assurance of learning, is yet to take place. Therefore, we need

intermediate measures, which are:

Are courses, core or electives, regularly being updated and reviewed?: Answer is

yes, it has started in a big way.

Are there collaborative approaches in it, with internal and external inputs? :

Answer again is yes.

Do these revised core courses represent better ways of addressing current business

environment? – Based on plans for 2014-16 batch, it surely is.

Are evaluation components in alignment to promote critical thinking, original

thinking? Yes, more flexibility is given to faculty members, with adequate

checks-and-balances.

Is there cross-functional and interdisciplinary approach in courses? Answer again

is a big yes, based on proposed core courses for 2014-16, or even for electives for

2013-15, as now electives in cross-disciplinary areas are encouraged (Digital

Marketing in areas of Marketing & IT, Marketing of Financial products, a new

elective to cater to industry that sells financial products, to be considered in areas

of Marketing & Finance, etc.).

At the same time, the Institute is also working out to have a test of Assurance of

Learning at present level. The newly introduced Comprehensive Viva-Voce

course did serve this purpose, but beyond that, the AACSB taskforce has been

assigned to carry out one Assurance of Learning exercise even for the 2013-15

batch (early stage of thinking and therefore in work-in-progress).

v. Problems Encountered and Resources Required One major problem was communication of the change process to all the stakeholders.

There is a perception that innovations are disruptive, and thereby course outlines to

evaluation over the years have become not the most suited ones for the present

information age.

Next big challenge was bringing in the right mix of academic and industry relevance.

Academicians as faculty members, and without any industry experience/consulting

experience go by the pure theoretical knowledge, whereas industry practitioners care less


Page 199

about solid academic theories and concepts. A right balance where both complement each

than both clash with each is needed, and the balancing job is not often easy.

Availability of quality faculty to teach courses that serve industry needs better: Examples

can be given from a course of Business History from Harvard Business School5 (we plan

to incorporate India, China, ASEAN blocs), students are not keen on understanding issues

of Society, business and Government – getting quality faculty member to teach such a

subject effectively is not easy. A course is as good as the faculty, otherwise having great

course titles and content would not mean much. In area of Sustainable Development, with

training need it can probably be bridged. For Business History, we have a faculty member

(PhD holder from IISc, Bangalore) who has been working on it intensely and keenly.

Faculty attrition (like for Entrepreneurship, offered earlier as an elective) is also a key

challenge; although two young, energetic and talented faculty members did manage the E-

cell activities of the Institute; and therefore, the Institute is also on the look-out for faculty

members who can offer cross-disciplinary courses that cater to the future, and

unfortunately supply-side of these quality of faculty members are very limited. Even when

we get them, due to location, retaining them also becomes a challenge. The Institute is

building new faculty blocks to address some of these issues.

Other than above two, the Institute also has following practices (first one elaborated in details,

other two merely stated):

Institute‟s Support to the Faculty Members in Their Intellectual Growth: Be it by sponsoring for PhD from reputed global Institutes, for the rare few faculty members who

do not have a PhD, the Institute has been doing its bit to meet shortage of quality faculty

members in India. Prof. Pradeep Mazumdar, an alumnus of IIT Kharagpur & IIM Bangalore,

with industry experience in India and abroad has been given sabbatical (full paid leave) for six-

months, and leave for a year to stay and complete PhD at IIT Kharagpur. The Institute also

provides liberal financial support for faculty training and development, encourages internal

research dissemination through internal research seminar, and is also working on having a

working-paper series in its website, to be available free of cost to

researchers/practitioners/policy-makers, more so from developing nations like India. Papers

presented in conferences organized by IMT Nagpur, like recently held 3rd

ICSMS, which saw

more than 50 paper presenters all over India and participation from overseas university to

NEERI, would also be archived in these internal working paper series for better dissemination of

knowledge.

i) Objectives of the Practice

An academic Institute‟s most important asset is its faculty, as hard infrastructure and Wi-Fi are

no longer sustainable differentiators, and to remain in the top league of B-Schools in India, it is

important that faculty-members remain in the forefront of learning and intellectual prowess

through regular up-gradation of their skills, knowledge and relevance in the field of business

education. IMT Nagpur therefore provides huge support to its faculty in their intellectual growth

in terms of financial support, academic freedom and certain academic privileges. The Institute

firmly believes that maintaining high quality of the faculty in terms of their teaching, research

5 McGraw, Thomas K; Teaching History Courses to Harvard MBA Students: Building Enrollment from 21 to 1300,

http://www.thebhc.org/publications/BEHprint/v028n2/p0153-p0162.pdf


Page 200

and consultancy ability requires support that is beyond the minimum requirements as suggested

by various academic monitoring agencies and regulatory bodies.

ii) The Context

In the changing global and national scenario of business, it is of utmost importance that the

Institute prepares students with most relevant and latest of the skills and knowledge to become a

successful manager, business leader or entrepreneur. This may not be possible if the faculty

members themselves are not upgrading and updating their own knowledge and skill set. IMT

Nagpur, therefore, provides its faculty with best of the support and opportunities to enhance and

sharpen their intellectual prowess through a series of endeavor all of which aim at greater

flexibility, academic freedom and privileges extended to them. One of the most important ways

in which faculty remain relevant in their respective fields is through research work and

participations in various academic seminar, conferences as well as faculty development

programs. Financial support and flexible teaching schedule is provided by the Institute to help

faculty engage in research and publications. The active participation in seminars, conferences

and workshops help faculty exchange ideas with their academic peers that may result in sharing

of knowledge and ideas and perhaps result in collaborative research work.

iii).The Practice The Institute‟s policy regarding faculty support for their intellectual development is as follows:

Faculty members are strongly encouraged to publish their work in academic and practitioner

journals of repute. In order to facilitate that, faculty members are encouraged to present their

research papers in National/International level seminars/conferences. The following can be

considered as a minimum expectation from each Faculty member.

National Seminars/Conferences: Minimum two per academic year

International Seminars/Conferences: Minimum one in two academic years

The Institute will fund the registration fee, economy class air-fare, hotel charges and per-

diem as per Institute norms, Visa fee (if any). The faculty will be treated on official duty

for the duration of the seminar/conference plus journey days. For availing this facility,

the faculty members must have adequate research credits and seek prior approval from

the Director.

Proceeding on Lien to another campus of the Institute: In circumstances wherein a faculty member moves from one campus to another, extra

ordinary leave without pay may be granted to a full time regular employee, up to a

maximum period of one year. An employee will not be entitled for any home-campus

increments or benefits during such extra ordinary leave. However, his service with the

other campus will be considered for calculating leave, faculty appraisal and continuity of

service.

Sabbatical:

If a full time regular Faculty member has been in continuous service with the Institute for

a period of minimum 6 years, he/ she will be eligible to go on a Sabbatical for a period of

6 months, with full pay for higher studies/ research/ academic project at a reputed foreign

/ Indian Institution. This engagement with the outside Institution shall be honorary and

the Faculty member cannot receive any salary / pay during this period from the outside


Page 201

Institution, other than an honorarium and travel/ living expenses. It is, however, not

mandatory for the faculty member to be associated with an outside institution during this

period. He/she could also make use of this period either for writing books or case studies

or doing research, without being formally affiliated to any institution. At the end of the

Sabbatical, the faculty member will return to the parent institution on the pre-existing

employment terms and has to undertake to serve the parent institution for a minimum

period of 3 years. The faculty member has to submit a report on his work during the

sabbatical period along with documentary evidence on research paper/books/case studies

contributed by him. During the Sabbatical period, the faculty member will be entitled to

normal salary increases but no accrual of Leave (Casual, Medical, and Earned) will take

place. He will receive Basic Salary; HRA and other allowances. This type of leave

cannot be clubbed with or exchanged with any other form of Leave.

Permission to go on Sabbatical to a reputed foreign institution will be granted by the

Director, and approval of Sabbatical on other grounds will be granted by the Management

Committee.

iv) Problems Encountered and Resources Required Allowing faculty a flexible teaching load and providing them with certain academic freedom and

privileges has its downside. When faculty is granted a long leave on account of their research

work or personal development, his/her teaching work requires to be distributed to other faculty

members or the Institute has to find a suitable visiting faculty. This becomes a problem at times

since quality faculty is not easy to get. Balancing the needs for intellectual growth and

discharging responsibilities of a teacher is a difficult task and it increases Institute‟s dependency

on visiting faculty to a certain extent.

Making A Difference in the Local Community: A student driven initiative, called Village

Empowerment Program saw our student-managers reach out to local schools, where there is a

resource deficit in computers as well as skilled faculty members. Our students regularly teach

secondary school kids in these schools, and now this program is planned to be scaled up through

train-the-trainer where more engineering/management schools would be involved.

Alumni Interactions: The Institute holds regular alumni meet at locations like Delhi, Kolkata,

Bangalore, Mumbai and Nagpur; where Institute bears all the expenses for physical get together

with its alumni.


Page 202

Evaluative Report of the Departments 1. Name of the Department & its year of establishment :

Department of Management, Institute of Management Technology-Nagpur, 2004

2. Names of Programmes / Courses offered (UG, PG, M.Phil., Ph.D., Integrated Masters;

Integrated Ph.D., etc.):

I. Post Graduate Diploma in Management

II. Post Graduate Diploma in Management (Finance)

III. Post Graduate Diploma in Management (Marketing)

3. Interdisciplinary courses and departments involved :

Not Applicable in the context of the question. However, when one views Management as a

field of study being interdisciplinary in nature, we provide that with integrative

perspectives from various functional areas, like HR & OB, Marketing, Finance,

Economics, IT, Operations & QT, General Management, etc. 4. Annual/ semester/choice based credit system :

Trimester based credit system 5. Participation of the department in the courses offered by other departments :

Not Applicable. Students are offered flexi-credits in 2nd

year, in the form of electives.

6. Number of teaching posts sanctioned and filled (Professors/Associate Professors/ Asst.

Professors)

Sanctioned Filled

Professors As per norms 10

Associate Professors As per norms 15

Asst. Professors As per norms 20


Page 203

7. Faculty profile with name, qualification, designation, specialization, (D.Sc./D.Litt. /Ph.D. /

M. Phil. etc.,)

Sr.

No Name Qualification Designation Specialization

No of years

of

experience

No of Ph.D.

Students

guided for the

last 4 years

1 Dr. Ranjit Goswami

PhD (IIT Kgp).,

MBA (IIT

Bombay),; B. Tech

(IIT Kgp)

Officiating

Director and

Dean

(Academics)

Information

Technology 19 2 (ongoing)

2 Dr. Narendra Y.

Phadnis

Ph. Ph. D (Labour

Laws)., LL.M, M.L.S,

P.G.Diploma (HRM),

DCL, NET, IPR., B.Sc

Professor OB & HRM

& LAW 30

3 Dr. Pawan Jain Ph. D., M. Com,

PGDBM., B. Com

Assistant

Professor Finance 15

1

4 Prof. Ravindra

Gadgil

M.B.A (Markt.),

Univ. of Louisiana,

Monroe, USA.., B.E.

(Chemical).,

Professor Marketing 34

5 Dr. Gajavelli VS

Ph. D (Economics).,

M.A (Economics) ,

M.Phil

(Economics)., B.A

Professor Economics 23

6 Dr. R. K. Jena

Ph.D (Information

Technology)., M.

Sc, M. Tech (CS),

G. J. University,

Haryana., B. Sc

(maths)

Associate

Professor

Information

Technology 15

7 Dr. V. Gopal

Fellow in

Management, IIM-

K., A.I.C.W.A ,

A.C.S (I.C.S.I)..,

B.E. (Production)


8 Dr. K. Nilkantan

Ph.D. (Management

Studies)., M.S.

(Mathematics)., B.

Tech (Chemical

Engineering)

Professor Operations

Management 31


Page 204

Sr.


No of years

of

experience

No of Ph.D.

Students

guided for the

last 4 years

9 Dr. Harshwardhan

Halve

Ph.D, (IT)., M. Sc

(Mathematics).,

PGDCA (CS),

Pondicherry

University

Professor Information

Technology 19

10 Dr. Veena Pailwar

Ph. D (Economics).,

M.Phi, M.A

(Economics)., B.A.(

Economics)


1

11 Dr. Preshth

Bhardwaj

Ph. D

(management).,

MBA (Mktg &

Comp. Sys.).,

B.B.A. (Mgt),

Assistant


12 Prof. Anil Kumar

PhD (pursuing)., PG

Diploma in E-

commerce., M.Tech

(IT), IIT, Roorkee.,

B. E (CS)

Assistant

Professor

Information

Technology 21

13 Prof. Agam Nag

MSEE (Electrical

Engineering) from

University of Idaho,

Mascow,

ID.USA,B.E

(Electrical

Engineering ) from

Maulana Azad

National Institute of

Technology, Bhopal

Professor Information

Technology 35

14 Prof. Rajeev Kamble

PGDM (Mrkt.) IIM,

Banglore., B.E. (

Civil Engg), REC

Associate


15 Prof. Milind

Fadnavis

B.A, Dip. In Farm

Mgt & Ext.

Methods, Israel.,

M.Com, Nagpur

Univ., MBA

(Mktg),., B.Com

Associate


16 Dr. Vikramaditya

Ekkirala

Ph. D in Business

Management.,

MBA (HRM), PGD-

IR & PM., B.Com,

Associate

Professor OB & HRM 31


Page 205

Sr.


No of years

of

experience

No of Ph.D.

Students

guided for the

last 4 years

Osmania Univ, Hyd.

17 Dr. S. Maheswaran

Ph.D. (Statistic).,

M.Sc (Stats),.,

B.Sc.(Statistics)

Associate

Professor

Operations

Management 20

18 Prof. Pradeep

Mazumdar

PhD(purusing).,

PGDM (Marketing

Management) IIM

Banglore., B.Tech (

Hons), Chemical

Engg.

Associate


19 Dr. Jitendra Sharma

Ph. D (Mech.

Engg)., M.B.A.

(Oper. Mgt).,

M.Tech, (Mech) .,

B.E. ( Prod. Engg).,,

Professor Operations

Management 23

1

20 Dr. Sarabjit Singh

Ph.D. (Inventory

Management)., M.Sc

( Maths), CCSU,

Meerut., CSIR(

NET)

Associate

Professor

Operations

Management 9

21 Prof. D.N. Panigrahi

CFA & MS-Finacne

ICFAI-India DFS,

CAIIB, Indian

Institute of Banking

& Finance., M.Sc(

Physics)., MBA(

Finance)., B.Sc

(Physics)

Associate


22 Dr. Rajkumar

Phatate

AET by EDII,

Ahmedabad.,

Certified

Enterprenuership,

NFTE New York,

USA., MBA, Shivaji

Univ. ., Kolhapur.,

B.Com., Shivaji

Univ., Kolhapu

Associate

Professor

General

Management 28

23 Dr. Saleena Khan

Ph.D. Psychology

(Conselling)., M.A,

PGDGC, NCERT,

PGDPMIR., B.A

Associate



Page 206

Sr.


No of years

of

experience

No of Ph.D.

Students

guided for the

last 4 years

(Psychology)

24 Prof. Subodh Tagare PGDIM, IMT New

Delhi., B.Com

Associate


25 Dr. Kulbir Singh

Ph. D., MBA

Systems Osmania

Univ., B.Sc.,

Osmania Univ,

hyderabad

Assistant

Professor Finance 17 1

26 Dr. Jagannath

Mohanty

Ph. D

(Management).,

MBA, ADMS., B.A

Eco (Hons)

Assistant


27 Dr. VSR.

Vijayakumar

Ph.D, Psychology.,

Univ. of Madras.,

M.A., M. Phil,

Psychology, B.A

(Psychology),

Sr.

Professor OB & HRM 30 2

28 Dr. S S N Raju

Indukoori

CFA.,CFA Institute,

USA., M.B.L.,

B.A.(Economics)

Assistant


29 Prof. Shiv Nath

Sinha

ACS (ICSI), CA

(Final), Diploma in

Corporate

Governance (ICSI).,

M.B.L., B.Sc(

Hons), Magadh

Univ., Gaya

Assistant

Professor

General

Management 12

30 Dr. Kapil Chaturvedi

Ph.D., APS Univ.,

Rewa., MBA., APS

Univ, Rewa. ,

B.Com., Dr. APS

Univ., Rewa

Assistant


31 Prof. Hanish Rajpal

PhD(pursuing).,

P.G.Diploma Tax

Laws from Indian

Law Institute, New

Delhi,Certified FRM

., M.B.A.( Finance),

FMS Delhi Univ.,

B.Com., Delhi Univ

Assistant


32 Dr. Vinit Singh

Chauhan

Ph.D (Mgt)., Delhi

Ahilya Univ.,

Indore., M.A

Assistant



Page 207

Sr.


No of years

of

experience

No of Ph.D.

Students

guided for the

last 4 years

(Psychology)., B.Sc(

Biology), Devi

AhilyaUn

33 Dr. Smita Dabholkar

Ph.D., M.A

(Industrial

Psychology)., B.A

Assistant


34 Prof. T. K.

Chatterjee

PhD(pursuing).,

MBA [Mktg]., B.A.

Sociology (Hons.)

Associate


35 Prof. S. Anant Ram

PhD( pursuing).,

MBA (Mktg)., B.A

(Ind. relat and Per.

man)

Associate


36 Dr. Rajnandan

Patnaik

Ph.D. (Business

Management).,

MBA (Strategy).,

BE (Mech.),

Associate

Professor

General

Management 21


Matharu

PhD(pursuing).,

M.Com,

MBA(Finance and

Investment).,

B.Com

Assistant


38 Prof. Sayan Banerjee

PhD(pursuing).,

MSc.(Eco)., B.sc

(Eco)

Assistant


39 Dr. Senthil Kumar S

Ph.D

(Management).,

M.B.A. (HRM)

Associate


40 Dr. Vipul Kumar

Singh

Ph. D (Financial

Mathematics)., M.

Sc, MBA., B.Sc

Assistant

Professor Finance 9

41 Prof. Anil Kshatriya

PhD(pursuing).,

AICWA, ACMA,

JRF Commerce.,

M.Com, M.A

(Economics).,

B.Com

Assistant

Professor Finance 6

42 Prof. Vijaya Dixit

Fellow in

Management, IIM-

L., B.E. (Marine

Engineering)

Assistant

Professor

Operations

Management

2.5

43 Dr. Shyam S PhD in

Management.., M.A

Assistant

Professor Economics

2


Page 208

Sr.


No of years

of

experience

No of Ph.D.

Students

guided for the

last 4 years

(Economics) , BA

Economics

44 Dr. Rakesh Raut

Post-Doc. Research

Fellow, Swiss

Fédérale Institute of

Technology,

Lausanne (EPFL),

Switzerland.,. Ph.D.

Operations

Management;

.M.Tech.

Mechanical

Engineering; Nagpur

University. B.E

(Production);

Nagpur University,

Assistant

Professor

Operations

Management

4

45 Prof. Vinod Kumar

Ph.D (Marketing ).,

MBA

(Marketing/HR)).,

B.Tech

(Mechanical)

Assistant

Professor Marketing

3.5

8. Percentage of classes taken by temporary faculty – programme-wise information :

For the academic year 2013-14, temporary (visiting) faculty had conducted 15 % of the

classes.

9. Programme-wise Student Teacher Ratio :

The Institute maintains a student to faculty ratio at 15:1 10. Number of academic support staff (technical) and administrative staff : sanctioned and

filled :

The Institute has 4 academic support staff (technical) and 42 administrative staff who

support the entire system. There are other support activities which are outsourced.

11. Number of faculty with ongoing projects from a) national b) international funding agencies

and c) Total grants received. Mention names of funding agencies and grants received

project-wise. :

Not Applicable


Page 209

12. Departmental projects funded by DST-FIST; DBT, ICSSR, etc.; total grants received :

Not Applicable

13. Research facility / centre with

o state recognition o national recognition o international recognition

Not Applicable (although some of these centres are in advanced stages of partnership with

industry associations, like CII)

14. Publications:

* Number of papers published in peer reviewed journals (national/international)

* Monographs

* Chapter(s) in Books

* Editing Books

* Number listed in International Database (For e.g. Web of Science, Scopus, Humanities

International Complete, Dare Database - International Social Sciences Directory,

EBSCO host, etc.)

* Citation Index – range / average

* SNIP

* SJR

* Impact factor – range / average

* h-index

A total of 58 papers (Year 2011 - 25, Year 2012 - 24, Year 2013 - 09) have been published

in International Journal of repute by faculty members in last three years.

On the other hand, total 16 papers (Year 2011 - 05, Year 2012 - 08, Year 2013 - 03) have

been published in National Journal of repute by IMT Nagpur faculty members.

13 research case studies (Year 2011 - 02, Year 2012 - 05, Year 2013 - 06) written by

faculty members have been published in various reputed National & International Journals

like Ivey and ASJCS.

Faculty of this institute have published their writings in various reputed publishing houses

like, Excel India, Lambert Academic, Bloomsbury, etc. 9 Books and few book chapters

have been published. Faculty members also regularly write popular articles of current

topic in influential global forums, newspapers.


Page 210

15. Details of patents and income generated –

Not Applicable

16. Areas of consultancy and income generated –

IMT Nagpur offers consulting services to private and public sector enterprises, government

establishments and non-governmental organizations. The primary focus of these services is

to improve performance efficiency of organizations and to offer actionable insights for

solving their strategic, tactical and operational problems. As of now this has been primarily

in the form of Management Development Programs, and some consultancy based on

individual efforts of few faculty members.

17. Faculty recharging strategies

As a capacity building initiative, IMT-Nagpur provides sponsorship, support and

encouragement to faculty for their participation in self development as well as for the

conduct of programs by in-house faculty in the following areas:

vii. Case writing workshops

viii. Workshops on teaching-learning process through the use of case method

ix. Workshops on specific areas of faculty‟s research interests.

x. Workshops on research methodology including Structural Equation Modeling.

xi. Workshops on Statistical and analytical tools such as SPSS, AMOS etc.

18. What are the strategies adopted by the institution for faculty empowerment through

training, retraining and motivating the employees for the roles and responsibility they

perform?

IMT-Nagpur has a well defined, transparent ad fair system for faculty involvement and

engagement in institutional academic and administrative activities. The Institute offers its

faculty a number of monetary and non monetary benefits along with active support in their

research and skill augmentation endeavor (Detail of it is given in Criterion II).

19. Student projects

o percentage of students who have done in-house projects including inter-departmental – Not Applicable

o percentage of students doing projects in collaboration with industries / institutes –

100% (Summer Internship Projects) Each student is required to undertake Summer Internship Program (SIP) at the end of First Year. This is undertaken in an organizational setting. The duration of the SIP varies from eight to ten weeks.


Page 211

20. Awards / recognitions received at the national and international level by o Faculty

Awards

Name Title of research

work Conference Year Venue Award Title

Kulbir

Singh



Best

Workshop

Case-Silver

Award

Anil

Kumar

Blended Learning in

Management

Education

AIMA 2012 New

Delhi

Best Paper

Award

S S N

Raju

Indukoori


an alternative

funding source for

MSMEs

IBFR 2013 Las

Vegas

Outstanding

Research &

Best in

Session

Award

o Doctoral / post doctoral fellows –

Not Applicable

o Students

Inter College Cultural Achievements

S. No. Name Awards Title

1 Punyashlok Dwibedy Chairperson UN General Assembly, BITS Pilani,

Hyderabad campus, MUN held in October 2013

2 Divya Singh Won 1st prize in short film competition at IIM-B

cultural fest Unmaad in 2013

3 Achinthyo Kumar Participated in Unmaad IIM-B cultural fest.

4 Aakash Kishan

Participated in Dance Competition, 'Nukkad

Natika' and On-Spot Acting Competition held at

IIM, Banglore.

5 Priyanka Tiwari Shortlisted in top 9 in India in essay writing

organised by ambitionME in Mint Contest

6 Phalguni Banerjee * Participated in group and solo dance dance

competition at IIM Bangalore fest 2013


Page 212

S. No. Name Awards Title

7 Suhasini Verma Came second in Intra- College Cultural Fest -

Milestone 34 Buzzhard, 2012

8 Shweta Singh

First prize in dance and fashion show in milestone

35- Buzz Hard year-2012

9 Mukul Walia

Won 1st prize in Gangster city the national event

organised by strategit.

Won 2nd prize in Excelometer in the national

event organised by strategit.

Won 2nd prize in oconomos game in M35

Inter- College Management Achievements

S. No. Name Awards

1 Praveen Iyer Won 1st prize in UDYAM ,B-plan event at IIM Raipur

2 Rahul Mishra Won 1st prize in UDYAM ,B-plan event at IIM Raipur

3 Aditya Sharan

2nd runner's up in Marketing forum of IMT Nagpur's

National event Marquepedia 2014

4 Sumant

Kharbanda

Stood first in trojan ( event in ranniti-national festival of

strategit)

Stood first in suitup (event in marquepedia-national

festival of marque)

Stood first prize in okonomos event

5 Sunny Krishna

Won 1st position in Intercollege finance event organized

at IMT,Nagpur Milestone 35

6 Ashajyoti

Parida

Was declared winner in an article writing competition by

K J Somaiya in august 2013.

7 Supreet Kini

4th Place, 1000 Faces, Ignisense, B-School Fest of SIIB,

Pune


Page 213

8 Shweta Singh

2nd prize in Xplohre game in Milestone 35 - Azzardo

year-2013

9 Prasoon

Won 1st prize twice in „Konnexion‟- a national event

conducted by Marque(Marketing forum) at IMT Nagpur,

one in customer retention workshop and another in case

study competition.Finalists in Mahindra Rise Scorpio

case study competition organized in „Melange‟, an event

conducted by K.J. Somaiya Institute of Management

Studies & Research, Mumbai.

10 Rahul Mishra

Stood amongst top-5 teams all over India in IIT-

MUMBAI Strategia Event in 2012 .On the basis of our

performance 2 IIT Startups ENELEK & Atomberg came

for SIP Recruitment

Stood amongst top-10 teams all over India in IIM-L

Manfest Event,2013

Listed in top-5 teams all over India in IIM RAIPUR

UDYAM B-Plan event on 31st Janyary 2014(going to

attend)-Winner of Marque -Annual Flagship Event of

Marketing Forum in IMT Nagpur,2013

11 Vishal Wadhwa

Winner of workshop event in "Konnexion 2013"

(Marquepedia) held in IMT Nagpur.

Finalists of Mahindra Scorpio case study competition

organised by Mahindra Rise and K J Somaiya Institute of

Management Studies & Research during "Melange

2013".

12 Sanchita

Mathur

Won an Apple iPod shuffle for being a 'Daily winner' of

the online trading event Pips 'n' Profit, conducted during

Backwaters'12, the annual international management

festival hosted by IIM Kozhikode.

13 Divya Singh

1) Winner of Envision Game (related to entertainment

industry) at Milestone35, 2013.

2) Winner of short film competition, Milestone35, 2013.

3) Runnersup of Venturia (Marketing Game) at

Milestone35, 2013.


Page 214

14 Soham Bagchi

Won second prize at an all-India Story writing

competition- "Storyhack" organized by SJMSOM, IIT-

Bombay.

Participated as a delegate representing Japan at a Model

G8 Summit "Avenues", organized by SJMSOM, IIT-

Bombay.

15 Vishal Moonka

Stood first in the International Marketing Summit at St.

Xaviers college Kolkata

21. Seminars/ Conferences/Workshops organized and the source of funding (national

International) with details of outstanding participants, if any.

The following Conferences were conducted by the faculty members of the Institute in last

three years.

S.

No Name of the Conference Date Venue Faculty Name Type

1


growth: Roles of Industries,

Governments & Society

15-16 Jul,

2011 Nagpur

Prof. Agam

Nag National

2



resource management

(NCETHRM)

29 Sep,

2011 Nagpur Dr. J. Mohanty National


Conference (ICC)

3 - 5 Nov,

2011 Goa Dr. H Halve

Internati

onal

4

3rd International

Conference on IT &

Business Intelligence (ITBI)

25 - 27

Nov, 2011

Hyderab

ad Dr. R K Jena

Internati

onal

5

International Conference on

Management of Micro,

Small and Medium

Enterprises

19-20

Aug, 2011 Nagpur Dr. Pawan Jain

Internati

onal

6 Global Business and

Finance Conference(GBFC)

10-11 Feb,

2012 Nagpur

Dr. Raju

Indukoori

Internati

onal

7 Conference Alpha 2 - 3 Aug,

2012 Nagpur Dr. H Halve National


Page 215

8




4 - 6 Oct,

2012 Pune Dr. R. Phatate

Internati

onal

9

4th International

Conference on IT &


23 - 25

Nov, 2012

Bhubha

neshwar Dr. R K Jena

Internati

onal

10


Business Management and

Information Systems

(ICBMIS)

22 - 24

Nov, 2012

Singapo

re

Dr. Gajavelli

V.S.

Internati

onal


Conference (ICC)

29 Nov -1

Dec, 2012 Goa

Dr. H. Halve &

Dr. R. Patnaik

Internati

onal


Conference (ICC)

26 - 27

Sep, 2013 Goa

Dr. H. Halve &

Dr. R. Patnaik

Internati

onal

13

5th International

Conference on IT &


13-15,

Dec, 2013 Guna Dr. R K Jena

Internati

onal

14

3rd International

Conference on

Sustainability and

Management Strategy

(ICSMS)

21 - 22

Mar, 2014 Nagpur

Dr. Gajavelli

V.S.

Internati

onal

The following is the detail of the various workshops, which focus on building research

capability among the participants, that the Institute has organized in last 3 years :

S.No Name of the Workshop Date Venue Faculty Name

1 Workshop on Statistical

Data Analysis 6-8 Apr, 2011 Nagpur

Dr. VSR

Vijayakumar & Dr.

S. Maheshwaran


Data Analysis

24-26 Aug,

2011 Nagpur

Dr. VSR

Vijayakumar & Dr.

S. Maheshwaran


Data Analysis

23-25 Jan,

2012 Nagpur

Dr. VSR

Vijayakumar & Dr.

S. Maheshwaran


Page 216

4

Faculty Development

Programme in

Entrepreneurship

27 Jan- 5 Feb,

2012 Nagpur Dr. R. Phatate

5 Workshop on Financial

Modelling Using Excel

14-16 Mar,

2012 Nagpur

Prof. Jasbir Singh

Matharu

6

Faculty Development

Programme in

Entrepreneurship

26 Mar- 4

Apr, 2012 Pune Dr. R. Phatate


Data Analysis

6- 8 Apr,

2012 Chennai

Dr. R. Nargundkar

&

Dr. VSR

Vijayakumar

8

Entrepreneurship

Awareness Programme,

RKNEC

12-14 Jul,


9

Entrepreneurship

Awareness Programme,

GNIET

6-8 Jul, 2012 Nagpur Dr. R. Phatate

10

Advanced Faculty

Development Programme

in Entrepreneurship

17-28 Sep,


11

Mergers and Acquisitions:

Strategy, Valuation and

Integration

11-13 Oct,

2012 Nagpur Kamal Ghosh Ray


Data Analysis

16-18 Jan,

2013 Nagpur

Dr. VSR

Vijayakumar & Dr.

S. Maheshwaran


Data Analysis

29-31 Jan,

2013 Nagpur

Dr. R. Nargundkar

& Dr. VSR

Vijayakumar

14 SEMAP 5 Jan -3 Mar,



Page 217


Data Analysis

22 - 24 Apr,

2013 Nagpur

Dr. VSR

Vijayakumar & Dr.

S. Maheshwaran

16 Financial Analysis and

Modelling using Excel

17-18 May,

2013 Nagpur

Prof. Jasbir Singh

Matharu

22. Student profile course-wise:

Name of the

course (refer

question no. 2)

Applications

received

Selected Pass percentage

Male Female Male Female

PGDM 17,269* 249 109 91 % 97 %

* This figure indicates the overall applications received by IMT Group‟s Central Admissions office.

23. Diversity of Students

Name of the

course

% of students

from the

college

% of students

from the state

% of students

from other

states

% of students

from other

countries

PGDM Not Applicable 63 610 Nil

24. How many students have cleared Civil Services, Defense Services, NET, SLET, GATE and

any other competitive examinations?

Not Applicable

25. Student progression

Student progression Percentage against enrolled

UG to PG Not Applicable

PG to M.Phil. Not Applicable

PG to Ph.D. Not Applicable

Ph.D. to Post-Doctoral Not Applicable

Employed

Campus selection

Other than campus recruitment

Campus Placements (Batch of 2012-14)

73.7 %

Entrepreneurs


Page 218

26. Diversity of staff

Percentage of faculty who are graduates of

of the same parent university Not applicable

from other universities within the State 18%

from other universities from other States 82%

27. Number of faculty who were awarded Ph.D., D.Sc. and D.Litt. during the assessment period.

Three Faculty members were awarded Ph.D. in the academic year 2013-14

28. Present details about infrastructural facilities

* Library -

i. Total area of the library (in Sq.Mts.): 1435 Sq. M

ii. Total seating capacity: 178

iii. Library Holdings - Print: 26755 (Books – 22691, Back volumes – 1935,

Summer Internship Reports – 2129)(Books, back volumes and thesis)

iv. Non Print (Microfiche, AV) : 1944 (CD-ROM)

v. Electronic (e-books, e-Journals) : More than 13000 (through databases)

vi. Library Tools available – OPAC, Electronic Resource Management package

for e-journals: (EBSCO, Proquest, JSTOR, Sage, Science Direct, J-Gate

etc.), Federated searching tools to search articles in multiple, Library

Website, In-house/remote access to e-publications.

*. Internet facilities for staff and students:

The fully Wi-Fi campus has been meticulously designed to meet world standards. The

“Hot-Zone” created by the wireless LAN provides students with wireless accessibility

at any place within the campus.

Particulars Numbers

Desktop Computers

Students 244 (in 3 IT Labs) (including 61 backup

inventory)

Staff 54

Laptops

Faculty 50

Staff 07

Servers 12


Page 219

Printers 76

* Total number of class rooms - 13

* Class rooms with ICT facility - 13

* Students‟ laboratories – 2 (IT Labs)

* Research laboratories – Not Applicable

29. Number of students of the department getting financial assistance from College

Not Applicable

30. Was any need assessment exercise undertaken before the development of new program(s)?

If so, give the methodology. –

Not Applicable 31. Does the department obtain feedback from

* Faculty on curriculum as well as teaching-learning-evaluation? If yes, how does the department utilize it?

For any course outline to be modified/ changed or a newly launched course outline has to

be finally approved by the general faculty body. Before this, the course has to be

approved by the faculty member of the concern area and by the Dean (Academics). This process is followed for not only the current courses but also for the newly launched

electives.

* Students on staff, curriculum as well as teaching-learning-evaluation and what is the

response of the department to the same?

In order to bring about positive changes and improvement in the course delivery and

quality of inputs by faculty members, anonymous on-line feedback is collected from

students. Such course-wise, faculty-wise feed-back is collected twice during every term

(mid-term as well as end-term) in respect of every faculty teaching courses in respective

terms. The aim of having the midterm feedback is to allow the students to communicate

incognito as to how the course is going on in the matter pertaining to design, delivery,

evaluation, etc. The faculty after going through the quantitative and qualitative feedback

takes some measures and makes suitable amendments and changes on the basis of the

feedback given by the students.

* Alumni and employers on the programmes and what is the response of the department to

the same?

During Corporate‟s visit, area members and the concern faculty usually have an informal

discussion on the course outline, and the curriculum, with the guest. Their inputs are taken into consideration for reviewing the course outline.


Page 220

32. List the distinguished alumni of the department (maximum 10)

1. Mr. Ankit Somani, Shree Deepak Industries

2. Mr. Abhinav Kamal, Ten Motions Arts Pvt Ltd. 3. Mr. Vaibhav Agarwal, Kusum Enterprises

4. Ms. Shilpa Maheshwari, Human Horizon 5. Ms. Kanika Sharma, Human Horizon

6. Mr.Anshuman Chaturvedi, Vivo Solutions Pvt ltd. 7. Mr.Jaideep Kelkar, Climacool Solutions

8. Mr. Varun Jindal, Partner - SL Jewels (Delhi)

33. Give details of student enrichment programmes (special lectures / workshops / seminar)

with external experts.

The institute offers enrichment courses to enhance the knowledge of students. One of such

enrichment course offered is Simulation on Portfolio Management (Using Bloomberg

Terminal).

34. List the teaching methods adopted by the faculty for different programmes.

IMT Nagpur follows various methods and styles of pedagogy to deliver the course, like class room teaching, term projects, role plays, case discussions etc for integrating academic and

industry flavor to the course.

35. How does the department ensure that programme objectives are constantly met and learning outcomes monitored? The institute has system in place to have Annual Faculty Body meeting to review and develop the roadmap for institute activities and processes that are consistent with mission.

36. Highlight the participation of students and faculty in extension activities.

Institute carries out many activities to nurture critical thinking, creativity and scientific temper

among students. Each year, some students driven cultural and sports functions are organized

namely Milestone 34 and 35, Runbhoomi and Mahasangram. These functions are organized by

the students and for the students. This helps in nurturing creativity and team work among

students. To develop critical thinking, areas have their individual forums which organize in-

house competitions, guest lecturers etc on a regular basis. The names of these forums are – for

finance, Finaholics; for Marketing, Marque; for IT, strategIT; for Operations, Cyclops; for HR,

XploHRe. A critical thinking process, multiple group activities and games carried out by the

students on these forums ensure transforming them into life-long learners and innovators

37. Give details of “beyond syllabus scholarly activities” of the department.

The faculty members are encouraged to publish in various journals and magazines of national

and international repute. The Institute sponsors and takes care of all related expenses of faculty


Page 221

members for participating and presenting papers in international/national conferences/seminars

and as well as for attending various faculty developments programs/trainings/workshops.. IMT,

Nagpur allocates a substantial amount of fund in the budget for faculty development initiatives.

It has subscription to various reputed national/ international journals besides access to various

databases like Science Direct, EBSCO etc.

38. State whether the programme/ department is accredited/ graded by other agencies. Give details. IMT-Nagpur‟s PGDM programme is approved by All India Council Technical Education (AICTE).

39. Detail any five Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Challenges (SWOC) of the

department

Strengths:

Established and proven faculty members from various regions of India, with diverse

background

Value (Quality of Program v/s Price) business education in the region

Use of technology in classroom, learning resource centre and student spaces for

collaborative learning

World class infrastructure facilities

Innovative Teaching Methods and integrating learning assessment pertinent to Industry

requirements

Weaknesses:

Geographic location – Far from the corporate head quarters (that are usually located in

bigger cities)

Young institute (just a decade old) and doesn‟t have built strong alumini fraternity due to

short span of existence.

Limited marketing leverage on accomplishments and excellence

Tryst to create specialists in specific functional area and comparatively less focus on

holistic understanding

Most students lack basic statistics, accounting, soft skills that are essential pre-requisites

Opportunities:

Introduction to entrepreneurial thought and critical inquiry

Continuous improvement through pedagogy and curriculum change

Synergy through partnering with internationally reputed business schools for faculty-

student exchange

Increasing youth population and need for higher education

Alignment of academic calendar with most (inter)national universities keeping the timing

in view

Challenges:

Economic slowdown which led to decrease in demand for business graduates


Page 222

Competition for quality intake from national level B-schools and newer IIMs

Future faculty turnover and suitable recruitments

With increasing cost of operation institute may be force to revise its fees upward

Technology pace affecting learning process

40. Future plans of the department.

IMT Nagpur needs more autonomy to offer more innovative programmes, which ensure that a

great number of Indian students, who study abroad for quality education, can get similar quality

programmes in India. IMT Nagpur can offer courses in areas of management studies, policy

research, sustainable development and similar issues that India and the world needs, with

specific challenges from the view of the Global South. With its unique innovative and industry

relevant programmes, IMT Nagpur would like to attract some students from other developing

nations, by being a niche, innovative institute in professional higher education area.


Page 223


Page 224


Page 225

ANNEXURES

Annexure I

(DETAILS OF FDPs AND WORKSHOPS ATTENDED)

2009-10

S.


1 Dr Kapil Chaturvedi 31st FDP in

Management

June-Oct

2009 IIM Ahmedabad

2 Dr. Kapil

Chaturvedi

Research Proposal

and Report Writing

Workshop

18-Sep-09 IIM Ahmedabad

3 Prof. R. K. Jena

Modelling and

Simulation in

Applied Science and

Engineering

Dec 8-12,

2009

IIITM, Gwalior,

India

4 Prof. R. K. Jena Case study

Methodology Feb, 2010

Dept.

management

studies, IIT-

Delhi

5 Prof. Agam Nag

Case Study: Gender

Inclusivity :

Experiences in an

Indian High-tech

Industry

November,

2009

IIM,

Ahmedabad

2010-11

S.


1 Prof. Hanish Rajpal Statistical Data

Analysis using SPSS

13-14 July,

2010 IMT, Nagpur

2 Prof. Kulbir Singh Statistical Data

Analysis using SPSS

13-14 July,

2010 IMT, Nagpur

3 Dr. Saleena Khan Statistical Data

Analysis using SPSS

13-14 July,

2010 IMT, Nagpur

4 Prof. Sayan

Banerjee

Global Colloquium

on Participation

Centered Learning

(GCPCL).

July, 2010.

Harvard

Business

School, Boston,

MA.


Page 226

2011-12

S.


1 Dr Vipul K Singh Financial Modeling

Using Excel

14-16 Mar,

2012 IMT, Nagpur

2 Prof.S. Anant ram

National work shop

on Statistical data

analysis

Jan 23-

25,2012

2012-13

S.


1 Veena K. Pailwar

Building the

Foundations of

Management

Research Workshop

for Doctoral

Educators

8-10 Oct,

2012

All India

Management

Association,

New Delhi

2 Dr. S. Maheswaran SPSS Mentor Event 15 Dec,2012

SPSS South

Asia Private

Limited,

Bangalore

3 Dr. S. Maheswaran

Art and Craft of

Leadership:

Participant centered

Learning Seminar

6-8 Jan,2013 IIM,Bangalore

4 Prof. Anil Kumar

Workshop on

Multivariate Data

Analysis using SPSS

29-31 Jan,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

5 Dr Vipul K Singh Multivariate Data

Analysis using SPSS

29-31 Jan ,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

6 Shiv Nath Sinha

Corporate

Governance, CSR

and Ethics

18-21 Mar,

2013 IIM Bangalore


Page 227

2013-14

S.


1 Dr. Gajavelli V S

Global Computable

General Equilibrium

Modeling

22 - 26

Apr, 2013 IMT Ghaziabad

2 Prof. Veena

Pailwar

Global Computable

General Equilibrium

Modeling

22-26 Apr,

2013 IMT Ghaziabad

3 Dr. Kulbir Singh

Global Computable

General Equilibrium

Modeling

22 - 26

Apr, 2013 IMT Ghaziabad

4 Dr. Gajavelli V S ISB-Ivey Case Writing

Workshop

4 -6 May,

2013 ISB, Mohali

5 Dr. Saleena Khan ISB-Ivey Case Writing

Workshop

4 -6 May,

2013 ISB, Mohali

6 Dr. Jitendra

Sharma

ISB-Ivey Case Writing

Workshop

4 -6 May,

2013 ISB, Mohali

7 Dr. Kulbir Singh ISB-Ivey Case Writing

Workshop

4 -6 May,

2013 ISB, Mohali

8 Dr R K Jena Case Method

Teaching Seminar

30 May - 1

Jun, 2013 Mumbai

9 Prof. Shiv Nath

Sinha

Training Program on

Mergers and

Acquisitions

May 31 -

June 01,

2013

BSE, Mumbai

10 M M Fadnavis Cross- Cultural

Management 12-14 July

AIMA, New

Delhi

11 M M Fadnavis Doing Business with

China

22-25 July

2013 IMT Ghaziabad

12 Dr. Jagannath

Mohanty


Predictive Analytics

1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

15 Dr. Harshavardhan

Halve



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

16 Dr. Senthil Kumar IBM, SPSS Statistics,


1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

17 Dr. Vipul Kumar

Singh



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

18 Dr. VSR

Vijayakumar



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur


Page 228



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

21 Dr. Veena Paliwar IBM, SPSS Statistics,


1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

22 Dr. Vibhava

Srivastava



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur


Matharu



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

26 Prof. S Anant Ram IBM, SPSS Statistics,


1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

28 Dr. S.S.N.Raju

Indukoori



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

30 Prof. Anil

Kshatriya



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

32 Prof. Sayan

Banerjee


Predictive Analytics,

1-3 Aug,

2013, IMT, Nagpur

33 Prof. Hanish

Rajpal



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

34 Prof.

D.N.Panigrahi



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

35 Dr. Rajnandan

Patnaik



1-3 Aug,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

36 Dr. Sarbjit Singh Project Management

Program

2-7

September

2013

IIM,

Ahmedabad

37 Prof. Shiv Nath

Sinha

Training Program on

Directorship

11 - 13

October,

2013

Institute of

Directors,

Bangalore



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur


Page 229

39 Dr. Harshavardhan

Halve



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

44 Dr. VSR

Vijayakumar



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

48 Prof.

D.N.Panigrahi



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

49 Prof. Hanish

Rajpal



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

50 Dr. Rajnandan

Patnaik



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur


Matharu



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur



21-24 Oct,

2013 IMT, Nagpur

53 Dr. Kulbir Singh

05th International

Workshop on

Quantitative Finance

21-24 Dec,

2013

Symbiosis

International

University, Pune

54 Dr. Jagannath

Mohanty

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

55 Dr. Kapil

Chaturvedi

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

56 Dr. Kulbir Singh IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

57 Dr. Pawan Jain IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

58 Dr. R. K. Jena IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur


Page 230

59 Dr. Senthil Kumar IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

60 Dr. Smita

Dabholkar

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

61 Dr. Subodh Tagare IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

62 Prof. S.Anant Ram IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

63 Prof. Anil

Khastriya

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

64 Prof. Anil Kumar IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

65 Dr. V. Gajavelli IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

66 Dr. Veena Keshav

Pailwar

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

67 Dr. VSR

Vijayakumar

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

68 Dr. Vinod Kumar

Mehta

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

69 Prof. Shiv Nath

Sinha

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

70 Dr. Rajnandan

Patnaik

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

71 Prof. Hanish

Rajpal

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

72 Prof. Jasbir

Matharu

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

73 Prof. Santhi

Perumal

IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

74 Prof. Vijaya Dixit IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

75 Dr. Sarbjit Singh IMT-Ivey Case

Writing Workshop

6-9 Jan,

2014 IMT, Nagpur

76 Dr. Kulbir Singh Cultivating Engaged

Learning

Jan 31- Feb

01, 2014 IMT Ghaziabad

77 Prof. Shiv Nath

Sinha CSR & Sustainability

20 - 21

March,

2014

Mumbai


Page 231

Annexure II

(PUBLICATIONS)

International Journal Publications

Year - 2011

Sharma J., “Linking voice of customer to product development through quality function

deployment (QFD)” (2011), International Journal Advanced Operations Management, Vol.3, No.

1

Sharma J.,“Concurrent Engineering: an integrated design approach through a TQM tool

-quality function deployment (QFD)” (2011), International Journal Quality and Innovation, Vol

1, No 4

Singh K. & Vishwanath SR., “The Information Content of Grey Market Prices of Indian

IPOs,” (2011) International Research Journal of Applied Finance, Vol. II, Issue 8,

Singh K., “Knowledge Management Practices in Indian Insurance Organizations”,

(2011), International Journal of Commerce and Business Management

Ghosh M., “A3 Process: A Pragmatic Problem Solving Technique for Process

Improvement in Health Care” (2011), Journal of Health Management (Sage Publications), 14(1),

pp. 1-11

Jain P., "IFRS Implementation in India: Opportunities and Challenges" (2011), World

Journal of Social Sciences, 1, (1) pp. 125-136.

Mazumdar P., & Bahrdwaj P., “Buying behavioral patterns of ethical and generic drugs

in western India : An empirical investigation” (2011) International journal for Business

Innovation & Research (Inderscience)

Jena R.K., “Grid enabled Business Promoting Grid Computing to Business 2011

International Journal of Business Competition and Growth (IJBCG), Inderscience, Vol-1, No-3,

pp. 217-231,

Jena R.K., Cloud computing : an Anchor for IT During recession” (2011), International

journal for business strategy and Management(IJBSM) Vol. 1, No. 1 pp. 1-7

Jena R.K., “NoC design space exploration : A PSO based Integrated approach”(2011)

European Journal of Scientific Research, Vol. 64, No:1 , pp. 5-19,

Jena R K,“ Green Computing: An Indian Perspective” (2011), International journal of

Knowledge Society Research ( IJKSR), Vol-2, No-1, pp. 60-68

Jena R.K., PK Mahanti “Computing in Cloud: Concept and Trends”, (2011),

International Review on Computers and Software (IRECOS), Vol-6, No-1, pp. 1-10

R. Goswami, Jena R K., B B Mahapatra, “A study of psychosocial impact of shift

work”, (2011), International Journal of Asian Business and Information Management (IJABIM),

Vol:2, No:4, pp. 20-28.

Phatate R., “Toe- Hold artisans Collaborative” (2011), Journal of Management policy

and Practice

Mitra S K., “Usefulness of Moving Average Based Trading Rule In India”, (2011),

International Journal of Business and Management

Mitra S K., “Influence of range to standard deviation ratio on results of a trading rule”

(2011), Asian Social Science, Vol. 7 no.3, March


Page 232

Mitra S K., “Trends in Stock Prices and Range to Standard Deviation Ratio” (2011),

International Journal of Business and Management

Khan S., "Positive Psychological Capital: A Correlate of Effective Global Leadership"

(2011), International Journal's: Research Journal of Social Science and Management. Volume:

01, Number: 08, Dec: RJSSM. New ISSN: 2251-1571

Khan S., "Future of HR management in Indian scenario: Issues & Challenges" (2011),

Asian Journal of Management Research. Special Issue No-1, 2011 Code: AJMRSP1005

Integrated publishing association ISSN 2229-3795

Khan S., “Leadership Styles in relation with the motivational needs to assess

effectiveness in PGDM Students” (2011), International Proceedings of the World Academy of

Science, Engineering and Technology, issue 80, August

Singh S., “A Stock dependent EOQ model for perishable items under inflationary

conditions” (2011)American Journal of Economics and Business Administration

Singh S., “Deterministic and Probabilistic EEOQ models for products having Power

Demand Pattern” (2011), Proceedings of the World Congress of Engineering Vol. 1

Singh S., “An EOQ Model for items having linear demand under inflation and

permissible delay” (2011), International Journal of Computer Applications

Paliwar V., “Impact of Membership of Financial Institutions on Rural Saving: A Micro-

Level Study” (2011), International Business & Economics Research Journal

Agrawal T., “Performance Of Concrete With Its New Atomic Strength By Use Of

Nanotechnology” (2011), International Transactions on Applied Sciences and Technology

(ITAST)

Year - 2012

Rajpal H., “Independent Directors and Earnings Management- Evidence from India",

(2012) International Journal of Accounting and Financial Management Research, Vol.2, Issue 4,

pp. 9-24

Mohanty J. & Rath B.P., "Can Organizational Culture be a predictor of Organizational

Citizenship Behaviors?” (2012) International Journal of Innovation, Management and

Technology, Vol. 3. No. 1, pp. 76-79, Singapore

Mohanty J. & Rath B.P., "Using Extra Role Behaviour For Assessing Competency

Mapping Of Executives", (2012) International Journal of Human Resource Management and

Research, Vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 10-15, India (ISSN: 2249-6874)

Mohanty J. & Rath B.P., "Influence of Organizational Culture on Organizational

Citizenship Behavior: A Three Sector Study", (2012) Global Journal of Business Research, Vol.

6, No. 1, pp. 65-76, USA

Sharma J., “A cross disciplinary approach to product development and design through

quality function deployment, target costing and value engineering” (2012), International Journal

of Productivity and Quality Management, vol. 9 no. 3, pp. 309

Sharma J., “Development of an Efficient Fuzzy Integrated Approach to Quality

Function Deployment Software - A Conceptual Analysis” (2012), International Journal of

Computer Science and Engineering, IJCSE, Vol. 1(1), pp. 15-24

Sharma J., “A novel fuzzy integrated technical requirements prioritization software

system for QFD” (2012), International Journal of Computers and Applications, - IJCA, Acta

Press, Vol. 34, No. 4, pp. 241


Page 233

Laturkar V.N., & Singh K. “Knowledge Management in Life Insurance Industry:

Evidence from India.” (2012) International Journal of Business Administration and Management,

Vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 1-11.

Ghosh M., “Lean Manufacturing Performance in Indian Manufacturing Plants” (2012),

Journal of Manufacturing Technology Management, 24(1)

Fadnavis M., “The unsung and unknown heroes of marketing innovations in India.”

(2012) IJRMEC Volume2, Issue 11, pp. 421-432. (ISSN: 2250-057X)

Jena R.K., “System Level Approach to NoC Design Space Exploration,” (2012),

International Journal of Information and Electronics Engineering Vol. 2, No: 2, pp. 151-155.

Jena R.K., Goswami R., Mahapatra B B., " Determinants of Job Satisfaction among

Shift Workers: A Case Study of Ferro-alloy Industries in Orissa", (2012), International Journal of

Business Competition and Growth (IJBCG), Vol. 2, No.2 pp. 165-180.

Jena R.K., "Green Cloud: Need of the Hour" (2012), International Review on Computers

and Software (IRECOS), Vol-7, No-1, pp. 45-52.

Maheshwaran S., Jena R K., “Recruiters‟ Preference for B-School Campus Placements:

An Indian Perspective” (2012), International Journal of Asian Business and Info. Mgmt

(IJABIM), Vol. 3 (1), pp. 21-28.

Jena R.K., Goswami R., “Shift Workers Vs Day Workers: A Comparative Study of

Physiological and Psychological Well-Being” (2012) Far East Journal of Psychology and

Business, Vol. 8, No 3, pp. 27-37.

Goswami R., Jena R.K., “Effect of Shift work on Health: A Review” (2012),

International Journal of Research in Management (IJRM), Vol. 3, No. 2, pp. 49-62.

Jena R.K., “Application Mapping of Mesh based NoC using Evolutionary Algorithm,”

(2012), Journal of Information System and Communication, Vol. 3, No.1, pp. 203-206.

Maheshwaran S., Ghosh M. “Customers' Perception of Service Quality in a Training

Institute: An Assessment using Servqual”, (2012) International Journal of Asian Business and

Information Management, 3(4), pp. 25-38, Oct-Dec

Maheshwaran S., Jena R.K., “Recruiters' Preferences for B. School Campus Placement:

An Indian Perspective” (2012) International Journal of Asian Business and Information

Management, 3(1), pp. 21-28, Jan-Mar.

Khan S. “Positive Psychology: Its need in Indian Youth” (2012), International Journal‟s:

Research Journal of Social Science and Management, Vol. 02, Number 03, July, pp. 25-29 (ISSN

No.2251-1571.)

Singh S., “EOQ using non linear and integer programming” (2012) International journal

of development research and quantitative techniques 2(1) spring2012, pp. 38-42

Singh S., “Note on Assignment algorithm with easy method of drawing lines to cover all

zeroes” (2012), International Journal of Operations Research and Information Systems, 3(03),

pp. 87-97, July-Sept

Agrawal T., “Recruitment at Consumers” (2012), IJRMEC Volume2, Issue 11, Nov.

ISSN: 2250-057X

Agrawal T., “Aastha Enginnering Institute-Strategic Decision Making In A New

Entrepreneurial Venture” (2012), Hr Zephyr-A Human Resource Journal, ISSN 2277-2634, Jan-

Dec 2012, Vol. 1 Issue 1 pp. 45-47


Page 234

Year - 2013

Rajpal H., “Persistence in mutual fund performance evidence from India” (2013),

International Journal of Business Management and Research, Vol. 3, Issue 3, Aug 2013, pp. 129-

136

Mohanty J., "Are Government Owned Organizations Deliberately Demonized? The

Organizational Citizenship Behavior Indicators,” (2013), Advances in Management and Applied

Economics vol. 3, no.4, pp. 177-191, Scienpress, UK

Mohanty J., "Green Responsibility: Integrating the Educators, Students and Institutes?"

(2013) Journal of Leadership, Accountability and Ethics, Vol. 10 No, 4, North American Press,

USA

Mohanty J. & Rath B.P., “Organization Culture As Indicators of Citizenship Behaviors

within Organizations: A Multi Sector Analysis”,(2013) International Journal of Business

Performance Management, Vol. 14, No. 3, pp. 245-255, Inderscience Journals, UK

Singh K. & Vishwanath SR., “The Value of Unaffiliated Analyst Recommendations

before the IPO: Evidence from Indian IPOs” (2013), International Research Journal of Applied

Finance, , Vol. IV, Issue 4, pp. 652-686 (ISSN: 2229-6891)

Jena R.K., “Developments in Vehicular Ad- Hoc Network (VENET)”, (2013)

International Review on Computers and Software (IRECOS), Vol.8, No.3, pp. 710-711.

Paliwar V., “India Shedding tears over Onion prices” (2013), International Journal of

case studies in management, Vol. 11, Issue 2, Jun. pp. 1-14 (ISSN 1911-2599)

Chauhan V.S. & Patel D., “Employee turnover-a factorial study of IT Industry” (2013),

Journal of Strategic HRM, 2(1), pp. 37-44

Singh, V. K. "Empirical Performance of Option Pricing Models: Evidence from India"

(2013), International Journal of Economics and Finance, Vol. 5(2), pp. 141-154

National Journals Publications

Year - 2011

Patnaik R., “Yes Bank: Differentiation in Overcompetitive Market” (2011), The Icfai

University Journal of Business Strategy, Jun 2011 Issue

Phatate R., “Group Enterprise-A Tool for Transforming grass roots men and women to

Entrepreneurs” (2011), Future Business Review

Sinha S., “Ethical values-a must for a successful business” (2011), Sankalpa: Journal of

Management and Research

Agrawal T., “Measuring Emotional Intelligence By The Application Ofreuven Bar-On's

Eq-I For Injury Free Workplace” (2011), Future Business Review

Agrawal T., “Aastha Enginnering Institute-Strategic Decision Making In A New

Entrepreneurial Venture” (2011), Hr Zephyr-A Human Resource Journal, ISSN 2277-2634, Jan-

Dec 2012, Vol 1 Issue 1 pp. 45-47


Page 235

Year - 2012

Patnaik R., “Strategic Planning Through Complexity: Overcoming Impediments to

Forecast and Schedule” (2012), The IUP Journal of Business Strategy, Vol. IX, No. 1, pp. 27-36

Patnaik R., “Strategic Planning Philosophies Continuum” (2012), The IUP Journal of

Business Strategy, Vol. IX, No. 2, pp. 22-30

Indukoori R. "ULIP Investments -Preferred or Induced" (2012), ITM Nach Journal,

Volume 6 Issue 3 ISSN 0975 3259, pp. 72-78

Indukoori R. "Role of FIIs in Indian Stock Market Crashes" (2012), ITM Nach Journal,

Volume 6, Issue 2, ISSN 0975 3259, pp. 30-36

Indukoori R. "Chit Fund - A Twin Edged Tool" (2012), ASBM Journal of Management,

Volume 4, Issue 2, ISSN 09748512.

Indukoori R. "MFIs Asset Pricing - A Critical Analysis" (2012), Business Vision,

Volume 8, Issue 1, ISSN 22315497, pp. 39-45

Indukoori R. “Retail Investors and the role of Intermediaries” (2012), Shabdasmi, Vol 2,

Issue 2, pp. 101-103

Sinha S., “Director's remuneration: should there be a mandatory ceiling?” (2012),

Sankalpa Journal of Management and research Vol. 2 No. 2, pp.73-79 (ISSN 2231 1904)

Year - 2013

Mohanty J., "Green Responsibility: What Educators, Students and Institutes Can Do?"

(2013), Indian Journal of Scholarly Research, India, pp. 21-24. (ISSN : 2278-8271)

Singh, V. K., and Pachori, P. "A Kaleidoscopic Study of Pricing Performance of

Stochastic Volatility Option Pricing Models: Evidence from Recent Flaring up of Indian

Economic Turbulence" (2013), Vikalpa - Journal of IIM Ahmadabad, Vol. 38(2), pp. 21-39.

Vijayakumar V S R. & Agarwal T., “Impact of ICT Usage on adjustment of college

students” (2013), Journal of the Indian Academy of Applied Psychology, Volume 39, Number 2,

pp.196-204. (ISSN 0019-4247)

Cases Studies

Year - 2011

Singh K. & Vishwanath SR “Hindustan Unilever Ltd.”, (2011), India, Asian Case

Research Journal, July

Singh K., “Satyam Computer Services”, North American Case Research Association

(2011) Annual Meeting

Year - 2012

Singh K. & Vishwanath SR., "Tata Motors: Dual Capitalization" (2012), Cases in

Corporate Finance Vol. II, Vishwanath SR, Tata McGraw Hill, pp. 101-109, ISBN 978-1-25-

900478-0.

Singh K. & Vishwanath SR., " Hindustan Unilever Ltd. "(2012), Cases in Corporate

Finance Vol. II, Vishwanath SR, Tata McGraw Hill, pp. 205-220, ISBN 978-1-25-900478-0


Page 236

Sharma J., “Location Planning at A.B. Corp.” (2012), Ivey Publishing, House –

University of Western Ontario, Canada (9B12D008 & 8B12D008) – Version Date – 12 Apr.

Sharma J. & Agrawal T., “Material Requirement Planning at A-CAT CORP” (2012),

Ivey Publishing, House – University of Western Ontario, Canada (9B12D003 & 8B12D003) –

Version Date – 5 Apr.

Patnaik R., “Admire: The Boutique Advertising Firm” (2012), The IUP Journal of

Entreneurship Development, Vol. IX, No. 2, pp. 72-85

Year - 2013

Mohanty J., “Sustainability and CSR as leading Business Objectives at Infosys Limited”

(2013), IMT Case Journal (Special issue)

Sharma J. & Maheshwaran S., “Convocation at the National institute of management‟s

Central India Campus (A)” (2013), Ivey Publishing, House – University of Western Ontario,

Canada (9B13D003 & 8B13D003) – Version Date – 22 Feb.

Sharma J. & Maheshwaran S., “Convocation at the National institute of management‟s

Central India Campus (B)” (2013), Ivey Publishing, House – University of Western Ontario,

Canada (9B13D003 & 8B13D003) – Version Date – 22 Feb

Jain P., “Analysis of Financial Statements of Marico Industries” (2013), IMT Case

Journal (Special Issue)

Patnaik R., “Sleeping with the Enemy: Underage Cigarette Smoking” (2013), European

Case Clearing House, Jun (Ecch Case No. 313-149-1).

Patnaik R., “Sleeping with the Enemy: Underage Cigarette Smoking” (2013), European

Case Clearing House, Jun (Ecch Case No. 313-149-8).

Books Published & Edited

Mohanty J., “Impact of Organisation Culture on OCB : A comparative analysis” (2011),

LAMBERT Academic Publishing, Germany

Gajavelli VS., Proceedings of the International Conference on Business management and

Information Systems (ICBMIS), Singapore (Edited Volume), Bloomsbury, New Delhi, 2012 -

546 pgs.

Singh K. & Laturkar V.N., “Knowledge Management & Life Insurance” (2012) LAP

LAMBERT Academic Publishing GmbH & Co. Germany. (ISBN: 978-3-659-00042-3)

Jena R K., “Design Space Exploration of Network-on-Chip at System Level” (2012),

LAMBERT Academic Publishing, Germany, ISBN: 978-3-8473-2005-0

S S N Raju Indukoori., “Chit Funds Auction Pricing Model" (2012),"Creating A

Sustainable Business- Managerial Implications and Challenges, Edited by Rajiv R Thakur,

Prerna Jain and Lokesh Vijayvargy, Bloomsbury, ISBN 9789382563518.

Sinha S., “Emerging issues in Corporate Governance- Are auditors truly independent?”

(2012), Excel India

Dhabolkar S., Coffee-table motivational book titled, "Bury your Can't...Why ask for a

job? Why not create one?"(a compilation of success stories of first, second and third generation

entrepreneurs from Maharashtra).

Paliwar V. “Economic Environment of Business 3rd edition” (2012), PHI Learning

Private Limited


Page 237

Singh, V. K., “Application of Options Pricing Model: Evidences from India” (2013)

Lambert Academic Publishing: Germany. ISBN 978-3-659-39295-5.

Book Chapters

Singh K., “Cases in Corporate Finance Vol. II”, India, Asian Case Research Journal,

Vol. 16, No. 02, December 2012, pp. 269

o Tata Motors: Dual Capitalization

o United Bank‟s Syndication of Hypermarkets Ltd. Loan

o Hindustan Unilever Ltd.

Jena R K., “Green Computing to Green Business” (2013), Green Technologies &

Business Practices: An IT Approach, IGI, USA, pp. 138-150

International Conference Presentation

S.

No Name Title of paper Conference Year Venue

Year - 2011

1 Agam Nag

Cross Cultural

Management: The Indian

Perspective

The Global

Management, Finance

and Information

Technology Research

Conference

2011 New York

2 Abhinav

Chandel

The Advantage of RFID

technology on Business

Intelligence (Changing

dynamics of BI for

competitive advantage)

3rd

International

Conference on

Information

Technology &


(ITBI)

2011 Hyderabad

3 Abhinav

Chandel

Sariska National Park: A

different approach to

sustainable development

International

Conference on

Inclusive & Sustainable

Growth (ISG)

2011 IMT,

Nagpur

4 Amruta R

Gahlod

Microfinance: Critical

Engine of Inclusive and

sustainable growth in

India

International

Conference on


Growth (ISG)

2011 IMT,

Nagpur

5 Amruta R

Gahlod


Tools for Business

Analytics

3rd

International

Conference on

Information

Technology &


(ITBI)

2011 Hyderabad

6 D N Panigrahi

Time for Indian Banks to

enter Commodity

Derivative Markets

ICOMS 2011 IMT-

Nagpur


Page 238

7 D N Panigrahi

Savings Bank Interest

Rate Deregulation :

Issues And Concerns For

The Banks, The

Depositors And The

Economy

Gujarat Technological

University‟s First

Finance Conference

2011 Ahmedabad

8 D N Panigrahi

Business Intelligence as a

Relationship Marketing

and Cross-Selling Tool in

Banks

3rd

International

Conference on

Information

Technology &


(ITBI)

2011 Hyderabad

9 D.N.Panigrahi

Indian Coastal Power

Ltd-A Lender's

Perspective

2nd

International Case

Conference (ICC) 2011 Goa, India

10 Gajavelli V S

Business Expansion cost

management and

inflation risk- a case

study of pharmaceutical

entity

2011 New Orleans

International Business

and Economics

Conference

2011 Louisiana

11 Gajavelli V S

Common Property

ecological resources

collective action, and

village economies

lessons from a field study

The Seventh

International

Conference on

Environmental,

Cultural, Economic and

Social Sustainability

2011 New

Zealand

12 Hanish Rajpal

Indian Coastal Power

Ltd-A Lender's

Perspective

International Case

Conference-2011 2011 Goa, India

13 Jagannath

Mohanty

Influence Of

Organisational Culture

On Organizational

Citizenship Behavior: A

Three Sector Study

2011 Las Vegas Winter

Global Conference On

Business And Finance

2011 Las Vegas

14 Jitendra

Sharma

Optimized design and

development of a

Cardiotocograph through

Quality Function

Deployment

ICBME 2011

15 Kapil

Chaturvedi

Branding The Indian

Rupee

2nd

International Case


16 Kulbir Singh Satyam Computer

Services

North American Case

Research Association

Annual Meeting

2011

San

Antonio,

TX, USA


Page 239

17 Manimay

Ghosh

A study on the

Assessment of lean

Implementation success

factors in Indian

Manufacturing Plants

Operation Research

Conference 2011 2011

Zurich,

Switzerland

18 Milind

Fadnavis Tourism and Retail

3rd ITC International


Colombo,

Sri Lanka

19 Milind M

Fadnavis

Extending A Helping

Hand In The UAE-Dr.

Paithankar Way

2nd

International Case


20 N Y Phadnis Fire Fighting Manager 2

nd International Case


21 N.Y.Phadnis

Legal Aspects of

Disciplinary Action in

Private Employments in

Maharashtra; Critique &

Remedial Measures‟

International HR

conference, IES

Management College

& Research Centre

Mumbai.

2011 Mumbai

22 Narendra

Phadnis

Copy Right Issues under


(IT) & Intellectual

Property (IP) laws in

India with reference to

Academics & Research

3rd

International

Conference on

Information

Technology &


(ITBI)

2011 Hyderabad

23 Pawan Jain Global Accounting

Global Accounting,

Finance and Economics

Conference

2011

Monash

University,

Melbourne,

Australia

24 R Nargundkar

Golftr3rd

International

Case Conference

(ICC)ipz

International

Conference 2011 Bangkok

25 R.K.Jena

An Integrated Approach

to Network on chip

design space exploration

IEEE International

Conference on

Network

Communication and

Computer ICNCC 2011

2011 New Delhi

26 R.K.Jena

Cloud Computing: An

anchor for IT during

recession

International

Conference on

Business, Strategy and

Management (ICBSM-

11)

2011 Kolkata

27 Rajkumar

Phatate

Toe Hold Artisans

Collaborative

USASBE Conference

Hilton High Lands 2011 USA

28 Rajnandan

Patnaik Underage Tobacco Use

2nd

International Case



Page 240

29 Rajnandan

Patnaik

Admire – The Boutique

Advertising Firm

3rd

International

Conference on

Information

Technology &


(ITBI)

2011 ITBI

Hyderabad

30 Raju

Indukoori FIIs And Sebi

2nd

International Case


31 S K Mitra

Predictive Value of Hurst

Exponent in Financial

Time Series

3rd

International

Conference on

Information

Technology &


(ITBI)

2011 Hyderabad

32 S. K. Mitra Orange Juice Plant 2

nd International Case


33 S.K.Mitra

Forecasting performance

of financial time series

based on range to

standard deviation ratio

Operation Research


Zurich,

Switzerland

34 Saleena Khan

Leadership styles in

relation with the

motivational needs to

assess effectiveness in

PGDM students

International

conference on

Business, Economics

and Management

2011 Paris,

France

35 Saleena Khan

Frost N' Fun- Brainchild

Of A Budding

Entrepreneur

2nd

International Case


36 Sarbjit Singh

Deterministic and

Probabilistic EEOQ

models for products

having Power Demand

Pattern

IAENG Conference-

WCE 2011 2011 London

37 Sayan

Banerjee

Dealing With The Fiscal

Deficit:The Tough

Choices For Finance

Minister

2nd

International Case


38 Singh Sarbjit

Economic Ordering

Quantity Models for

items having both

variable demand and

deterioration

3rd

International

Conference on ITBI'11 2011 Hyderabad

39 T. K.

Chatterjee Andy's Footwear

2nd

International Case


40 Tinu Agrawal Missing The Forest By

Looking At Trees

2nd

International Case



Page 241

41 Tinu Agrawal

Comparison Of The

Existing Supply Chain

Models To Study The

Flow Of

Equipment/Material In

Construction Industry

International

Conference on

Operations

Management

2011 Nagpur

42 Tinu Agrawal

Export Of Water

Intensive Goods: A

Challenge For Water

Sustainability

International

Conference on

Sustainability

2011 Gwalior

43 Tinu Agrawal Nanotechnology In

Construction Industry

International

Conference On

Management Arena-

Innovations ,

Opportunities And

Challenges

2011 Nasik

44 Tinu Agrawal

Role of Information

Technology in Creation

of a Construction Supply

Chain

3rd

International

Conference on

Information

Technology &


(ITBI)

2011 Hyderabad

45 Tinu Agrawal

Evaluation Of Water

Footprint And Water

Poverty Index For

Virtual Water Trading: A

Tool For Poverty

Eradication Through

Sustainable Development

International

Conference on


Growth (ISG)

2011 IMT,

Nagpur

46 Ujjwal Pande

Utility of “Aadhaar” in

development of

Microfinance sector in

India

3rd

International

Conference on

Information

Technology &


(ITBI)

2011 Hyderabad

47 Ujjwal Pande

Magarpatta City: A Role

Model for Sustainable

Development

International

Conference on


Growth (ISG)

2011 IMT,

Nagpur

48 Veena Keshav

Pailwar

India Shedding Tears

Over Onion Prices

2nd

International Case


49 VSR

Vijayakumar

Missing The Forest By

Looking At Trees

2nd

International Case



Page 242

50 VSR

Vijayakumar

Impact of Culture and

Learning on

Organizational

Identification

IJAS Conference for

Academic Disciplines 2011

Ryerson

University,

Toronto,

Canada

Year - 2012

1 Anil Kumar

Blended Learning in

Higher Education: A

Cosmprehensive Study

ICBMIS 2012 Singapore

2 Anil Kumar Learning Management

System project at NIMT

3rd

International Case

Conference (ICC) 2012 Goa

3 D N Panigrahi

A Study Of Retirement

Planning And

Preparedness Among

Organised Sector

Employees-A Behavioral

Finance Approach

International

Conference on

Business and Finance

(ICBF)

2012 IBS-

Hyderabad

4 D N Panigrahi

GAIL (India) Ltd:

Pipeline Full of

Opportunities

3rd

International Case


5 Gajavelli VS Commons and village

republics ICBMIS 2012 Singapore

6 Hanish Rajpal

Independent Directors

and Earnings

Management-Evidence

from India

IJAS Conference for

Academic Disciplines 2012 Vienna

7 Harshavardha

n Halve

Indian cellular Telephone

market: a study of

consumer awareness

ICDe 2012 2012 Malaysia

8 Harshvardhan

Halve

Learning Management

System project at NIMT

3rd

International Case


9 Jagannath

Mohanty

Sustainability and CSR

as leading Business

Objectives at Infosys

Limited

3rd

International Case


10 Jagannath

Mohanty

Organization Culture As

Indicators of Citizenship

Behaviors within

Organizations: A Multi

Sector Analysis

International Journal of

Arts & Sciences, April

1 – 5

2012 Vienna,

Europe

11 Jasbir S

Matharu CITI Fraud

3rd

International Case


12 Jitendra

Sharma

Quality Function

Deployment -An

integrated post-matrix

SWOT analysis

ICDeM 2012 Malaysia


Page 243

13 Jitendra

Sharma

ABC Locomotive Works:

Procurement Process

3rd

International Case


14 Kapil

Chaturvedi

Competitive Strategies,

POSITIONING AND

Branding of DTH

companies in India

International

Conference on

Contemperory Business

2012 IIT Delhi

15 Kulbir Singh Tata Steel Financing


16 Kulbir Singh Dividend Policy at SRF

Limited

3rd

International Case


17 Milind

Fadnavis

“Prioritisation of

International

Destinations by HINI

Tourist with decorated

empty nest from Western

India "

11th World Marketing

Trends Conference 2012

Venice,

Italy

18 Milind

Fadnavis

The unsung and

unknown heroes of

marketing innovations in

India

4th

International

Conference on

Information

Technology &


(ITBI)

2012 Bhubhanesh

war

19 Milind

Fadnavis

Impact of Information

technology organizations

work culture on

Individual worker in

Indian metros

4th Global conference 2012 UK

20 Narendra Y

Phadnis

Contribution of ancient

Indian ethos in

developing mindset in

leadership and

management

ICBMIS 2012 Singapore

21 Narendra Y

Phadnis

Managing Discipline- A

Managerial Dilemma

3rd

International Case


22 Pawan Jain

Financial Statements

Analysis: A case of

Marico Industries

3rd

International Case


23 R K Jena

Application Mapping of

Mesh based NoC

using Evolutionary

Algorithm

2nd

International

Conference on

Next Generation

Communication and

Computing Systems

(ICNGC2S-11)

2012 Chandigarh


Page 244

24 R K Jena ICT in Indian Education

System

3rd International

Conference on

Technology Enhanced

Learning, Quality of

Education and

Education Reform

2012 Barcelona

Spain.

25 R K Jena

Node Placement for

Wireless Network Using

Multi-objective PSO

International

Conference on

Computer Technology

and

Science(ICCTS2012)

2012 New Delhi

26 R K Jena

An ACO based Efficient

Energy-Aware Design

Space Exploration of

NoC

1st International

Conference on

Intelligent

Infrastructure,

Organized by CSI &

IEEE (Sponsored)

2012 Kolkata

27 Rajkumar

Phatate Forms:@ The Crossroads

Knowledge

Globalisation

Conference

2012 Pune

28 Rajnandan

Patnaik

Tourism New Zealand‟s

Middle Earth: A

Strategic Destination

4th

International

Conference on

Information

Technology &


(ITBI)

2012 Bhubhanesh

war

29 S

Maheswaran

ABC Locomotive Works:

Procurement Process

3rd

International Case


30 S

Maheswaran

Group Testing models,

evaluation and related

problems

Global academy of

business and economic

research

2012 New York

31 S S N Raju

Indukoori Kingfisher Airlines

International Case

Conference 2012 Goa

32 S S N Raju

Indukoori

Chit Funds Auction

Pricing Model ICSMBC 2012 Jaipur

33 Senthil

Kumar

Turnaround Challenges

for Moser Baer‟s Solar

Equipment Business

3rd

International Case


34 Smita

Dabholkar

Grahak Peth – A social

enterprise

3rd

International Case


35 T K

Chatterjee

Measuring Marketing

Productivity-an enigma

for new millenium

marketing managers

IJAS Conference 2013 Las Vegas

36 Tinu Agrawal Operations Management:

Case Of A Leading

Global Business and

Finance Conference 2012

IMT-

Nagpur


Page 245

Fashion House

37 Tinu Agrawal

Market Development For

Handicrafted Footwear:

An Intervention By

Asian Centre For

Entrepreneurial Initiative

(Ascent)

Marconference 2012 IIM-

Lucknow

38 Tinu Agrawal Recruitment at

Consumers

4th

International

Conference on

Information

Technology &


(ITBI)

2012 Bhubhanesh

war

39 Tinu Agrawal Its all about a team 3

rd International Case


40 Veena

Pailwar

Centralizing renewable

energy certificates ISG 2012 Pune

41 Vibhava

Srivastava

Personality factors for

nondeceptive

counterfieting of luxury

brand: a study of Indian

consumers

ICBM 2012 Bangkok

42 Vinit S

Chauhan JET SAID... GO!!!

3rd

International Case


43 Vipul Kumar

Singh

GAIL(India) Ltd:

Pipeline Full of

Opportunities

3rd

International Case


44 VSR

Vijayakumar

Impact of

ORGANIZATIONAL

culture and work values

on Organizational

Identification

European Conference

IJAS 2012 Germany

Year - 2013

1 Gajavelli VS

India‟s Economy: An

Assessment of Economic

Reforms, Threats and

Opportunities

The 2013 Clute

Institute International

Academic Conference,

2013

Key West,

Florida-

USA

2 Milind

Fadnavis

Promoting Slovakia to

International tourists

from western India an

exploratory study

World Marketing Trade

Congress 2013 Paris

3 R K Jena

Impact of Gender on

Organizational

Commitment: A Study of

World Congress on

Business, Finance,

Marketing and

2013 JNU, New

Delhi


Page 246

Selected Organization in

India

Industrial Management

for sustainable

Development(BFMIM

SD)

4 R K Jena

An efficient node

placement Approach for

WSN, Using Artificial

Bee colony Algorithm

2nd

International

Conference on

Computing,

Communication &

Sensor Network

(CCSN)

2013 Kolkata.

India

5 S S N Raju

Indukoori

Corporate Chit fund-an

alternative ST funding

source for MSMEs

IBFR Conference 2013 Las Vegas

6 Sayan

Banerjee

Personality factors for

nondeceptive

counterfieting of luxury

brand: a study of Indian

consumers

ICBM 2013 Bangkok

7 Vibhava

Srivastava

A study of customer

value creation through

supplier relationship

management

IIMA Conference 2013 IIM

Ahmedabad

8 S Anant Ram Building Service Brands-

challenges and guidelines IJAS Conference 2013 Las Vegas

National Conference Presentation

Sr.

No Name Title of paper Conference Year Venue

Year - 2011

1 D N Panigrahi

Public Sector Banks

Should Have Three

Priorities: Hrd, Hrd, Hrd


Emerging Trends in

HRM

2011 IMT,

Nagpur

2 Jagannath

Mohanty


Indicators Of Citizenship

Behaviors Within


Sector Analysis


Emerging Trends in

HRM

2011 IMT,

Nagpur

3 Tinu Agrawal

Psychological

Harassment At

Workplace: Antecedents

And Consequences


Emerging Trends in

HRM

2011 IMT,

Nagpur


Page 247

4

V.S.R.Vijaya

kumar

Impact Of Perceived

Organizational Culture

And Learning On

Organizational

Identification


Emerging Trends in

HRM

2011 IMT,

Nagpur

5 S.Senthil

Kumar

Moderating Role Of Self-

Monitoring On The

Effects Of Emotional

Labor


Emerging Trends in

HRM

2011 IMT,

Nagpur

6 Tinu Agrawal

Physical And

Neuroscientific

Dimensions Of

Developing A Good

Crisis Management

Strategy For Corporate

Governance

National Conference

UIM 2011

Greater

Noida

7 D N Panigrahi

Public Sector Banks

Should Have Three

Priorities: Hrd, Hrd, Hrd


Emerging Trends in

HRM

2011 IMT,

Nagpur

8 Jagannath

Mohanty


Indicators Of Citizenship

Behaviors Within


Sector Analysis


Emerging Trends in

HRM

2011 IMT,

Nagpur

9 Tinu Agrawal

Psychological

Harassment At

Workplace: Antecedents

And Consequences


Emerging Trends in

HRM

2011 IMT,

Nagpur

Year - 2012

1 Anil Kumar Blended Learning in

Management Education AIMA 2012 Delhi

2 Jagannath

Mohanty

Can Organizational

Culture be a predictor of

Organizational

Citizenship Behaviors

1st Journal Conference

on Innovation,

Management and

Technology

2012 Chennai

3 Jagannath

Mohanty


Indicators of Citizenship

Behaviors within


Sector Analysis

11th International

Conference on Frontier

Global Issues and

Challenges in the New

Millennium on

Emerging Economy,

Accounting, Finance,

Information &

Communication

Technology, Business

2012 Jaipur


Page 248

& Management

4 Kapil

Chaturvedi

Storytelling for

Excellence: Inspirations

from Bhagvad Geeta

Emerging Trends &

Challenges in

Management ETCM

2012

Dr.

Awadhesh

Pratap

Singh

University

Rewa

5 Kapil

Chaturvedi

Competitive Strategies,

Positioning & Branding

of DTH Companies in

India

6th

International

Conference on

Contemporary Business

2012 IIT Delhi

6 Kapil

Chaturvedi

The Nano Story: Ups &

Downs in Nano's Growth

Trajectory

Emerging Trends &

Challenges in

Management ETCM

2012

Dr.

Awadhesh

Pratap

Singh

University

Rewa

7 Kulbir Singh

Knowledge Management

in Higher Education in

India


Academic Reforms in

Higher Education,

IQAC

2012 Latur

Year - 2013

1 Milind

Fadnavis

Application of

accultcuation curve in

movie outsourced

CIMBRD Conference 2013 Nagpur

2 Vibhava

Shrivastava

A study of customer

value creation through

supplier relationship

management

IIMA Conference 2013

IIM

Ahmedaba

d

3 Vipul Kumar

Singh

Comparative

Competiveness of

Deterministic Option

Pricing Models during

the Recent Waves of

Financial Upheaval:

Empirical Evidence from

India

India Finance

Conference 2013

IIM

Calcutta

Conferences Organized

Sr.

No Name of the Conference Date Venue Type


Page 249

1




15th

– 16th

Jul,

2011

Nagpur National

2



resource management

(NCETHRM)

29th

Sep, 2011 Nagpur National


Conference (ICC 2011)

3rd

– 5th

Nov,

2011 Goa International

4

3rd International Conference

on IT & Business

Intelligence (ITBI -11)

25th

- 27th

Nov,

2011 Hyderabad International

5


Management of Micro, Small

and Medium Enterprises

19th

– 20th

Aug,

2011 Nagpur International

6 Global Business and Finance

Conference(GBFC)

10th

-11th

Feb,


7




4th

-6th

Oct,

2012 Pune International

8

4th International Conference

on IT & Business

Intelligence (ITBI -11)

23rd

- 25th

Nov,

2012 Bhubhaneshwar International


Conference (ICC 2012)

29th

Nov-1st Dec,


10


Business Management and

Information Systems

22nd

– 24th

Nov,

2012 Singapore International

11 Conference Alpha 2

nd – 3

rd Aug,

2012 Nagpur National


Conference

24th

– 26th

Sep,


13

5th International Conference

on IT & Business

Intelligence (ITBI - 13)

13th

– 15th

Dec,

2013 Guna International

14


Sustainability Management

and Strategy (ICSMS – 14)

21st – 22

nd Mar,



Page 250

Awards

Sr.

No Name

Title of research


1 Kulbir

Singh



Best

Workshop

Case-Silver

Award

2 Anil

Kumar

Blended Learning in

Management

Education

AIMA 2012 New

Delhi

Best Paper

Award

3

S S N

Raju

Indukoori


an alternative

funding source for

MSMEs

IBFR 2013 Las

Vegas

Outstanding

Research &

Best in

Session

Award

Annexure -III

Master plan of the Institute

http://imtnagpur.ac.in/pdf/Master%20plan%20imt%20nagpur.pdf

Naac Imtnagpu

Documents

Transcript of Naac Imtnagpu